NA 

44Z2. 

CzBs 


UC-NRLF 


\ — 

SPECIFICATIONS  FOR 
^  SAN  FRANCISCO 

STATE  BUILDING 

CIVIC  CENTER 

SAN  FRANCISCO,  CALIFORNIA 

%- 

FUND  CHAPTERS  541—1913  and  618—1919 


BLISS  &  FAVIUJB 

ARCHITECTS 


STATE  OF  CALIFORNIA 

DEPARTMENT  OF  ENGINEERING 

SACRAMENTO 


AUGUST.  1919 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR 
SAN  FRANCISCO 

STATE  BUILDING 

CIVIC  CENTER 

SAN  FRANCISCO,4CALIFORNIA 
FUND  CHAPTERS  541—1913  and  618—1919 


1  BLISS  &  FAVILLE 

ARCHITECTS 


STATE  OF  CALIFORNIA 

DEPARTMENT  OF  ENGINEERING 
SACRAMENTO 


AUGUST.  1919 


Index 


GENERAL  CONDITIONS Page  1 

Paragraph 

Acceptance  24 

Bids  „ 3 

Bidders'  Deposit  4 

Changes    15 

Conditions  of  Site 7 

Contract  and  Bonds 8 

Conduct  of  the  Work 17 

Definitions    2 

Details  10 

Drawings  and  Specifications 9 

Failure  of  Contractor 22 

Guarantees       28 

Insurance   20 

Materials    13 

Non-Responsibility  of  the  State..  21 

Pavments   25 

Preservation  and  Clearing 23 

Regulations  and  Protection 19 

Rejection    16 

Samples  and  Tests 14 

Shop  and  Diagram  Drawings 11 

Special   Requirements  and  Con- 
ditions       1 

Sub-Contracts    18 

Time  of  \Vork  and  Damages 5 

Working  Days  and  Wages 6 

Workmanship  and  Labor... 12 

EXCAVATION  WORK Page  12 

Paragraph 

Backfilling    33 

Bulkheads  32 

Curbs  36 

Excavat'ng 30 

Lines  and  Levels 27 

Location   28 

Old  Walls,  etc 34 

Paving  35 

Pumping  31 

Scope  of  Work 29 

CONCRETE  WORK Page  14 

Paragraph 

Cement    39 

Columns  and  Bases  51 

Concrete  Stairs  €0 

Court  Paving  58 

Crushed  Rock  and  Gravel 42 

Curbs,  etc 56 

Defective  Concrete  47 

Finished   Surfaces   54 

Fireproofing  53 

Footings  50 


Paragraph 

Forms    38 

Guarantee  62 

Mixing  and  Placing  46 

Preparation  for  Otner  Work 44 

Proportions  for  Concrete 45 

Reinforcing  Steel  43 

Roofs  57 

Samples  and  Tests  48 

Sand    41 

Scope  of  Work 37 

Sidewalks   61 

Trench  55 

Unit  Prices  49 

Vaults   £9 

Water    40 

Waterproofing  52 

STRUCTURAL  STEEL  AND 
IRON  WORK  Page  23 

Paragraph 

Cast  Iron  69 

Inspection  65 

Painting 71 

Protection  72 

Rivets    70 

Scope  of  Work 63 

S-iop  Drawings  67 

Steel    68 

Tests   66 

Workmanship    64 

STRUCTURAL  STEEL 

ERECTION  Page  26 

Paragraph 

Erection    75 

Painting    76 

Scope  of  Work 73 

Workmanship    74 

BRICK  WORK  AND  TERRA 
COTTA  Page  27 

Paragraph 

Anchors  88 

Arches  93 

Brick   82 

Brick  Backing  83 

Cement   81 

Cleaning  Terra  Gotta  101 

Grout  91 

Jambs    96 

Joints    95 

Laying  and  Bonding  94 

Lime 80 

Lintels  92 

Models  86 

Mortar    .  ..  90 


903 


Paragraph 

Partition  Anchors 97 

Present  Retaining  Wall 98 

Protection  100 

Safety  Devices 89 

Sand  ". 78 

Scope  of  Work 77 

Setting  Plans  87 

Terra  Cotta  84 

Tile  Partitions  99- 

Trial  Set  85 

Water    79 

GRANITE  , Page  31 

Paragraph 

Anchors     110 

Carving  10? 

Cleaning  Granite  113 

Curb  112 

Cutting,   etc 114 

Finished  Surfaces  106 

Granite    103 

Joints    105 

Models     104 

Mortar  Ill 

Protection     115 

Scaffolding,  etc. 109 

Scope  of  Work 102 

Setting    107 


CARPENTER  AND  MILL 

WORK  Page  33 

Paragraph 

Appellate  Court  Room 156 

Bench,  Boiler  Room  161 

Blackboards   151 

Blocks    123 

Bricks    122 

Cabinets    149 

Carving  140 

Closets  159 

Counters  and  Rails 145 

Curbs  125 

Doors  146 

Elevators 157 

Entrance  Vestibule  152 

Finished   Hardware  165 

Flag  Poles  , 137 

General  Trim  142 

Glazed  Partitions  148 

Governor's  Office  and  Reception 

Room   154 

Grounds  124 

Hand  Rails  158 

Interior  Finish  139 

Ladder  118 

Locker  162 

Office    119 

Ordinance  117 

Pardon  Board  Office  155 

Plank  Walk  and  Foot  Boards 127 

Preparing  for  Sheet  Metal 128 

Roof  126 

Rough  Hardware  ..  ...164 


Paragraph 

Safety  Devices 130 

Sash 131 

Scaffold 135 

Scope  of  Work ne 

Screws  163 

Sleepers    132 

Spandrels    144 

Stops,  etc.,  for  Other  Work 143 

Supreme  Court  Room  153 

Templates  Patterns,  etc 121 

Temporary   Closet  120 

Telephone  Closets  138 

Thresholds    160 

Transoms    147 

Window  Frames  129 

Wood   141 

Wood  Floors  134 

Wood  Platforms  and  Steps 133 

Wood  Vent  136 

HARDWARE  Page  42 

Paragraph 

Base  Knobs  175 

Bolts    169 

Butts   168 

Coat  Hooks 176 

Door  Checks  174 

General   181 

Guarantee  182 

Knobs 173 

Letter  Box  Plates 180 

Locks  171 

Padlocks   .,..178 

Push  Plates  179 

Quality    167 

Scope  of  Work  166 

Strikes    172 

Transom  Rods  177 

Window    Trim 170 

METAL  LATH  WORK Page  45 

Paragraph 

Corner   Beads   187 

Furring  185 

Interior  Partitions  188 

Metal  Lathing  186 

Plastering  Specifications 190 

Preparation  for  Furring  184 

Scaffolding  189 

Scope  of  Work 183 

PLASTERING  WORK  Page  47 

Paragraph 

Background  for  Plaster 205 

Basement    204 

Cement    198 

Cement  Base  206 

Cleaning  Up  210 

Exterior  Plaster  207 

General   192 

Guarantee  209 

Hard  Finish  202 

Lime    199 

Lime  Putty  200 


Paragraph 

Mixing  196 

Models  194 

Protection  193 

Quality  of  Work  -.201 

Repairing   208 

Run  and  Ornamental  Work 203 

Sand    197 

Scaffold  195 

Scope  of  Work 191 

TILE  WORK Page  211 

Paragraph 

Amount  of  Work 220 

Background    225 

Cement    212 

Cement  Mortar  215 

Cleaning  Tile  224 

Cork  Tile  223 

Cutting,  etc 216 

Floors  for  Tiling 218 

Gravel   213 

Grouting  219 

Quality    217 

Sand 214 

Scope  of  Work 211 

Tile  Base  222 

Tile  Plinths  221 

MARBLE  WORK Page  53 

Paragraph 

Carving  235 

Cement    227 

Cleaning  Marble  245 

Corridors    239 

Concrete  for  Floors 230 

Cutting,  etc 233 

Elevators    243 

Entrance  Vestibule  237 

Finish    236 

Grouting  231 

Gravel   : 229 

Hardware   240 

Main    Lobby    238 

Models  234 

Samples    232 

Sand    228 

Scope  of  Work  226 

Stairs 244 

Thresholds   241 

Toilet  Rooms  242 

ROOFING  WORK  Page  56 

Paragraph 

Composition  Roofing  250 

Flashing   252 

Guarantee  for  Compo  Roofing.. ..253 

Guarantee  for  Slate  Roof 249 

Laying  Composition  Roofing 251 

Laying  Slate  Roof  248 

Scope  of  Work  246 

Slate  Roof  .  ....247 


ORNAMENTAL  IRON 

WORK  Page  58 

Paragraph 

Cast  Iron  255 

Cast  Iron  Grilles 269 

Cast  Iron  Window  Grilles 267 

Ceiling  Light  Frames 262 

Elevator  Fronts 271 

Fireproof  Vault  Fronts 276 

Flag  Pole  Bases  266 

Flag  Pole  Braces 261 

Flag  Pole  Sockets 260 

Iron  Guards — Elevator  Cages 275 

Iron  Ladders  264 

Mail  Chute  273 

Measurements  259 

Models  257 

Painting    258 

Pipe  Railings  274 

Pipe  Supports  277 

Register  Faces 270 

Screens,  Elevator  Shafts  263 

Scope  of  Work  254 

Stairs    272 

Steel  Sash 268 

Window  Grilles  265 

Wrought   Iron 256 

SHEET  METAL  WORK Page  63 

Paragraph 

Copper  280 

Cornice  of  Dormers  285 

Elevator  Cages  289 

Flag  Pole  Flashing  282 

Flashing   290 

Galvanized  Iron 279 

Galvanized  Iron  Doors  294 

Guarantee     298 

Gutters    283 

Hollow  Metal  Doors  297 

Louvered  Sash 293 

Metal  Covered  Doors  295 

Metal  Covered  Windows  292 

Metal  Windows  291 

Outlet  Boxes  287 

Ridge  Roll  284 

Scope  of  Work 278 

Skylights    281 

Strainers  288 

Top  of  Smoke  Stack 286 


GLASS  AND  GLAZING  Page  68 

Paragraph 

General   303 

Mirrors   305 

Obscure  Glass  304 

Obscure  Wire  Glass  301 

Plate  Glass 300 

Scope  of  Work 299 

Setting    306 

Sheet   Glass 302 

Wire  Glass  ...  ....303 


Paragraph 
PAINTING  WORK  fafee  u9 

Paragraph 

Burlap 3£0 

Canvas    329 

Cleaning   332 

Enamel   318 

Exterior  Wood 322 

Filler  and  Stains 315 

Fire  Walls  and  Boiler  Room 331 

Gum  Finish  326 

Guarantee     333 

Interior  Metal  Work  324 

Lead  310 

Lead  and  Oil  Paint 319 

Linseed  Oil 311 

Metal  Work  £23 

Oak  and  Mahogany 316 

Pamting  Plaster  , 328 

Pine  Finish  325 

Priming  320 

Putty F21 

Responsibility    303 

Scope  of  Work 308 

Shellac  314 

Staining    317 

Supreme  Court  Room  327 

Turpentine   312 

Varnish  ..  ....313 


PLUMBING  AND  SEWER 

WORK  Pege  73 

Paragraph 

Brass  Pipe  and  Fittings 339 

Carpentry  3f8 

Cast  Iron  Pipe  and  Fittings 337 

Ca^t  Iron  Sewers,  etc 354 

Catalogs 370 

Centrifugal  Pump 339 

Cleaning  and  Closing  Pipe 3EO 

Closing  In  Uninspected  Work 351 

Compression  Stops 344 

Deep  Well  Pump 397 

Dir grams   339 

Downspouts    i 353 

Drains  and  Samps  373 

Drinking  Faucets  381 

DrinMng  Fountains  c80 

Dry  Sland  Pipes  ?62 

Electric  Equipment  and  Wire 400 

Excavation    3  7 

Fixture   Connections  £42 

Flashing   357 

Floor  Wall  and  Ceiling  Flatas....348 

FUrhing  Valves 378 

Grlvanized     Wrought     Iron     or 

Steel  Pipe  ?38 

Gas  Cocks 387 

Gas  Joints  £85 

Gas  Piping  384 

Grading  Gas  Piping 386 

Gu-^rrntee    403 

Guarantee  on  Brass  Gcods £45 

Guarantee  for  Deep  Well  Pump..398 
Guarantee  Nickel  Plate 372 


Paragraph 

Hose  Bibbs  374 

Hose  Reels  375 

Hot  and  Cold  Water  Piping 363 

Lavatories    379 

Location  of  Pipes  366 

Non-Conducting  Covering 364 

Offsets 355 

Painting 335 

Permits  /02 

Pipe  Joints  and  Connections 341 

Pipe  Sizes  336 

Pipe  Sleeves 347 

Requirements  for  Fixtures  371 

Rodding  Holes  349 

Scope  of  Work 334 

Securing  Pipe  £46 

Sewer  Traps  356 

Shower  Baths  383 

Slop  Sinks  382 

Stall  Urinals  377 

Temporary  Toilets  361 

Terra  Gotta  Pipe  and  Fittings....340 

Terra  Cotta  Sewers  352 

Test  Drainage  Piping 359 

Test  of  Gas  Piping £88 

Test  Vacuum  Piping  £95 

Test  Water  Piping  3CO 

Unit  Prices 335 

Valves  343 

Vacuum  Cleaning  3£9 

Vacuum  Line  Cleanouts  392 

Vacuum  Pipe  and  Fittings f  90 

Vacuum  Line  Inlets  and  Valves.. f  94 

Vacuum  Line  Joints 391 

Vacuum  Line  Pitch 393 

Water  Closets  376 

Water  Storage  Tank  /Ol 

Well  ..  ....396 


HEATING  AND  VENTILATING 
WORK  Page  91 

Paragraph 

Adjustment  of  System 4  4 

Automatic  Regulation  455 

Backfilling    368 

Beltfng    448 

Blowoff  Basin  421 

Boiler  Guarantee 412 

Breeching  and  Flue  413 

Cr.nvas  Connections  453 

Clock   418 

Closing  Tn  Uninspected  Work 438 

Closing  Piping 4~7 

Dampers  in  Ducts  ^52 

Diagrams    405 

Diffusing  Vanes  451 

Ducts  450 

Excavating  and  Backfilling 407 

Fittings  425 

Floor  Ceilings  and  Wall  Plates....442 

Foundations  420 

Furring,  Cutting,  Patching 406 

Guarantee    4  58 

Guarantee  Air  Valves 429 


Paragraph 

Heating  Boilers   4-0 

Heaters  and  Casings  449 

Hot  Water  Boiler  411 

Hot  Water  Tank  : 417 

Insulation  and  Protection  441 

Jo'nts  423 

I  ocation  of  Pipes  443 

Motors  446 

Non-Conducting  Covering  440 

Oil  Burners  and  Pump 414 

Oil  Meter 422 

Oil  Storage  Tank  415 

Paint'ng  and  Bronzing  457 

Panel  Board  and  Wiring  419 

Pipe  Anchors  434 

Piping   424 

Pitch    436 

Pneumatic  Valve  Control  4?6 

Radiators    1.432 

Radiator  Connections 431 

Removal  of  Earth 408 

Risers    435 

Scope  of  Work  ^04 

Securing  Piping  4^3 

Svst?m    409 

Testing  Pipes 439 

Traps  and  Bleeding  Sets 428 

Vrcuum  Pumps  416 

Valves  427 

Valves  on  Radiators 430 

Ventilating  Fans 1...445 

Water  Meter  423 

Wiring    447 

ELECTRICAL  WORK  Page  107 

Paragraph 

Boiler  Room   Auxiliaries ^98 

Condu;ts   475 

Co^rt  Room  Outlets  494 

Cutting,  Patching,  Excavat'ng....463 

Draw'ngs    4">0 

Elevators    496 

Feeders  and  Circuits  4P8 

Floor  Outlets  481 

Fuses  491 

Grounding 465 

Guarantee    470 

Inspection  4  "8 

Installation  of  Conauit  476 

Installation  of  Wires  and  Cables..478 

Lrcat;on  of  Outlets  479 

Main  Switchboard -..486 

Matcrals  and  Substitutions 472 

Motor  and  Control  Outlets 4^2 

Painting   464 

Panel  Boards  484 

Panel  Board  Cabinets 485 

Power  Sw'tchboards  ^87 

Pull  and  Junction  Boxes 483 


Paragraph 

Rules  and  Regulations 416 

Samples    473 

Scope  of  Work 459 

Service  Grounds  ...^90 

Service  Mains  489 

Storage   462 

Supervision    437 

Svstem  of  Distr'bution  471 

Telegraph  and  Fire  Alarm fOl 

Telephone  System  fOO 

Tests   4  ~9 

Unit  Prices 461 

Vacuum  Cleaner  499 

Ventilating  Fans  497 

Wall  and  Ceiling  Outlets  480 

Wall  Receptacles  493 

Wall  Switches  492 

Water  Pumps  4°5 

Wire  and  Cables  477 

Working  Drawings 474 


LIGHTING  FIXTURES  Page  124 

Paragranh 

Drawings -r03 

Finish    r... F14 

Fixture  Designs  .• 5^5 

Guarantee  508 

Inspection 506 

Materials  and  Substitutions F09 

Rules  and  Regulations F05 

Samples    510 

Scope  of  Work f02 

Sockets    -K13 

Tests    r07 

Unit  Prices .r04 

Wiring  512 

Working  Drawings 511 

ELEVATORS  Page  128 

Paragraph 

Additional  Elevator  518 

Bids   ?32 

Buffers    529 

Cars  and  Platform  527 

Contractors'  Drawings  and  Spec- 
ifications   520 

Counter  Brlence  526 

Elevator  and  Speed  .r21. 

Engines  5?2 

Guide  Po^ts  525 

Lifting  Cables  F23 

Pa;nting    -r31 

Safetv  Devices  598 

Scope  of  Work 517 

Sheaves  *24 

Signal  System  ft 

Tests  and  Acceptance  F33 

Time  Allowance  519 


,. 


General   Conditions 

(1)  SPECIAL  REQUIREMENTS  AND  CONDITIONS: 

Address  of  Bids:  Bids  must  be  mailed  to  the  State  Department 
of  Engineering,  Sacramento,  and  marked  "Proposal  for  (name  of 
branch  of  work  covered  by  bid),  San  Francisco  State  Building,  Civic 
Center,  San  Francisco,  California." 

Time  of  Work :  According  to  provisions  of  paragraph  No.  5,  each 
proposal  shall  show  the  number  of  actual  working  days  as  will  be 
required  to  complete  the  work  for  contracts  which  involve  work  at  the 
building,  or  the  number  of  elapsed  working  days  required  to  complete 
the  delivery  for  contracts  on  which  the  work  is  complete  upon  delivery. 

Drawings  and  Specifications:  Drawings  are  marked  "San  Fran- 
cisco State  Building,  Civic  Center,  San  Francisco,  California,"  and 
numbered,  inclusively,  1  to  12,  100  to  107,  1000  to  1009,  S-l  to  S-18, 
M-l  to  M-20,  and  E-l  to  E-ll,  which,  together  with  these  specifica- 
tions, cover  the  complete  work  called  for. 

In  each  Proposal  and  Instructions  to  Bidders  form,  drawing  sheets 
are  indicated  which  cover  the  work  specified.  These  sheets  will  be 
furnished  for  bidders  and  the  Contractor  of  that  work;  however, 
should  a  bidder  or  Contractor  require  additional  sheets,  he  may  have 
same  by  applying  in  proper  manner. 

The  drawings  and  specifications  furnished  are  intended  to  cover 
the  complete  work  necessary  to  complete  the  building  of  the  trades 
involved  under  the  separate  contracts  and  shall  be  interpreted  as  such. 

Schedule:  For  such  contracts  as  may  be  required  by  the  State, 
Contractors  must  submit  an  estimate  showing  amount  of  work,  by  per- 
centage or  as  directed,  which  will  be  completed  after  1/4,  i/2  and  %  of 
the  time  of  the  contract.  Same  must  be  itemized  and  satisfactory  to 
the  State  and  shall  be  closely  followed,  allowing  only  for  delays  as 
provided. 

(2)  DEFINITIONS: 

Wherever  the  following  words  or  combinations  of  words,  or  pro- 
nouns or  variations  used  in  place  thereof  are  used  in  the  specifications, 
they  shall  have  the  following  meanings ;  or  references  within  the  lim- 
its of  their  authority: 

"State" — State  of  California,  its  representative  being  the  "State 
Department  of  Engineering,"  which  is  the  direct  authority  in  full 
charge  of  this  construction  or  work,  as  provided  by  law. 

"Contractor" — Party  or  parties  contracting  directly  with  the 
State  to  perform  and  be  responsible  for  work  to  be  done  under  these 
specifications  and  drawings.  Sub-contractors,  in  relation  to  the  State, 
are  only  agents  of  the  Contractor. 

"Inspector,"  "Superintendent" — Representative  of  the  State  De- 
partment of  Engineering  at  the  work. 


"Work" — Material  and  labor  therewith,  in  part  or  in  whole,  incor- 
porated or  to  be  incorporated  in  this  construction. 

" Called  for,"  "Indicated" — as  called  for  or  indicated  in  specifica- 
tions or  drawings. 

"Shown" — as  shown  on  the  scale  and  full  size  drawings. 

"Directed" — as  directed  by  the  State. 

"Approved,"  "Proper,"  '"Required,"  "Satisfactory,"  "Suitable," 
"Necessary"— as  approved,  proper,  required,  satisfactory,  suitable  or 
necessary  in  the  judgment  of  the  State. 

(3)  BIDS: 

Bids  must  be  submitted  on  the  proposal  forms  supplied  by  the 
State.  A  copy  of  the  advertisement  or  "Notice  to  Contractors"  shall 
be  attached  to,  and  considered  a  part  of,  each  bid.  Bids  shall  be  in  a 
separate  envelope  without  other  matter  contained  therein. 

Each  bid  shall  state  a  specific  sum  for  completing  the  whole 
work  as  proposed. 

To  insure  fair  competition,  bids  must  be  based  upon  the  particu- 
lar materials  and  workmanship  specified.  Substitutions  are  allowed, 
but  only  as  set  forth  under  "Materials,"  and  only  after  the  contract 
is  let. 

The  State  reserves  the  right  to  reject  any  or  all  bids  and  to 
waive  any  informality  in  any  bid  received. 

Plans  and  specifications  must  be  returned  on  or  before  date  bids 
are  opened. 

(4)  BIDDERS'  DEPOSITS: 

With  each  bid  must  be  deposited  cash,  or  bidder's  bond  of  an  ap- 
proved surety  company,  or  certified  check,  payable  to  the  State  Engi- 
neer, for  at  least  10%  of  the  bid.  After  opening  bids,  all  deposits  of 
the  unsuccessful  bidders  will  be  returned  and  that  of  the  successful 
bidder  will  be  retained  by  the  State  until  the  contract  is  executed. 

(5)  TIME  OF  WORK  AND  DAMAGES: 

The  State  will  designate  starting  date  of  contract  by  written 
notice,  when  Contractor  shall  immediately  begin  and  prosecute  the 
work  diligently  to  completion. 

Contracts  and  bonds  must  be  approved  by  the  State  Attorney 
General,  according  to  law,  before  any  work  can  be  commenced. 

Each  Contractor  obligates  himself  to  make  his  work  complete 
and  satisfactory  on  or  before  the  date  as  shall  be  determined  by  the 
number  of  working  days  stated  in  the  proposal,  plus  such  days  as  shall 
be  properly  allowed,  failing  which  the  Contractor  hereby  agrees  to 
forfeit  to  the  State,  not  as  a  penalty,  but  as  liquidated  damages  which 
the  State  would  suffer  on  account  of  the  work  not  being  completed,  the 
sum  per  day  as  shall  be  mutually  agreed  upon  and  stated  in  the  con- 
tract, but  which  shall  not  be  less  than  $5.00  nor  more  than  $25.00,  the 
amount  being  determined  by  relation  of  the  work  to  progress  towards 
completion  of  the  whole  building,  for  each  day  during  which  the  work 
is  not  completed. 


The  days  lost  due  to  strikes,  riots,  stress  of  weather,  undue  inter- 
ference of  other  Contractors  at  the  building,  or  other  extraordinary 
circumstances  beyond  the"  control  of  the  Contractor,  may  be  added  to 
the  dates  for  starting  or  completion  of  the  work,  provided  the  State 
approves  each  extension,  requested  in  writing,  which  shows  number  oi' 
days,  and  which  will  only  be  considered  at  or  before  the  time  of  the 
delay. 

(6)  WORKING  DAYS  AND  WAGES: 

All  except  Sundays  and  legal  holidays  shall  be  considered  as 
working  days.  As  State  laws  require,  eight  hours  shall  constitute  a 
day's  work  at  not  less  than  $2.00  per  day. 

(7)  CONDITIONS  OF  SITE: 

Before  bidding,  each  Contractor  shall  have  examined  the  site  or 
have  full  knowledge  of  all  facilities  and  difficulties  affecting  the  work 
which  may  not  be  particularly  described  herein.  No  variation  or  allow- 
ance from  the  contract  sum  will  be  made  because  of  lack  of  such 
examination  or  knowledge. 

(8)  CONTRACT  AND  BONDS: 

Successful  bidders  shall,  within  5  days  after  being  notified,  enter 
into  a  contract  with  the  State  for  the  work  bid  upon. 

Each  Contractor  shall  furnish  two  bonds,  each  in  the  sum  of  50% 
of  the  contract  price,  one  for  the  faithful  performance  of  the  contract 
and  one  covering  labor  and  materials,  except  that  for  contracts  which 
are  complete  on  delivery  at  the  building  the  bond  for  labor  and  mate- 
rials only  will  be  required.  Bonds  must  be  acceptable  to  the  State. 

The  proposal  of  each  bidder  must  include  the  cost  of  bonds  fur- 
nished from  a  surety  company  named  on  the  approved  list  of  the 
State,  as  last  amended,  copy  of  which  accompanies  the  "Instructions 
to  Bidders." 

(9)  DRAWINGS  AND  SPECIFICATIONS: 

Figured  dimensions  on  the  drawings  and  the  full  size  details  shall 
govern  the  work,  but  work  not  dimensioned  shall  be  executed  as 
directed  and  work  not  particularly  shown  or  specified  shall  be  same  as 
similar  parts  that  are  shown  or  specified. 

Any  work  or  materials  called  for  by  the  drawings  and  not  men- 
tioned in  the  specifications,  or  vice  versa,  is  to  be  furnished  in  as  faith- 
ful and  thorough  a  manner  as  though  fully  set  forth  by  both. 

If  deemed  proper  for  any  portion  of  the  work  on  account  of  devel- 
oped conditions,  permission  may  be  given  by  the  State  to  deviate  from 
the  work  as  called  for,  but  in  such  portions  only  and  only  on  written 
order.  Responsibility  for  any  changes  made  without  order  shall  rest 
entirely  with  the  Contractor. 

Where  not  stated  otherwise,  all  work  of  any  branch  or  trade  of  a 
contract  necessary  to  any  portion  to  make  reasonably  complete,  even 
though  not  particularly  indicated  or  described,  shall  be  faithfully  done 
as  a  part  of  such  contract. 


The  drawings  and  specifications  are  one  and  a  part  of  each  other. 
Should  anything  be  omitted  from  either  which  is  necessary  to  a  clear 
understanding  of  the  work,  or  should  any  error  appear  in  same  or  in 
the  work  done  by  others  affecting  the  work  of  any  contract,  such  Con- 
tractor shall  apply  to  the  State  at  once  for  instructions.  If  the  Con- 
tractor proceeds  with  work  affected,  without  proper  instructions,  he 
shall  make  good  any  resultant  damage  or  defect. 

Intent  and  interpretation  of  drawings  and  specifications  shall  be 
decided  only  by  the  State. 

Where  any  specific  brand,  shape,  quality  or  kind  of  material  is 
called  for,  which,  to  properly  place  or  construct,  necessitates  the  use  of 
any  special  construction  or  materials  not  mentioned,  the  Contractor 
shall  also  furnish  such  special  construction  or  materials,  all  complete, 
without  extra  cost  to  the  State. 

Lists,  rules  and  regulations  referred  to  are  recognized  printed 
standards  used  by  the  trades  affected,  and  are  on  file  at  the  State 
Engineer's  office  for  reference  if  necessary,  and  shall  be  considered 
as  one  and  a  part  of  these  specifications  within  the  limits  specified. 
True  copies  of  same  must  be  kept  continually  at  the  work. 

Drawings  and  specifications  are  property  of  the  State  and  must 
be  returned  before  final  payment  or  when  ordered. 

Except  where  otherwise  specifically  stated,  "General  Conditions" 
apply  with  equal  force  to  all  of  the  work,  including  extra  work 
authorized. 

(10)  DETAILS: 

The  State  may  furnish  additional  scale  and  full  size  details  to 
more  fully  explain  the  work  and  same  shall  be  considered  part  of  the 
contract.  Full  size  drawings  shall  take  precedence  in  construction 
over  scale  drawings. 

Any  work  done  by  a  Contractor  before  receipt  of  such  details  will 
be  done  at  his  own  risk  and,  if  not  in  accordance  with  same,  shall  be 
removed  and  replaced  or  adjusted  at  his  expense.  Should  any  of  these 
details  be,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Contractor,  more  elaborate  than  war- 
ranted, written  notice  thereof  must  be  given  the  State  within  five  days 
of  receipt  of  the  drawings  in  question.  The  State  will  then  consider 
the  claim,  and  if  justified  in  their  opinion,  the  drawings  will  be 
amended  or  the  extra  work  authorized.  Non-receipt  of  notice  as 
above  relieves  the  State  of  any  claim. 

(11)  SHOP  AND  DIAGRAM  DRAWINGS: 

Except  where  specifically  stated  otherwise,  Contractors  for  all 
steel  and  iron  work,  and  any  other  work  called  for  hereafter,  shall 
submit  to  the  State  three  blue  prints  of  shop  or  diagram  drawings. 
The  approval  and  corrections  of  the  State  will  cover  the  general  layout 
only,  and  will  not  relieve  the  Contractor  as  to  errors,  or  failure  to  indi- 
cate his  work  to  conform  to  the  drawings  of  the  State  and  conditions 
existing  in  the  work.  Any  errors  or  omissions  shall  be  made  good  by 
the  Contractor  at  his  own  expense,  even  though  the  work  be  in  place. 

All  such  drawings  shall  be  clear  and  complete  and  shall  show  no 
changes  from  those  of  the  State,  except  as  properly  directed. 


(12)  WORKMANSHIP  AND  LABOR: 

All  work  must  be  done  in  a  thorough  and  workmanlike  manner 
and  shall  be  first-class  in  all  respects. 

Each  Contractor  shall  retain  a  competent  foreman  constantly  at 
the  construction.  All  labor  must  be  especially  skilled  for  each  kind  of 
work,  regardless  of  the  kind  and  quality  of  material. 

Any  person  deemed  incompetent,  careless  or  disorderly  by  the 
State  must  be  promptly  discharged  upon  proper  notice  and  not  re- 
employed. 

(13)  MATERIALS: 

All  materials  except  where  otherwise  specifically  stated  shall  be 
new  and  the  very  best  of  its  class  or  kind. 

Price,  fitness  and  quality  being  equal,  preference  will  be  given 
materials  manufactured  in  the  State  of  California;  and  next,  such  as 
have  been  partly  so  manufactured. 

Special  brands  or  makes  are  called  for  as  a  standard.  Others  of 
equal  quality  may  be  used  if  approved  by  the  State. 

The  fact  that  the  Contractor  is  permitted  to  substitute  implies 
no  right  to  substitute  articles  or  materials  for  those  specified,  except 
upon  express  authority,  in  writing,  of  the  State.  It  is  agreed  that  the 
State  shall  exercise  its  own  discretion,  the  Contractor  having  no 
recourse  if  permission  is  denied  by  reason  of  investigation  or  ex- 
perience. 

Materials  which  it  is  desired  to  substitute  must  be  submitted  to 
the  State  for  test  and  consideration  in  ample  time,  as  no  claim  of  delay 
due  to  such  substitution  will  be  allowed.  No  substitution  will  be  per- 
mitted on  account  of  claimed  lack  of  time  for  delivery  of  that  specified. 

Each  Contractor  is  entirely  responsible  for  delivery  of  materials 
at  proper  times  and  in  sufficient  quantities  when  needed  at  the  work 
in  order  not  to  delay  the  whole  work,  and  to  insure  speedy  and  unin- 
terrupted progress.  Same  must  be  stored  so  as  to  cause  no  obstruc- 
tion to  other  work  or  the  public  and  so  as  to  prevent  overloading  of 
any  portion  of  the  structure,  and  shall  be  properly  protected  from  the 
weather  or  other  damage. 

Where  it  is  necessary  that  materials  or  articles  match  or  operate 
with  present  work,  the  State  can  make  no  allowance  if  the  open  mar- 
ket does  not  afford  same,  which  must  be  obtained  as  required. 

(14)  SAMPLES  AND  TESTS: 

All  samples  called  for,  and  as  specified  in  case  of  substitution, 
shall  be  submitted  to  the  State  for  consideration  before  work  is  exe- 
cuted. The  decision  will  be  expressed  in  writing.  Materials  furnished 
must  equal  approved  samples  in  every  respect.  Such  samples  as  are 
of  value  after  testing  or  examination  will  remain  the  property  of  the 
Contractor. 

Material  or  work  required  or  necessary  to  be  tested,  unless  other- 
wise stated,  shall  be  tested  under  supervision  of,  and  as  directed  by 
the  State,  at  such  points  as  may  be  convenient  to  the  Engineering 
Department.  Except  where  stated  otherwise,  all  costs,  other  than 
expenses  of  State  employees  and  laboratory,  shall  be  borne  by  Con- 
tractor. 


8 

The  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  delays  in  the  work  due  to 
delayed  approval  of  materials  or  work. 

(15)  CHANGES: 

Work  or  materials  shall  be  changed,  or  omitted,  or  added,  only 
through  the  standard  written  "Change  Order"  of  the  State,  showing 
amount  of  deduction  or  addition.  Itemized  accounts,  showing  unit 
prices  and  cost  of  each  item,  to  be  used  in  checking,  must  be  submitted 
by  Contractor  with  Change  Orders.  The  Contractor  agrees  to  accept 
additions  to  or  deductions  from  the  contract  price  based  on  such  unit 
prices  as  are  specified  and  submitted,  but  unit  prices  for  work  not 
specified  and  submitted  shall  be  mutually  agreed  upon. 

Supplementary  contracts  shall  be  executed  when  changes  shall 
have  increased  or  diminished  the  contract  cost  in  excess  of  $500.00. 

Any  change  shall  be  fully  equal  and  according  to  the  original 
drawings  and  specifications  for  same  or  similar  kind  of  work  as  such 
may  be  applied  without  conflict  to  the  conditions  required  by  the  order. 

(16)  REJECTION: 

Should  any  portion  of  the  work  be  done,  or  should  any  material 
be  delivered  at  the  work,  which,  due  to  any  cause  whatsoever,  is  not 
in  accordance  with  these  drawings  and  specifications,  it  will  be  re- 
jected by  the  State.  The  Contractor  shall  tear  out  and  properly 
rebuild  such  portion,  or  shall  remove  all  such  material  from  the  site 
within  24  hours  of  rejection,  all  without  damage  or  loss  to  the  State. 

(17)  CONDUCT  OF  THE  WORK: 

Each  Contractor  shall  lay  out  his  work  and  be  responsible  for  its 
correctness.  He  shall  give  the  work  his  personal  supervision. 

Each  Contractor  shall  provide,  at  his  own  cost  and  risk,  all  tools, 
machinery,  scaffolding,  false  work,  forms  and  centers  and  transpor- 
tation and  hauling  necessary  for  the  execution  of  his  work,  and  shall 
be  held  responsible  for  the  proper  protection  of  all  his  work  until  final 
acceptance.  Although  all  plant  and  equipment  shall  be  provided  by 
the  Contractors,  expense  of  duplication  of  scaffolding,  hoists,  etc., 
required  at  about  same  time  and  location,  shall  be  avoided  and  Con- 
tractors must  co-operate  as  directed  by  the  State  in  sharing  costs  of 
or  renting  same.  Also  see  Carpenter  Work  Specifications. 

Contractors  shall  obtain  all  necessary  measurements  from  the 
work  and  shall  check  dimensions,  levels  and  construction  and  see  that 
same  are  correct,  as  where  work  of  any  contract  joins  or  is  on  other 
work,  there  shall  be  no  discrepancy  when  the  whole  work  is  completed. 

In  engaging  work  with  other  materials,  marring  or  damaging 
same  will  not  be  permitted.  Should  a  Contractor  cover  up  improper 
work  of  another,  resulting  in  damage  or  defects  to  any  of  the  work, 
he  shall  make  good  the  whole  work  affected. 

Contractors  must  anticipate  the  relation  of  all  the  parts  of  their 
work,  and  of  their  work  with  that  of  others,  and  shall,  at  the  proper 
time,  furnish  and  set  such  anchorage,  blocking  or  bedding  as  required. 
Anchorage  and  blocking  necessary  in  securing  the  work  of  each  trade 
shall  be  considered  as  a  part  of  same.  Contractors  of  work  in  which 


9 

such  anchorage  or  blocking  is  set  shall  assist  and  co-operate  in  setting 
same. 

Assistance  required  by  the  State  in  obtaining  measurements  or 
information  on  the  work  shall  be  furnished,  fully  and  without  cost  to 
the  State,  by  the  Contractors,  who  shall  be  responsible  for  accuracy 
to  extent  of  such  assistance. 

Complete  harmony  shall  be  maintained  towards  proper  progress 
of  the  whole  work  and  no  Contractor  shall  interfere  with  or  obstruct 
the  work  of  others. 

If,  in  the  judgment  of  the  State,  a  Contractor  is  at  any  time  not 
conducting  his  work  properly,  or  if  there  is  unnecessary  obstruction 
or  interference,  he  shall  adjust  and  arrange  to  carry  on  his  work  as 
directed. 

(18)  SUB-CONTRACTS: 

Assigning  interest  in,  or  subletting  the  whole  or  any  part  of  a 
contract,  except  for  furnishing  materials,  shall  only  be  allowed  on 
written  approval  by  the  State  of  parties  thereto,  and  same  shall  not 
become  effective  until  such  approval  is  given. 

The  State  will  deal  only  with  a  Contractor  as  heretofore  defined, 
who  shall  be  responsible  for  the  proper  furnishing  and  performance 
of  all  work  under  his  specifications  and  contract.  No  sub-contractor 
shall  relieve  a  Contractor  of  such  responsibility. 

(19)  REGULATIONS  AND  PROTECTION: 

Each  Contractor  shall  conform  to  all  State,  Federal  or  City  laws, 
ordinances  and  regulations  as  affecting  the  work  of  his  contract.  He 
shall  give  all  renuisite  notices  and  pay  for  all  connections,  public  ser- 
vice, permits  and  inspections  for  all  work  of  his  contract,  except  where 
otherwise  expressly  provided  herein. 

Contractors  shall  provide  and  maintain  all  proper  convenience, 
guards,  railings,  lights,  warning  signs,  etc.,  and  take  all  precautions 
at  all  times  to  avoid  injury  or  damage  to  persons  or  property,  placing 
same  so  as  not  to  damage  any  property  and,  upon  completion  of  the 
work,  leave  all  premises  in  proper  condition. 

Whenever  work  called  for  affects  walks,  roads,  driveways,  streets, 
highways,  or  other  property,  including  buildings,  Contractors  shall 
provide  and  maintain  all  temporary  construction  necessary  for  the 
convenience  and  protection  of  the  public  and  property,  and  shall,  at 
the  proper  time,  replace  in  perfect  condition  any  property  or  structure 
so  disturbed. 

Contractors  shall  be  collectively  and  individually  responsible  for 
any  loss  or  damage  due  to  failure  to  provide  and  maintain  construc- 
tion PS  above.  Also  see  Carpenter  Specification. 

No  signs  or  advertising  of  any  description  will  be  permitted  in  or 
about  the  work  except  by  order  of  the  State. 

Strict  prohibition  against  committing  any  nuisance  in  or  about 
the  work  must  be  maintained.  If  required,  a  sanitary  toilet  will  be 
installed  by  the  State.  To  be  properly  housed  and  connected  to  d 
sewer  and  water  supply.  The  Contractors  shall  keep  same  continu- 
ously clean  and  in  good  order. 


10 

(20)  INSURANCE: 

The  State  carries  no  insurance  and  each  Contractor  shall  take  out 
for  his  work  all  compensation  and  fire  insurance  and  shall  assume  all 
risk  and  responsibility  for  loss  of  life  or  accident,  or  for  any  loss  by 
fire,  or  other  cause,  until  the  work  is  finally  accepted  by  the  State. 

(21)  NON-RESPONSIBILITY  OF  THE  STATE: 

The  State  shall  not  be  responsible  or  accountable  for  any  damage 
or  loss  to  the  work  or  site,  or  other  property,  or  for  any  injury  or  loss 
of  life  to  persons  employed  by  any  Contractor  or  the  public. 

All  indebtedness  incurred  for  labor,  materials,  or  any  cause  in 
connection  with  each  contract,  must  be  paid  by  the  Contractor  and  the 
State  is  hereby  expressly  relieved  at  all  times  from  any  indebtedness 
or  claim  other  than  that  of  the  contract. 

Each  Contractor  shall  indemnify  the  State  against  any  claims, 
actions  or  judgments  on  account  of  anything  used  in  his  work  being, 
or  claimed  to  be,  infringements  of  letters  of  patent. 

(22)  FAILURE  OF  CONTRACTOR: 

Should  any  Contractor  at  any  time  refuse,  neglect  or  be  unable 
from  any  cause  to  supply  proper,  or  a  sufficiency  of  any  materials  or 
workmen  to  carry  on  any  of  the  work  of  his  contract,  it  shall  be  lawful 
for  the  State,  after  giving  5  days'  wrtiten  notice  to  the  Contractor,  to 
provide  same  to  complete  the  work  and  to  deduct  the  costs  thereof 
from  the  sum  otherwise  then  due  the  Contractor  by  the  contract,  or  if 
costs  exceed  said  sum  the  Contractor  shall  pay  the  excess  amount  to 
the  State  and  recourse  shall  immediately  be  had  to  the  bonds  therefor, 
and  the  Contractor  agrees  to  waive  all  claims  for  prospective  damages. 

(23)  PRESERVATION  AND  CLEANING: 

Each  Contractor  shall  properly  preserve  and  clean  his  work  as 
the  work  progresses.  At  such  times  as  directed,  collected  rubbish 
shall  be  removed,  and  at  completion,  the  whole  work  shall  be  cleaned 
and  all  tools,  false  work,  etc.,  and  rubbish  shall  be  removed  from  the 
site,  each  Contractor  executing  his  part  or  assuming  his  share  of  the 
expenses,  all  being  left  in  clean  and  proper  condition. 

(24)  ACCEPTANCE: 

No  part  of  the  work  of  any  contract  shall  be  accepted  until  the 
whole  shall  have  been  completed  satisfactorily  to  the  State. 

In  judging  the  work,  allowance  for  deviations  from  the  original 
plans  and  specifications  will  not  be  made  unless  already  approved  in 
writing  at  proper  times  and  in  manner  as  called  for. 

Should  it  become  necessary,  due  to  developed  conditions,  to  occupy 
a  portion  or  portions  of  a  building  before  a  contract  is  completed,  it  is 
agreed  that  same  shall  not  constitute  acceptance. 

(25)  PAYMENTS: 

Payments  will  be  made  on  the  15th  of  each  month  during  prog- 
ress of  this  work,  according  to  terms  of  the  contract.  Payments  will 
be  for  work  up  to  and  including  last  Saturday  of  preceding  month. 

The  State  shall  make  or  cause  to  be  made  an  estimate  of  labor 
and  materials  furnished  under  the  contract,  which  shall  be  based  upon 


11 

actual  measurements  of  the  labor  performed  and  materials  furnished 
and  shall  show  the  amounts  of  preceding  estimate  or  estimates. 

For  contracts  which  involve  erection  or  installation  at  the  build- 
ing, there  shall  be  paid  not  more  than  90%  of  the  estimated  value  of 
the  whole  construction  accomplished  and  not  more  than  45%  of  value 
of  material  delivered  but  not  incorporated.  For  contracts  in  which  the 
work  is  completed  when  delivery  is  made  at  the  site,  there  shall  be  paid 
not  more  than  90%  of  the  estimated  value  of  material  delivered,  ex- 
cept that  after  final  delivery  a  sum  of  not  more  than  10%  of  this 
90%  shall  be  retained  for  90  d?ys  to  coyer  errors  found  during  erec- 
tion or  installation;  however,  the  remaining  10%  of  the  whole  sum 
will  be  paid  35  days  from  acceptance,  as  below. 

These  retained  sums  shall  be  forfeited  to  the  State  in  the  event  of 
failure  of  the  Contractor  to  conform  in  good  faith  to  the  contract. 

When  the  work  of  the  contract  is  fully  performed  and  finished, 
and  accepted,  the  State,  after  the  receipt  of  all  guarantees  required, 
shall  pay  the  total  then  due  the  Contractor,  except  as  otherwise  stated 
above,  less  the  10%  of  the  total  contract  sum.  Thirty-five  days  after 
final  acceptance  of  the  work,  this  10%  balance  will  be  paid. 

(26)  GUARANTEES: 

Each  Contractor  agrees  to  use  and  abide  by  the  conditions  of  the 
standard  form  of  guarantee,  copy  of  which  is  herewith  shown,  for  all 
guarantees  required  by  these  specifications,  which  shall  be  signed  and 
delivered  to  the  State  before  the  final  payment  is  made. 

Besides  special  guarantees  required  in  the  detail  specifications, 
each  Contractor  shall  guarantee  that  no  part  of  his  work  shall  show 
defect  for  one  year  from  date  of  acceptance. 

COPY  OF  STANDARD  GUARANTEE  FORM: 

Guarantee  for..... •. 

We  hereby  guarantee  that  the 

which  we  have  installed 

at 

hrs  been  in  accordance  with  the  drawings  and  specifications  and  that 
the  work  as  installed  will  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the  guarantee 
included  in  the  specifications.  We  agree  to  repair  or  replace  any  or 
all  of  our  work,  together  with  any  other  adjacent  work  which  may  be 
displaced  in  so  doing,  that  may  prove  to  be  defective  in  its  workman- 
ship or  material  within  a  period  of from  date 

of  acceptance  of  the  above  named  structure  by  the  State  Department 
of  Engineering,  without  any  expense  whatsoever  to  the  State  of  Cali- 
fornia, ordinary  wear  and  tear  and  unusual  abuse  or  neglect  excepted. 

In  the  event  of  our  failure  to  comply  with  the  above  mentioned 

conditions  within days  after  being  notified  in 

writing  by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering,  we,  collectively  or 
separately,  do  hereby  authorize  said  State  Department  of  Engineer- 
ing to  proceed  to  have  said  defects  repaired  and  made  good  at  our 
expense  and  we  will  honor  and  pay  the  costs  and  charges  therefor 
upon  demand. 

Dated: 

£  ijned  ; ... 

Countersigned 

"  •  •^•"•^•••^ 


Excavation  Work 

Note:  Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(27)  LINES  AND  LEVELS: 

The  general  lines  and  levels  of  the  building  will  be  given  by  the 
Superintendent.  The  Contractor  shall  lay  out  all  lines  and  levels 
directly  needed  for  the  work  and  be  responsible  therefor. 

(28)  LOCATION: 

The  lot  upon  which  this  specified  work  is  to  be  done  is  located  on 
the  north  side  of  McAllister  Street,  between  Larkin  and  Polk  Streets, 
San  Francisco.  It  fronts  41214  feet  on  McAllister  and  120  feet  on 
Polk  and  Larkin  Streets. 

(29)  SCOPE  OF  WORK: 

There  is  included  in  this  contract  all  excavation,  pumping,  grad- 
ing, backfilling,  care  of  street  paving  and  bulkheading.  The  removal 
of  all  old  bricks,  concrete,  foundations  and  other  debris  on  site. 

(30)  EXCAVATING: 

This  Contractor  shall  remove  and  dispose  of  all  surplus  earth, 
walls,  present  foundations  and  other  debris  now  on  the  lot.  This 
Contractor  to  store  on  lot  where  not  to  be  occupied  by  building  suf- 
ficient clean  material  from  excavation  for  all  backfilling,  and  should 
too  much  be  taken  away,  he  shall  supply  the  deficiency.  Sufficient 
excavation  must  be  made  beyond  wall  lines  of  all  foundations,  pits, 
trenches,  etc.,  to  allow  for  the  installation  and  removal  of  all  bulkhead- 
ing  and  forms. 

(31)  PUMPING: 

Install  pumping  machinery  to  clear  excavation  of  water  and  keep 
same  in  operation  until  flooring  of  pits  and  all  walls  of  same  are 
waterproofed  and  have  stood  eight  days. 

(32)  BULKHEADS: 

The  necessary  bulkheads  must  be  built  to  retain  the  earth  of  adja- 
cent streets  and  sidewalks  and  dirt  of  lot  adjacent  to  building  line. 
This  Contractor  shall  furnish  all  necessary  bulkheads  to  retain  this 
earth  as  far  as  the  needs  of  his  work  shall  apply.  The  bulkheads  and 
shoring  must  be  of  a  design  acceptable  to  the  Superintendent,  and  the 
braces,  etc.,  must  be  moved  from  time  to  time  to  accommodate  the 
placing  of  concrete.  Space  sufficient  to  build  forms  must  be  left  inside 
all  bulkheads  for  all  pits  and  area  walls. 

12 


13 

Bulkheading  along  Redwood  Street  at  the  rear  wing  not  to  be 
removed  until  basement  and  first  floor  slabs  are  poured,  and  an  order 
issued  for  removal  of  same  by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering. 

(33)  BACKFILLING: 

After  concrete  walls  and  foundations  are  placed,  the  earth  must 
be  backfilled  around  same  and  settled  in  place  with  water.  Before  the 
concrete  of  basement  floor,  areas,  court  and  sidewalks  is  placed  by 
others,  the  earth  must  be  leveled  off  and  tamped  by  this  Contractor 
to  proper  levels. 

Fill  in  court  yard  to  levels  shown  on  plans  and  entrances  to  same 
which  will  begin  at  street  line  at  each  side,  forming  run-way  through 
lot,  and  grade  earth  as  shown  from  run-ways  to  sidewalk  in  rear. 

(34)  OLD  WALLS,  ETC.: 

This  Contractor  is  to  remove  all  old  concrete  and  brick  walls,  old 
concrete  floors  to  properly  allow  the  installation  of  the  foundations  in 
accordance  with  plans.  Also  he  must  remove  all  sidewalks  and  any 
other  debris  on  the  site.  A  visit  to  the  site  will  show  the  nature  and 
amount  of  this  work.  The  present  brick  retaining  wall  along  the  Red- 
wood Street  lot  line  in  the  northeast  corner  of  the  lot  is  to  remain. 

(35)  PAVING: 

The  Contractor  shall  take  all  care  of  the  street  during  the  prog- 
ress of  the  work,  and  upon  completion  repair  same  to  the  satisfaction 
of  the  Street  Department  of  the  City  of  San  Francisco. 

(36)  CURBS: 

This  Contractor  is  to  protect  granite  curbs  of  McAllister  and 
Larkin  Streets  during  work  of  excavation  and  backfilling;  if  any  por- 
tions are  damaged,  they  are  to  be  replaced  with  new  pieces  of  granite 
by  this  Contractor  as  directed  by  the  State  Department  of  En- 
gineering. 


Concrete  Work 

Note:  Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  iu 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(37)  SCOPE  OF  WORK: 

Under  this  head  is  included  all  concrete  forms,  foundations, 
grouting  of  cast  iron  or  steel  bases,  plates,  etc.,  walls,  piers,  floors, 
roofs,  fireproofing  of  steel  frame,  reinforced  concrete  columns,  walls, 
beams,  girders,  lintels  and  retaining  walls,  and  footings  for  curb  walls, 
cement  finish,  sidewalks  and  court  pavements;  and  all  such  other 
work  as  herein  specified,  shown  on  drawings  or  necessary  to  the 
proper  completion  of  all  work  of  concrete  nature  to  the  satisfaction  of 
the  State. 

(38)  FORMS: 

Forms  shall  be  of  lumber  surfaced  on  one  side  and  sized  on  two 
edges  and  free  from  knot  holes  and  other  defects  that  would  impair 
its  strength  or  adaptability  for  this  work.  Boards  to  be  %  incn  by  C 
inch,  set  close  so  as  to  prevent  leakage  and  braced  so  as  not  to  spring 
when  concrete  is  poured.  Bracing  shall  be  made  of  material  of  suf- 
ficient size  and  ample  strength  and  shall  be  spaced  at  intervals  so  as  to 
prevent  all  bulging  of  forms.  Improper  construction  of  forms  may 
cause  rejection  of  whole  work  affected.  Set  rough  side  of  boards  next 
to  concrete,  except  where  concrete  is  left  exposed. 

All  concrete  shall  have  wood  forms  except  under-side  of  footings 
and  slrbs  that  are  shown  to  be  directly  on  earth. 

Forms  shall  be  put  up  plumb,  true  and  level  and  securely  tied 
together  with  steel  wire  and  with  proper  provision  made  for  all  mold- 
ings, openings,  inlays  and  other  features  as  shown  and  detailed. 

Beveled  strips,  forming  a  1-inch  chamfer,  shall  be  placed,  as 
directed,  in  corners  of  column,  beam  and  girder  boxes  extending  full 
length  of  same. 

The  lowest  board  of  all  forms  along  wall  shall  be  left  out ;  and  at 
columns  and  pilasters,  provide  hand  holes  at  bottom  not  less  than  6 
inchos  square;  all  to  be  left  open  until  just  before  concrete  is  poured. 

Tie  wires  used  in  forms  shall  be  placed  so  as  to  slant  downward 
across  form  spaces,  from  interior  to  exterior.  Spreaders  in  walls, 
beams  and  girders  shall  be  of  steel  bars  or  angles  (no  wood  of  any 
kind,  except  nailing  blocks,  shall  be  used  inside  the  forms)  and  spread- 
ers shall  be  removed  as  concrete  is  poured.  Upon  removal  of  forms, 
cut  air  wires  off  flush  with  face  of  concrete. 

All  forms  shall  be  cleaned  of  chips,  sawdust  and  other  debris  and 
shall  be  thoroughly  wet  before  concrete  is  poured,  when  and  as  di- 
rected. 

No  forms  shall  be  removed  until  so  directed  by  Inspector,  but 
generally  forms  of  walls  shall  remain  in  place  undisturbed  for  ten  days 

14 


15 

and  of  beams,  girders  and  floor  slabs  for  twenty-one  days  after  con- 
crete is  placed.  No  lor.d  shall  be  placed  on  any  portion  of  floors 
within  two  weeks  after  forms  have  been  removed  from  same.  Fire- 
proofing  forms  may  be  removed  in  seven  days. 

(39)  CEMENT: 

Cement  for  all  work  shall  meet  the  latest  requirements  of  specifi- 
cations and  methods  of  tests  for  portland  cement  of  the  American 
Society  of  Civil  Engineers  and  American  Society  of  Testing  Mate- 
rials. Tests  will  be  made  by  the  State  and  cement  must  be  delivered 
at  the  site  in  ample  time  for  such  tests  as  required.  Method  of  order- 
ing, taking  samples  and  approving  cement  shall  be  done  so  as  to  suit 
conditions  controlling  each  particular  part  of  the  work. 

Average  net  weight  of  cement  to  be  94  pounds  per  sack,  or  376 
pounds  per  barrel.  All  cement  shall  be  stored  in  a  weather-tight  build- 
ing with  wood  floor  properly  blocked  up  from  the  ground,  all  as  di- 
rected by  Inspector.  All  doors  shall  have  strong  padlocks  and  safety 
hasps  and  all  keys  delivered  to  Inspector.  No  package  of  cement  shall 
be  accepted  that  has  been  broken  or  damaged,  or  in  which  the  cement 
has  begun  to  set,  and  this  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  same 
after  delivery  at  cars. 

(40)  WATER: 

All  water  used  shall  be  clean  and  free  from  acids  or  strong  alka- 
lies and  the  amounts  for  various  parts  of  the  work  will  be  accurately 
detenrined  by  the  State.  Provids  and  place  hose  or  piping  to  extend 
from  water  supplies  to  all  roints  where  water  is  needed,  same  bring 
of  ample  size  and  number  for  proper  flow  and  quantities  as  required. 

(41)  SAND: 

Sand  shall  be  of  very  best  quality,  clean  and  sharp,  and  free  from 
all  foreign  matter  surh  as  grease,  vegetable  matter,  mica,  soft  or 
decomposed  rock  or  earth. 

Not  more  than  25%  nor  less  than  10%  shall  pass  a  50  mesh 
screen  and  not  more  than  5%  shall  be  retained  on  a  1/4  inch  mesh 
screen  and  it  shall  b<*  evenly  graded.  It  shall  show  by  test  an  equal 
strength  to  Standard  Ottawa  Sand. 

(42)  CRUSHED  ROCK  AND  GRAVEL: 

Crushed  rock,  small  size,  shall  be  made  by  crusMnpr  a  clean,  hard, 
fine  grained,  pnmiite,  bisilt,  trip  rock,  orart/ite,  hard  limes^on0  or 
indurated  sandstone.  Dust  and  soft,  fat  or  elongated  particles  shall 
be  excluded.  It  shall  be  evenly  greeted  and  shall  pass  a  1  inch  round 
hole  screen  and  b<*  retained  on  a  l/i  in"h  round  or  sauare  hole  screen. 
Not  more  than  5%  shall  exceed  I1  A  inches  in  greatest  dimension.  For 
mass  concrete,  crushed  rock  of  same  nuality  and  of  larger  she  shall 
be  used  in  conjunction  with  the  above,  beinpr  all  of  that  material  which, 
after  crushiner.  passes  a  1V>  inc^  round  hole  screen  and  is  retained  on 
a  1  inch  round  hole  screen.  Not  more  than  5%  shall  exceed  2 1/2 
inches  in  greatest  dimension.  Clean  river  gravel  may  be  used  in 


16 

place  of  the  above  mentioned  crushed  rock,  providing  that,  after 
crushing,  it  complies  with  the  sizes  and  qualities  mentioned  above.  At 
least  60%  of  the  gravel  shall  be  crushed. 

Should  it  be  desired  to  use  a  rock  not  fully  meeting  the  above 
requirements  as  to  small  sizes,  the  Contractor  shall  supply  a  clean, 
sharp  roofing  or  pea  gravel  to  be  added  as  directed. 

(43)  REINFORCING  STEEL: 

Furnish  and  install  all  reinforcing  steel  required  for  the  work. 
Same  shall  be  accurately  placed  as  shown  and  of  the  forms  and  dimen- 
sions indicated.  All  shall  be  put  together  and  set  in  place  by  mechan- 
ics especially  skilled  in  this  work.  All  steel  shall  conform  to  the 
requirements  of  latest  amended  Standard  Specifications  for  Medium 
Billett  Steel  Concrete  Reinforcing  Bars  adopted  by  the  American 
Society  for  Testing  Materials.  Tests  will  be  made  by  the  State.  All 
steel  shall  be  new  and  no  re-rolled  or  square  twisted  will  be  accepted. 
Plain  or  deformed  squares  may  be  substituted  when  approved  by  the 
State. 

All  tying  or  wiring  shall  be  solid  and  secure  and  of  No.  16  annealed 
wire,  except  as  otherwise  called  for.  All  anchorage  shall  be  of  metal. 
No  wood  whatever,  temporary  or  permanent,  will  be  permitted  inside 
the  forms. 

Concrete  walls,  so  indicated,  shall  be  reinforced  with  bars  of  the 
sizes  and  spacing  indicated  and  shall  be  wired  together  at  all  points 
where  bars  cross.  Lap  at  least  24  inches  at  splices  and  wire  not  more 
than  6  inches  apart.  Splices  in  horizontal  bars  shall  be  staggered  so 
that  those  in  adjacent  tiers  will  not  be  less  than  10  feet  apart.  Splices 
at  corners  shall  lap  3  feet  either  side  of  corner.  Also  extend  bars  1 
foot  at  brick  walls.  Bars  shall  be  doubled  around  all  openings,  the 
extra  bars  extending  3  feet  in  both  directions  beyond  the  opening. 

Column  reinforcing  shall  consist  of  longitudinal  bars,  wrapped 
with  wire  spirals,  wired  to  the  longitudinal  bars  every  foot  in  height, 
or  as  directed. 

All  lintels,  beams  and  girders  shall  be  reinforced  with  bars  as 
shown  and  shall  be  securely  held  in  place  by  proper  metal  spacing 
devices,  design  to  be  submitted  for  approval.  Stirrups  of  wire  fabric, 
as  shown,  shall  be  used  in  all  beams  and  girders,  wired  to  the  main 
reinforcing  bars  and  secured  at  top  in  such  manner  as  not  to  be  dis- 
placed when  concrete  is  poured. 

All  slabs,  so  indicated,  shall  be  reinforced  with  round  rods,  of  the 
sizes  and  spacing  indicated,  wired  together  at  all  points  where  rods 
cross  each  other,  or  with  Clinton  Fireproofing  Company's  Electric 
Welded  Wire  Fabric,  or  equal,  of  the  mesh  and  sizes  of  wire  shown. 

The  floor  slab  reinforcement  shall  be  in  long  lengths  so  as  to 
extend  over  as  many  panels  as  possible  and  shall  be  wired  at  all 
splices.  Side  laps  shall  be  4  inches  and  end  laps  24  inches.  End  laps 
shall  be  made  only  over  beams  and  shall  break  joints  so  that  splices 
in  adjacent  widths  of  fabric  shall  not  occur  on  the  same  beam.  While 
the  concrete  is  being  poured,  the  wire  fabric  shall  be  lifted  into  exact 
position  indicated. 


17 

At  such  walls  or  other  concrete,  where  slabs  adjoin  but  are  not 
poured  integral  with  same,  leave  proper  rods  or  strips  of  fabric  for 
incorporating  later  into  slabs,  all  as  directed. 

(44)  PREPARATION  FOR  OTHER  WORK: 

Make  all  preparations  and  do  all  work  necessary  to  receive,  and 
adjoin  to,  other  work,  all  as  directed.  Other  trades  will  furnish 
blocks,  strips,  bolts,  anchors,  etc.,  for  their  respective  work,  except  as 
otherwise  specified. 

This  Contractor  will  be  held  responsible  for  and  must  anticipate 
the  attachment,  imbedding  or  anchorage  required  for  all  work  on  the 
building  and  must  see  that  such  work  is  properly  placed  as  the  work 
progresses.  Cutting  of  concrete  after  it  is  installed  will  not  be 
allowed.  Carefully  examine  all  of  the  drawings  to  determine  the  rela- 
tion of  the  concrete  with  all  other  work  and  make  proper  agreeable 
arrangements  for  carrying  on  the  whole  work  promptly  and  accur- 
ately and  without  delay. 

Bedding  for  plates,  bases  or  any  other  work  to  be  bedded  at  con- 
crete shall  be  done  with  mortar  of  1  part  cement  and  2  parts  sand. 

All  slabs  on  exterior  and  where  indicated  or  required  on  interior 
shall  have  positive  pitch  to  drain. 

Prepare  concrete  for  tile  furring  and  partitions  by  leaving  ap- 
proved anchors  for  each  joint  vertically  and  dowels  or  hangers  of 
proper  lengths  and  centers,  also  for  the  setting  of  brick  work,  etc.,  by 
setting  all  anchors,  tie  wires,  etc.,  all  as  directed  by  Inspector. 

Carefully  form  rough  concrete  for  plaster  and  cement  moldings, 
reveals,  splays,  steps,  stairs,  rails,  etc.,  as  shown. 

Prepare  for  the  setting  of  all  steel  and  iron  work  and  other  metai 
work  throughout  as  required.  Set  all  bases,  plates,  beams,  lintels, 
etc.,  in  a  full  bed  of  mortar. 

Wherever  woodwork  is  adjacent  to  concrete,  proper  anchors  shall 
be  built  in.  Blocks  in  jambs  of  openings  shall  be  spaced  2  foot  cen- 
ters. All  rough  wood  jambs  shall  be  built  into  place  as  erected,  and 
anchored  with  galvanized  iron  straps.  Wood  blocks  shall  be  set  in 
concrete  at  back  of  all  woodwork,  except  in  columns,  girders  and 
beams,  where  metal  anchorage  shall  be  used.  Blocks  shall  be  spaced 
3  feet  on  centers  at  back  of  all  wood  furring,  strips,  base,  picture 
mould  and  other  running  trim,  except  where  otherwise  directed. 

Where  wood  floor  strips  are  laid  for  wood  floors,  the  space  be- 
tween and  under  strips  shall  be  filled  with  a  1:8  broken  brick  concrete 
mixture.  This  filling  shall  be  laid  solidly  and  tamped  firmly  into  place 
so  as  to  fill  all  space  between  and  below  floor  strips.  Floor  strips  must 
not  be  displaced.  The  filling  shall  be  brought  up  to  within  1/4  inch  of 
top  of  strips  and  shall  be  placed  at  the  proper  time  as  directed  to 
allow  sufficient  time  to  thoroughly  dry.  Coke  fires  shall  be  provided 
and  maintained  if  required  for  proper  drying. 

Suitable  reglets  shall  be  made  in  masonry  as  necessary  to  receive 
flashing  and  counter-flashing. 

(45)  PROPORTIONS  FOR  CONCRETE: 

Sizes  given  for  gravel  and  broken  stone  are  the  maximum  sizes 
of  greatest  dimension  of  each  particle.  No  variation  will  be  permitted 


18 

from  these  sizes.  Materials  for  plain  concrete  shall  be  mixed  in  the 
proportion  of  1  sack  of  cement  to  T1/^  cubic  feet  of  aggregate,  for 
reinforced  and  fireproofing  concrete,  in  the  proportion  of  1  sack  of 
cement  to  6  cubic  feet  of  aggregate.  The  exact  proportions  of  the 
aggregate  will  be  determined  by  the  State,  but  will  be  approximately 
1/3  sand  to  2/3  crushed  rock. 

Materials  shall  be  stored  in  such  a  manner  as  not  to  mix  to- 
gether and  shall  be  separately  and  accurately  measured  as  used.  The 
amount  of  water  to  be  used  will  be  determined  by  the  State  at  the 
time  of  first  mixture  and  shall  not  be  varied  except  when  directed. 

(46)  MIXING  AND  PLACING: 

All  concrete  shall  be  mixed  in  a  batch  mixer  approved  by  the  State 
and  producing  a  uniform  consistency  and  color. 

Plain  concrete,  except  where  otherwise  specified,  shall  also  in- 
cluda  reinforced  footings  and  outside  foundation  walls,  12  inches  or 
over  in  thickness.  Reinforced  concrete  shall  be  all  other  concrete 
contr  ining  reinforcing. 

The  mass  must  be  mixed  until  there  is  a  uniform  distribution  of 
the  materials  throughout,  continuing  for  the  minimum  time  of  l1/^ 
minutes  after  all  the  ingredients  are  assembled  in  the  mixer. 

The  mixer  shall  be  one  into  which  all  of  the  materials,  including 
water,  can  be  precisely  measured.  Water  shall  be  measured  in  ap- 
proved containers,  being  adnpted  to  ready  adjustment  for  variation 
as  directed,  and  accurate  delivery. 

Concrete  shall  be  mixed  to  such  a  consistency  that  it  will  flow 
sluggishly  into  the  forms  and  about  the  reinforcement,  and  can  be  con- 
veyed from  the  mixer  to  the  forms  without  separation  of  the  aggre- 
gate from  the  mortar.  Over-wet  concrete,  either  before  or  after  plac- 
ing in  forms,  will  be  rejected. 

Concrete  shall  be  conveyed  to  the  place  of  final  deposit  immedi- 
ately after  mixing.  Deposit  in  the  forms  so  that  no  separation  of 
the  ingredients  will  occur  and  so  as  to  permit  of  the  most  thorough 
compacting,  which  shall  be  done  by  working  with  suitable  rammers 
and  slicing  tools  kept  moving  up  and  down  until  all  the  ingredients  are 
in  their  proper  place.  Also  tap  forms  as  directed  to  consolidate  the 
concrete.  Furnish  sufficient  competent  men  to  do  this  work,  the  num- 
ber being  strictly  as  required  by  the  Inspector. 

If  voids  are  discovered  at  any  time,  the  defective  concrete  shall 
be  removed  and  immediately  and  properly  replaced.  Special  care  shall 
be  exercised  to  prevent  the  formation  of  laitance  and  to  obtain  a  con- 
tinuous unbroken  donsity  throughout  the  concrete. 

In  pouring  walls,  the  surface  of  the  concrete  shall  be  kept  level 
throughout  the  full  extent  of  the  wall  and  none  shall  be  permitted  to 
flow  fiom  one  portion  to  another. 

In  pouring  columns,  the  whole  column  up  to  the  level  of  the  bot- 
tom of  the  haunches  must  be  poured  within  a  period  of  y%  to  1  hour 
and  at  least  6  hours  ahead  of  beams  and  girders. 

All  concrete  lintels  shall  be  cast  in  place  and  placed  properly  to 
suit  the  progress  and  requirements  of  other  work. 

Beams  and  girders,  with  adjacent  floor  slabs,  shall  be  poured  in  a 
single  operation,  i.  e.,  a  whole  panel  must  be  completed  before  the  con- 


19 

crete  in  any  portion  thereof  has  begun  the  final  set.  At  the  end  of  a 
day's  run,  headers  shall  be  set  along  the  cross  center  line  of  the  beams 
or  girders  beyond  the  last  panel  to  be  poured  and  all  must  be  com- 
pleted as  far  as  these  headers.  If  the  pouring  of  floor  slab  is  stopped 
at  any  other  point,  all  the  concrete  shall  be  removed  to  the  cross  cen- 
ter lines  of  last  adjacent  beams  and  girders,  and  forms  and  reinforc- 
ing steel  thoroughly  cleaned  of  all  loose  or  adhering  concrete  and  mate- 
rials before  concreting  is  resumed. 

No  concrete  shall  be  placed  in  any  portion  of  the  work  until  all 
the  reinforcing  for  said  portion  is  securely  fastened  in  place  nor  until 
the  forms  are  completed  and  properly  braced.  No  concrete  shall  be 
placed  before  all  sleeves,  hangers,  pipes,  conduits,  outlet  boxes,  wood 
blocking,  bolts,  anchors,  wires,  fixtures,  etc.,  that  are  to  be  embedded 
in  the  concrete,  have  been  set  in  their  proper  positions,  and  this  Con- 
tractor shall  notify  others  in  ample  time  to  have  same  properly  set. 
He  shall  also  furnish  such  assistance  in  setting  as  required  by  rela- 
tion of  the  work. 

When  depositing  concrete,  care  shall  be  taken  not  to  displace 
reinforcing  steel,  conduits,  pipes,  hangers,  fixtures,  etc.,  that  have 
been  set  in  place.  Carts  shall  be  kept  at  all  times  upon  platforms  or 
runways,  which  shall  be  supported  so  as  not  to  bear  upon  the  rein- 
forcing. 

Before  dGpoiiting  fresh  concrete  against  that  which  has  set,  the 
surf rce  of  the  latter  shall  be  treated  as  follows: 

The  concrete  shall  be  roughened,  cleaned  of  foreign  material  and 
all  teitance,  thoroughly  wetted,  and  then  covered  with  i/2  inch  of 
cement  grout  of  1  part  cement  and  2  parts  sand,  and  applied  just 
before  concrete  is  placed.  For  vertical  joints,  all  the  stone  aggregate 
shall  be  exposed  by  picking.  Then  drench  the  surface  with  water  and 
sprinkle  well  with  dry  cement,  immediately  after  which  pour  the  new 
concrete. 

Before  starting  a  new  run,  all  drippings  and  all  debris  shall  be 
thoroughly  cleaned  from  the  forms,  reinforcing,  etc.  Earth  under 
footings,  and  all  other  concrete  on  the  ground,  shall  be  well  wet  and 
tamped  solid  before  concrete  is  placed. 

It  is  absolutely  necessary  that  all  concrete  be  thoroughly  wetted 
night  and  morning,  or  more  often  if  required,  for  10  days  after  being 
plrced,  and  all  slabs  shall  be  covered  with  1  inch  of  wet  clean  sand  as 
soon  as  hardened  sufficiently,  and  kept  continually  wet,  all  as  directed. 

No  concrete  shall  be  placed  or  used  in  any  part  of  the  work  after 
it  has  begun  to  set  and  no  re- tempering  will  be  allowed.  No  load  shall 
be  placed  on  freshly  poured  concrete. 

(47)  DEFECTIVE  CONCRETE: 

Any  portion  of  the  concrete  found  to  be  out  of  line  or  level,  or  out 
of  plumb,  shall  be  torn  out  and  properly  replaced.  Any  places  showing 
spoils  or  voids  shall  be  replaced,  or,  if  so  directed  by  Inspector,  care- 
fully patched  with  cement  mortar  of  1  part  cement  and  2  parts  sand. 

(48)  SAMPLES  AND  TESTS: 

All  samples  shall  be  judged  and  tests  made  according  to  rules  of 
the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  where  applicable,  unless 
otherwise  specified. 


20 

Fifteen-pound  samples  of  cement  composed  of  a  small  amount 
taken  from  promiscuous  sacks  of  each  shipment,  after  delivery  on  the 
site,  by  the  Inspector,  shall  successfully  pass  the  standard  tests  by  the 
State  before  same  may  be  used  in  the  work.  Delivery  must  be  made 
10  days  before  first  pouring  and  35  days  before  use  thereafter  to 
allow  for  the  7  and  28  day  tests. 

One-half  cubic  foot  samples  each  of  sand  and  of  crushed  rock  or 
gravel  shall  be  submitted  to  the  State  for  testing,  allowing  at  least  10 
days  before  first  pouring.  Samples  will  also  be  taken  from  each  ship- 
ment as  deemed  necessary  by  Inspector. 

Random  18-inch  long  samples  shall  be  taken  from  the  reinforcing 
steel  and  submitted  for  testing. 

The  Inspector  shall,  as  directed,  take  samples  of  concrete  at  place 
of  mixing  for  testing.  At  an  age  of  28  days  these  samples  shall  de- 
velop not  less  than  a  strength  per  square  inch  of  1400  pounds  for 
1:71/2  concrete  and  of  1800  pounds  for  1:6  concrete.  If  any  sample 
should  fail  to  develop  specified  strength,  the  State  shall  make  tests  of 
such  portion  or  portions  of  the  work  as  is  represented  by  the  sample. 

Load  tests  shall  also  be  made  on  portions  of  the  finished  struc- 
ture where  deemed  necessary.  Load  test  expense,  except  as  hereto- 
fore stated,  shall  be  borne  by  the  Contractor,  who  shall  afford  all  facil- 
ities for  properly  conducting  an  accurate  test.  Load  tests  shall  not  be 
made  until  after  60  days  of  hardening,  and  loading  shall  be  carried  to 
such  a  point  that  1%  times  the  calculated  working  stresses  in  critical 
parts  are  reached,  causing  no  injurious  permanent  deformations. 

(49)  UNIT  PRICES: 

The  Contractor  shall  file  with  his  bid,  on  Proposal  Form,  unit 
prices  of  work  complete  in  place,  each,  for  the  following:  Plain  con- 
crete, reinforced  concrete,  reinforcing,  forms.  Such  unit  prices  shall 
be  used  in  computing  either  deductions  or  additions  to  concrete  price 
for  any  changes  in  the  work. 

(50)  FOOTINGS: 

In  case  the  State  should  find  that  the  soil  at  the  depths  shown  on 
drawings  for  bottoms  of  footings  is  not  of  sufficient  bearing  value,  or 
that  a  satisfactory  bearing  value  can  be  had  at  a  higher  level,  the  foot- 
ings shall  be  carried  as  much  more  or  less  as  may  be  necessary  to 
secure  proper  foundation. 

(51)  COLUMN  BASES: 

All  column  bases  shall  be  enclosed  with  concrete  at  least  3  inches 
outside  of  metal. 

All  bases  and  bearing  plates  shall  be  grouted  with  1  part  cement 
and  2  parts  sand,  mixed  continually  while  being  poured  to  prevent 
separation  of  sand  and  cement. 

(52)  WATERPROOFING: 

The  pit  for  the  boilers  in  the  Boiler  Room  and  the  pit  for  the  two 
elevators  running  to  the  basement  floor  shall  have  a  cement  plaster 


21 

finish  coat  on  floors  and  walls  up  to  the  basement  floor  level,  water- 
proofed with  "Imperial,"  or  equal,  as  follows : 

All  concrete  to  be  cleaned  with  a  wire  brush  and  thoroughly  wet 
with  water  or  be  given  a  surface  application  of  Imperial  before  apply- 
ing waterproofing  coat. 

Waterproof  cement  finish  shall  be  composed  of  1  part  Portland 
cement  to  2  parts  sand,  with  Imperial  added  in  the  proportion  of  1 
gallon  to  each  sack  of  cement  used,  and  sufficient  water  added  to  give 
mortar  of  the  proper  consistency. 

This  cement  finish  shall  be  applied  in  two  coats,  one-half  (Vk) 
inch  thick  on  walls  and  three-quarters  (%)  inch  thick  on  floors.  It 
shall  be  troweled  to.  a  smooth,  even  surface  with  cove  at  floor.  For 
troweling  surface,  equal  parts  of  Imperial  and  water  shall  be  used. 

This  work  shall  be  guaranteed  by  the  Contractor  to  be  water- 
tight for  a  period  of  three  years  after  completion. 

(53)  FIREPROOFING: 

All  interior  steel  columns,  also  those  on  exterior  not  otherwise 
shown,  shall  be  fireproofed  with  concrete  3  inches  outside  of  metal. 
Said  columns  shall  be  wrapped  with  No.  12  by  No.  12  fabric,  5  to  9 
inch  mesh. 

All  steel  beams  and  girders,  unless  otherwise  shown  on  drawings, 
shall  be  fireproofed  with  concrete  2  inches  outside  of  metal,  soffits  of 
said  beams  and  girders  being  wrapped  with  No.  12  by  No.  12  fabric, 
5  by  9  inch  mesh. 

(54)  FINISHED  SURFACES: 

All  floors,  basement  to  top,  except  where  otherwise  marked,  shall 
be  cement  finished  with  top  surface  J/2  mcn  thick,  put  on  within  24 
hours  after  the  main  slab  is  poured,  troweled  to  a  true  and  even  sur- 
face. All  finish  shall  be  1  part  of  cement  and  2  parts  sand. 

Rough  slab  shall  be  cleaned  of  all  scum  or  laitance,  thoroughly  wet 
and  sprinkled  with  dry  cement ;  the  top  surface  to  be  well  pressed  into 
slab.  Any  top  flooring  that  is  loose  or  has  a  hollow  sound  when  tapped 
shall  be  taken  up  and  relaid  by  this  Contractor. 

Sidewalks,  surfaces,  and  wherever  else  directed,  shall  be  marked 
off  in  squares.  All  cement  finished  surfaces  to  be  kept  moist  and 
protected  as  directed. 

Concrete  slabs  under  floors  marked  "cork  tile"  are  to  have  a 
finish  of  cement  and  sand,  1  part  cement  and  4  parts  sand,  troweled 
to  a  smooth,  level  surface. 

Build  brass  guides  for  sliding  doors  in  cement  top  coat  where 
sliding  doors  are  shown  on  plans.  Brass  guides  will  be  furnished  by 
the  Ornamental  Iron  Contractor. 

(55)  TRENCH: 

A  2-inch  by  10-inch  trench  shall  be  provided  in  Boiler  Room,  in 
front  of  boilers,  leading  to  sump,  as  directed  by  the  Inspector. 

(56)  CURBS,  ETC.: 

Build  skylight  and  ventilator  curbs,  coping  walls,  etc.,  as  shown 
on  plans  to  be  6  inches  thick,  of  reinforced  concrete.  Reinforcing  shall 


22 

fasten  to  slab  of  roof.  All  curbs  shall  be  at  least  6  inches  high  at 
highest  point  of  roof.  Cement  floor  of  Attic  shall  be  entirely  sur- 
roanded  by  a  cement  curb  as  shown  on  drawing  Mo.  7.  Grade  Attic 
floor  to  drains. 

(57)  ROOFS: 

Rod  flat  roofs  that  are  to  be  covered  with  composition  roofing 
with  1  part  cement  and  4  parts  sand  so  that  no  stones  project,  and 
leave  an  even  surface  for  Roofing  Contractor. 

(58)  COURT  PAVING: 

This  Contractor  shall  tamp  earth  of  rear  courts  and  approaches 
to  same  from  streets,  lay  a  6  inch  floor  of  1,  2%  and  5  concrete  graded 
to  outlet  and  to  levels  shown  and  cover  same  with  a  2- inch  layer  of 
standard  city  specification  bitumen  pavement,  well  rolled  to  a  hard 
wearing  surface. 

(59)  VAULTS: 

All  vaults  are  to  have  6- inch  concrete  walls  from  floor  to  floor  slab 
above,  reinforced  with  Vk-nrch.  rods,  18-inch  centers  both  ways,  and 
after  doors  are  set  this  Contractor  to  grout  same  in  solid  with  grout 
same  as  specified  for  bases. 

(60)  CONCRETE  STAIRS: 

Fire  stairs  shall  be  reinforced  concrete  with  cement  finish  as 
shown  on  drawing  No.  104.  Stairs  from  boiler  room  floor  to  boiler  pit 
to  be  reinforced  concrete  with  cement  finish. 

Stairs  from  landing  above  sixth  floor  to  Attic  shall  be  reinforced 
concrete  with  cement  finish,  as  shown  on  drawing  No.  104. 

The  landing  platforms,  including  steps  between  same,  of  the  main 
stairways  between  the  basement  floor  and  first  floor  shall  be  framed 
with  reinforced  concrete  for  marble  and  ornamental  iron  finish,  as 
shown  on  drawing  No.  104. 

(61)  SIDEWALKS: 

Sidewalks  on  all  four  streets  around  lot  from  building  line  to 
curb  shall  be  new,  and  this  Contractor  shall  lay  a  4%- inch  walk,  in- 
cluding top  coat,  as  per  grade  and  color  required  by  San  Francisco 
ordinance. 

(62)  GUARANTEE: 

Waterproofing  work  shall  be  guaranteed  watertight  for  three 
years. 


Structural  Steel  and  Iron  Work 

Note:  Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(63)  SCOPE  OF  WORK: 

The  work  included  is:  All  cast  iron  column  bases;  all  steel  col- 
umns; all  sceel  channels,  beams  and  girder  beams;  and  all  such  plates, 
bolts  and  other  structural  steel  and  iron  necessary  for  the  proper  com- 
pletion of  the  entire  work  under  the  head  of  Structural  Steel  and  Iron 
Work  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  State.  All  materials  shall  be  delivered 
to  the  building  site  by  this  Contractor  and  unloaded  and  stored  where 
directed  by  the  Inspector.  Erection  bolts  will  be  furnished  by  the 
Erection  Contractor. 

(64)  WORKMANSHIP: 

All  workmanship,  as  well  as  all  details  of  construction,  shall  com- 
ply with  paragraphs  59  to  103  and  127  to  155,  inclusive,  of  Schneider's 
"Specifications  for  Structural  Work  of  Buildings,"  in  so  far  as  they 
concern  this  work. 

(65)  INSPECTION: 

All  steel  shall  be  inspected  from  the  melt  until  the  delivery  of  the 
furnished  material  to  the  site.  Inspection  shall  include  surface,  mill 
and  shop  inspection.  The  Contractor  shall  notify  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Engineering  when  work  is  ready  for  inspection  and  no  mate- 
rial will  be  accepted  that  has  not  been  inspected.  All  inspection  shall 
be  done  at  the  expense  of  the  State,  to  whom  all  reports  shall  be  made. 

(66)  TESTS: 

Sr.mples  of  all  materials  shall  be  furnished  by  the  Contractor  to 
the  State  for  testing.  Samples  will  be  taken  by  the  State  in  such 
manner  and  at  such  times  as  it  may  require.  The  expense  of  the  tests 
will  be  paid  for  by  the  State. 

The  acceptance  of  any  material  shall  be  dependent  upon  satis- 
factory results  of  the  tests.  Whenever  possible  necessary  facilities 
shall  be  afforded  so  that  tests  shall  be  made  at  the  place  of  manufac- 
ture if  so  desired  by  the  State. 

(67)  SHOP  DRAWINGS: 

Contractor  shall  make  ?nd  provide  all  shop,  detail  and  other 
drawings  that  m?y  be  reouired  for  this  work.  All  such  drawings, 
details,  etc.,  shrll  be  submitted  in  triplicate  to  the  State  Department 
of  Engineering  for  approval  and  must  be  so  approved  before  any  work 
is  proceeded  with.  The  approval  of  shop  drawings  will  not  relieve  the 
Contractor  of  any  responsibility  for  errors  contained  therein  or  for 

23 


?A 

the  accurate  and  complete  execution  of  the  work.  Errors,  even 
though  not  found  until  erection,  shall  be  made  good  by  this  Con- 
tractor. 

(68)  STEEL: 

All  structural  steel  shall  conform  to  the  Standard  Specifications 
for  Structural  Steel  for  Buildings  as  adopted  1901  and  revised  in  1916 
by  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials.  All  steel,  except  for 
rivets,  shall  be  of  the  grade  known  as  "medium  steel."  All  rivets  shall 
be  of  the  grade  known  as  "rivet  steel." 

All  material  shall  be  new.    No  re-rolled  material  will  be  accepted. 

Where  Bethlehem  structural  shapes  are  called  for,  other  shapes 
or  built-up  members  may  be  used  if  of  equivalent  strength  and  ap- 
proved in  writing  by  the  State. 

(69)  CAST  IRON: 

All  castings  shall  be  tough  gray  iron,  true  to  pattern,  free  from 
cracks,  flaws  and  excessive  shrinkage.  Cast  iron  shall  conform  with 
the  specifications  for  medium  gray  castings,  as  adopted  by  the  Ameri- 
can Society  for  Testing  Materials. 

One  sample  shall  be  submitted  to  be  tested  in  conformity  with 
the  above  specification  for  each  ten  tons  of  furnished  castings,  pro- 
vided, however,  that  there  shall  be  at  least  one  sample  for  each  melt. 

(70)  RIVETS: 

All  joints  not  otherwise  detailed  shall  be  riveted.  All  rivets  shall 
be  %  inch  diameter  unless  otherwise  shown.  The  following  rivet 
values  are  permissible : 

For  shop  rivets:    Single  shear,  10,000  pounds  per  sq.  inch. 
Bearing,          20,000  pounds  per  sq.  inch. 
For  field  rivets  and  bolts : 

Single  shear,    8,000  pounds  per  sq.  inch. 
Bearing,          16,000  pounds  per  sq.  inch. 

(71)  PAINTING: 

All  structural  steel  and  iron  work,  before  leaving  the  shop,  shall 
be  thoroughly  cleaned  of  all  mill  scale,  dirt  and  rust  by  thorough 
scraping  and  wire  brushing.  Immediately  after  cleaning,  all  steel 
and  iron  work  shall  be  given  one  coat  of  red  lead  and  oil  paint  com- 
posed of  28  pounds  of  pure  lead  pigment  to  1  gallon  of  pure  raw  lin- 
seed oil.  To  each  gallon  of  this  may  be  added,  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Inspector,  not  more  than  1/2  pint  of  petroleum  spirits  and  not  more 
than  1/2  Pint  °f  drier. 

The  paint  shall  be  worked  into  all  joints  and  corners  and  thor- 
oughly brushed  out  over  all  surfaces.  In  riveted  work  the  surfaces 
coming  in  contact  shall  each  be  painted  before  being  riveted  together. 
Parts  of  columns  at  front  walls  that  are  not  readily  accessible  for 
painting  after  erection  shall  be  given  two  coats  of  the  above  paint. 

All  paint  materials  shall  be  delivered  in  their  original  packages 
with  seals  unbroken  and  opened  in  the  presence  of  the  Inspector.  The 


25 

materials  shall  be  used  as  taken  from  the  packages  without  cutting  or 
the  addition  of  any  material  whatsoever  except  as  directed. 

Red  lead  pigment  shall  be  of  high  grade  quality  free  from  all 
adulterants,  shall  show  on  analysis  not  less  than  97%  of  true  lead 
(Pb304)  and  shall  be  guaranteed  against  hardening  in  the  original 
container  if  kept  sealed  at  ordinary  temperature  for  a  period  of  three 
months.  The  color  shall  be  a  clean  and  pure  tint.  The  oil  shall  be 
pure  linseed  oil,  complying  with  the  specifications  of  the  American 
Society  for  Testing  Materials,  shall  be  aged  at  least  one  month  and 
shall  contain  not  more  than  1%%  of  sediment  by  volume.  The  drier 
shall  be  a  light  colored  drier,  shall  be  guaranteed  free  from  rosin,  and 
to  contain  both  lead  and  manganese,  the  proportion  of  lead  being  not 
less  than  three  times  that  of  manganese. 

As  required  by  the  State,  samples  of  each  material  delivered  at 
the  shop  shall  be  taken  by  its  Inspector  and  sent  for  testing.  No 
material  shall  be  used  until  samples  of  same  have  been  tested  and 
approved  by  the  State.  All  materials  not  passing  the  test  will  be 
rejected  and  must  not  be  used  and  must  be  removed  at  once  from  the 
premises.  The  paint  shall  be  dry  before  loading  for  delivery. 

(72)  PROTECTION: 

During  fabrication  and  shipment  all  work  shall  be  properly  pro- 
tected from  damage  by  accident  or  otherwise,  and  all  broken,  dam- 
aged, or  otherwise  defective  parts  shall  be  repaired*  by  this  Con- 
tractor at  his  expense  and  the  entire  work  shall  be  left  satisfactory 
to  the  State  in  every  particular. 


Structural  Steel  Erection 

Note:  Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowancss  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(73)  Scope  of  Work:     The  work  included  is  the  erection  of  all 
structural  steel  and  iron  work,  all    cast    iron    column    bases,    all    steel 
columns  and  all  channels,  beams  and  girder  beams,  and  all  such  plates, 
bolts  and  other  structural  iron  necessary  for  the  proper  completion  of 
entire  work  under  the  head  of  Structural  Steel  and  Iron  Work  to  the 
entire  satisfaction  of  the  State. 

(74)  Workmanship :  Workmanship  shall  be  equal  to  the  best  mod- 
ern practice.     All  joints  not  otherwise  detailed  shall   be  riveted.     All 
rivets  shall  be  Y^  inch  diameter  unless  otherwise  shown. 

Pneumatic  hammers  shall  be  used  whenever  possible.  Drifting  to 
enlarge  unfair  holes  will  not  be  allowed.  Rivets  shall  look  neat  and 
finished,  with  heads  of  approved  shape,  full  and  equal  size.  They  shall 
be  centered  on  the  shank  and  shall  griD  the  assembled  pieces  firmly. 
Rivet  shanks  shall  completely  fill  the  holes.  Riveted  members  shall 
have  all  parts'  well  pinned  up  and  firmly  drawn  together  with  bolts 
before  riveting  is  commenced. 

(75)  Erection:  Contractor  shall  furnish  all  plant,  tackle,  erection 
bolts,  scaffold,  staging,   etc.,  required  in  the  erection  of  all  structural 
steel  and  iron  work  and  shall  co-ooerate  with  other  contractors  in  all 
ways  to  facilitate  the  progress  of  the  work.     All  structural  steel  and 
iron  work  shall  be  eVected  at  the  proper  time  during  the  progress  of 
the  building  and  fixed  in  the  building  with  the  utmost  care  to  prevent 
accident.     The  Contractor  will  be  held  responsible  for  all  damage  re- 
sulting from  accident  occurring  through  the  steel  erection.     Cast  iron 

.column  bases  will  be  set  by  this  Contractor,  but  the  grouting  will  be 
done  by 'the  Concrete  Contractor. 

(76)  Painting:  After  the  steel  and  iron  work  is  in  place,  it  shall 
be  thoroughly  cleaned,  all  abrasions  and  defects  in  the  shop  coat  shall  be 
painted  over.     Use  red  lead  paint  as  per  paragraph  71. 

All  members  of  steel  and  iron  work  in  front  outside  walls,  not 
entirely  enclosed  in  concrete,  shall  be  painted  one  coat  of  Dixon's  Silica 
Graphite  paint  or  equal,  natural  gray  covering  all  exposed  surfaces.  All 
such  surfaces  that  are  not  readily  accessible  shall  be  painted  before  erec- 
tion. 

The  paint  shall  be  delivered  to  the  job  in  their  original  packages 
with  seals  unbroken  and  opened  in  the  presence  of  the  Inspector.  The 
materials  shall  be  used  as  taken  from  the  packages  without  cutting  or 
the  addition  of  any  material  whatsoever. 


Brick  Work  and  Terra  Cotta 

Note:  Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  m 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(77)  Scope  of  Work:  It  is  the  intent  of  this  specification  and  the 
accompanying  plans  to  care  for  furnishing  and  setting  of  all  brick  for 
walls,   fireproofing   exterior    columns    and    backing   of   granite   for    the 
entire  exterior  walls  of  building;  all  interior  brick  and  terra  cotta  par- 
titions, basement  to  roof,  lining  of  all  vaults  and  furnishing  and  setting 
of  terra  cotta  of  vestibule,  and  exterior  as  specified  or  shown.     Exterior 
walls  to  be  faced  with  granite  on  three  fronts  and  returns,  including 
vestibule,  and  to  be  backed  with  brick.    Rear  walls  and  court  walls  to  be 
concrete  and  not  included  in  this  specification. 

(78)  Sand:  Sand  must  be  clean  sand  with  coarse  grains  predomi- 
nating and  free  from  clay,  sticks  and  other  impurities.    It  shall  be  com- 
posed of  particles  of  such  size  that  not  more  than  25%  nor  less  than 
10%  shall  pass  a  50-mesh  screen  and  all  shall  pass  a  10-mesh  screen. 

(79)  Water:  Water  to  be  free  from  acids  and  strong  alkalies. 

(80)  Lime:  Lime  to  be  freshly  burned  and  thoroughly  slacked  at 
least  two  weeks  before  using. 

(81)  Cement:  Cement  for  all  work   shall  meet  the  latest  require- 
ments of  specifications  and  methods  of  tests  for  Portland  cement  of  the 
American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  and  American  Society  of  Testing 
Materials.     Tests  will  be  made  by  the  State  and  cement  must  be  de- 
livered at  the  site  in  ample  time  for  such  tests  as  required.     Method  of 
ordering,  taking  samples  and  approving  cement  to  be  done  so  as  to  suit 
conditions  controlling  each  particular  part  of  the  work.     Average  net 
weight  of  cement  to  be  94  pounds  per  sack,  or  376  pounds  per  barrel. 

All  cement  shall  be  stored  in  a  suitable  weather-tight  building  con- 
structed by  this  Contractor  and  acceptable  to  the  State  Department  of 
Engineering.  The  floor  of  the  building  shall  be  properly  blocked  up 
from  the  ground  so  as  to  prevent  dampness  reaching  the  cement.  The 
door  shall  be  provided  with  a  strong  padlock  and  a  safety  hasp.  Keys 
to  padlock  shall  be  delivered  to  the  Superintendent.  No  packages  of 
cement  shall  be  accepted  that  have  been  broken  or  damaged,  or  in 
which  the  cement  has  begun  to  set. 

(82)  Brick:  All  common  brick  to  be  strictly  hard  burned,  reason- 
ably square  and  truej  uniform  in  size  and  made  with  sharp  arrises  and 
even  surfaces. 

27 


28 

(83)  Brick  Backing:  Granite  work  and  terra  cotta  to  be  backed 
with  brick  from  grade  line  to  top  of  walls  as  shown. 

(84)  Terra  Cotta:  All  work  of  ornamental  cheneau  top  of  building 
and  vestibule  between  granite  and  plaster  ceiling  at  third  story  level, 
including  all  ornamental  and  plain  bands,  sills,  panels,  etc.,  to  be  matt 
glazed  finished  terra  cotta,  except  where  marble,  inserts  are  called  for. 
Color  to  match  color  of  granite  and  sample  to  be  submitted  for  approval. 

All  terra  cotta  to  be  hard  burned  and  have  straight  exposed  sides 
with  sharp  corners,  free  from  defects  or  broken  parts  and  to  closely 
follow  setting  drawings. 

All  surfaces  not  exposed  to  be  roughened,  presenting  a  uniform 
surface  for  joints. 

All  bands  and  mouldings  shall  have  a  bed  exceeding  the  greatest 
projection  at  least  one  inch.  All  projections  to  have  washes. 

(85)  Trial  Set:  All  terra  cotta  to  be  set  up  at  works  so  that  when 
same  is  placed  in  building  all  pieces  will  be  correct  size. 

All  terra  cotta  to  be  delivered  in  good  condition  and  in  lengths  to 
fit  building  and  this  Contractor  to  do  all  replacing  of  any  imperfect 
pieces  that  may  be  rejected. 

(86)  Models:  Submit  plaster  models  of  all  ornamental  work  for 
approval  to  the  State  Department  of  Engineering. 

(87)  Setting  Plans:   Furnish  a  full  set  of  plans  marked  to  cor- 
respond with  marks  on  terra  cotta  and  showing  all  iron  anchors,  rods, 
angles,    etc.,   required   to   properly   anchor   terra   cotta,   and    submit   to 
State  Department  of  Engineering  for  approval. 

(88)  Anchors:    Furnish    and    set    all    anchors,    clamps,    dowells, 
hangers  and  special  metal  work  not  included  in  structural  steel  shown 
or   required   for  all   terra   cotta   work;   and   all   anchors   for   anchoring 
brickwork  to  steel  as  required  by  San  Francisco   Building  Ordinance. 
Terra  cotta  anchors  where  not  otherwise  shown  to  be  at  least  34  inch 
in  diameter. 

(89)  Safety  Devices:  Safety  window  devices  will  be  installed  by 
carpenter. 

(90)  Mortar:  All   mortar  used   for   laying  common   brick,   terra 
cotta  and  tile  partition  work  shall  be  comDosed  of  one   (1)  part  Port- 
land cement  and  three   (3)   parts  sand,  with  the  addition  of  not  more 
than  ten  (10)  per  cent  of  lime  putty  to  total  volume  of  mortar. 

The  mortar  shall  be  mixed  fresh  when  it  is  to  be  used.  The  cement 
and  sand  shall  first  be  mixed  together  and  then  the  lime  putty  shall  be 
added,  using  only  the  necessary  quantity  to  make  the  mortar  work 
properly  on  the  trowel  and  in  no  case  more  than  the  ten  (10)  per  cent 
above  specified.  The  mortar  shall  be  used  immediately  after  mixing 
and  any  that  has  set  in  the  box  or  on  the  platforms  shall  not  be  used. 


29 

(91)  Grout:  Grout  around  all  columns,  wall  beams  and  back  of 
stone  where  space  is  too  small  for  brick  backing,  etc.,  with  cement  and 
sand,  one  to  one,  to  make  all  work  tight. 

(92)  Lintels :  Provide  steel  angle  lintels  over  openings  for  radi- 
ator grilles   main  lobby  first  floor  and   vent   grilles   on   north   wall   of 
Supreme  Court  Room  as  called  for  on  drawings  No.  105  and  No.  107. 

(93)  Arches:  Build  segmental  brick  arches  over  basement  open- 
ings, as  shown  on  the  drawings  and  back  up  the  semi-circular  stone 
arches  of  the   fourth   story  with   brick  arches   as  shown   on   drawings 
Nos.  100  and  101. 

Build  brick  relieving  arches  behind  all  stone  lintels  as  shown 
on  drawing  No.  100. 

(94)  Laying  and  Bonding:  Common  brick  to  be  laid  with  special 
care,  rubbing  down  to  a  close,  true  bed,  laid  straight,  true  and  most 
carefully  bonded,  with  headers  every  sixth  course. 

All  brick  to  be  wetted  just  before  being  laid  in  a  thorough  manner, 
and  laid  in  the  wall  while  still  wet,  with  full  shove  joint.  The  bond 
to  be  done  in  such  a  manner  that  the  wall  will  be  equally  well  bonded 
throughout  its  entire  thickness. 

(95)  Joints:   Joints  of  all  terra  cotta  work  to  be  pointed  up  with 
mortar  colored  as  directed  by  the  State  Department  of  Engineers. 

(96)  Jambs:   Care  must  be  taken  that  courses   are  laid   to   suit 
figured  heights  and  dimensions  of  openings,  it  being  remembered  that 
brickwork  is  in  all  cases  to  be  kept  ^  inch  from  woodwork  at  heads 
of  windows. 

(97)  Partition  Anchors:  Leave  proper  anchors  of  24-inch  mesh  to 
build  into  joints  of  tile  partitions. 

(98)  Present  Brick   Retaining  Wall:    Build   sufficient  brickwork 
on  top  of  present  brick  retaining  wall,  extending  part  way  along  the 
Redwood  Street  side  of  the  lot  to  bring  same  up  to  finished  sidewalk 
grade.    See  drawings  No.  SI,  No.  S2,  No.  2  and  No.  9. 

(99)  Tile  Partitions:  All  partitions  shown  on  plans  from  base- 
ment to  roof  to  be  terra  cotta  tile  12  inches  by  12  inches,  3   inches 
thick  for  basement,  second,  third,  fifth  and  sixth  stories ;  4  inches  thick 
for  first  and  fourth  stories;  and  6  inches  thick  for  all  walls  and  par- 
titions over  15   feet  in  height  and   where  marked   6   inches  on   plans. 
Use  4-inch  or  6-inch  tile  wherever  necessary  for  the  passage  of  pipes 
through  same. 

All  exterior  wall  furring  first  to  top  to  be  metal  lath,  but  this  con- 
tractor to  furr  pipes  and  interior  columns  where  shown. 

All  vaults  to  have  walls  furred  with  3-inch  terra  cotta  tile  from 
floor  to  ceiling. 


30 

All  tile  to  be  anchored  with  an  approved  clip  of  24-gauge  galvan- 
ized iron. 

All  tile  to  be  scored  for  plaster  on  faces  and  for  mortar  on  bearing 
surfaces. 

All  tile  to  be  anchored  to  bucks  with  anchors  of  22-gauge  galvan- 
ized iron  every  12  inches  in  height.  Where  hollow  spaces  are  vertical 
the  anchor  is  to  be  nailed  to  buck  with  two  8d.  nails  and  clamped  into 
partition  of  tile,  and  where  spaces  are  horizontal  the  anchors  to  extend 
to  end  of  tile  and  bent  into  hollow.  All  anchors  to  be  exact  width  of 
hollow  and  to  jamb  in  tight. 

Carpenter  Contractor  will  furnish  ground  blocks  and  this  Con- 
tractor is  to  build  same  in  terra  cotta  partitions  where  directed. 

(100)  Protection:     Contractors  must  use  proper  precaution   that 
walls  do  not  move  from  position  until  mortar  has  dried. 

Suitable  bracing  must  be  applied  when  required  tor  safety  of  the 
work. 

(101)  Cleaning  Terra  Cotta:  At  completion  of  work,  clean  down 
with  acid  and  water  all  exposed  terra  cotta  work.    Care  to  be  taken  that 
acid  does  not  come  in  contact  with  marble  or  stone. 


Granite 

Note:  Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(102)  Scope  of  Work:  This  specification  and  accompanying  plans 
are  intended  to  cover  furnishing  and  setting  of  granite  for  all  plain, 
moulded  and  carved  surfaces  of  building  on  three  fronts  and  returns  at 
rear  from  sidewalk  line  to  bottom  of  cheneau  and  to  include  all  granite 
steps,  platforms,  floors,  street  curbs  and  flagpole  bases,  turned  balusters. 

(103)  Granite:  All  granite  to  be  best  quality  Raymond  or  equal, 
a  sample  of  which  must  be  submitted  to  the  State  Department  of  Engi- 
neering for  approval,  showing  quality  and  finish  of  same.     All  granite 
to  be  six  cut  work  of  sections  shown  on  detail  drawings.     Floors  of 
platforms  and  vestibule  to  be  4  inches  thick,  laid  in  solid  bed  of  cement 
mortar. 

(104)  Models:  This   Contractor  to  have  plaster  models  made  of 
all  ornamental  sections  and  have  same  approved  by  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Engineering.     All  finished  ornamental  work  to  exactly  follow 
the  approved  models. 

(105)  Joints:  Joints  must  be  where  shown  on  drawings  and  all 
plain,  moulded,  weathered,  sunk,  throated  work,  grooves,  chases,  holes, 
back  joints,  fair  edges,  joggles,  reglets,  dowels,  cramos,  and  lewis  holes, 
etc.,  that  may  be  necessary  in  any  part  of  the  work,  though  not  par- 
ticularly  shown   or   specified   in   the   different   parts   of   same,   and   all 
necessary  cutting  required  in  properly  fitting  the  work,  or  to  permit 
of  the   erection   of  other  works,   shall   be   carefully   performed   in   the 
most  workmanlike  manner;  and  a  sufficient  number  of  trimmers  and 
fitters  shall  be  kept  on  the  building  to  do  such  fitting.     All  beds  and 
joints  shall   be   sawed  full,   true,   square,  level  and   plumb,   using  not 
larger  than  %6-inch  joints.     Any  large  cavities,  slack  beds  or  stones 
short  of  the  required  dimensions  will  not  be  accepted. 

(106)  Finished  Surfaces:  All  plain  faces  to  be  true  and  perfect; 
all  mouldings,  angles,  carved  work,  etc.,  to  be  cut  sharp  and  clean.    All 
projections  to  have  throating  cut  on  the  underside  and  weathered  on 
top.     No  internal  mitres  to  be  cut  on  moulded  or  other  work.    All  sills 
to  be  sunk,  weathered  and  throated.     Lewis  holes  to  be  placed  so  they 
will  be  covered  by  other  stones. 

(107)  Setting:  Each  and  every  piece  of  granite  must  be  carefully 
marked  and  diagrams  or  setting  plans  (approved  by  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Engineering)  of  same  shall  be  prepared  by  the  Contractors  for 
their  setters.    Each  piece  to  be  anchored  to  brick  or  concrete  work,  and 
where  possible  to  be  anchored  to  steel. 

All  granite  work  to  be  delivered  at  site  properly  boxed,  if  neces- 
sary to  protect  edges  or  carving,  all  to  be  in  perfect  condition  and  in 

31 


32 

consecutive  order  for  setting  in  building.  No  stone  to  be  less  than 
4  inches  thick,  and  every  sixth  course  to  be  8  inches  or  9  inches  for 
bonding. 

(108)  Carving:  All  carving  to  be  up  to  standard  and  done  in  a 
thoroughly  workmanlike  manner  by  experienced  carvers  and  to  follow 
closely  models  or  full  size  details. 

Leave  all  carved  work  in  perfect  condition  to  the  entire  satisfaction 
of  the  State  Department  of  Engineering  on  completion  of  the  work. 

(109)  Scaffolding,  Etc.:    All  scaffolding,  centers,  enclosures,  der- 
ricks, hoists,  etc.,  required  by  the  setters  or  carvers  necessary  to  com- 
plete work  to  be  furnished  by  this  Contractor. 

(110)  Mortar:  All  stone  to  be  set  in  mortar  composed  of  one  part 
lime  to  seven  parts  sand.     After  the  above  mortar  is  slacked,  use  one 
part  of  an  approved  stainless  cement  to  three  of  lime  mortar. 

(111)  Anchors:  This  Contractor  to  furnish  and  set  to  the  satis- 
faction of  the  State  Department  of  Engineering,  iron  anchors  to  prop- 
erly anchor  granite  to  the  iron,  concrete  or  brick  work;  each  piece  to 
have  at  least  two  anchors  ^   inch  diameter  and   12  inches  long,  and 
where  necessary  to  anchor  to  steel,  anchor  to  be  longer  and  bent  while 
hot  around  same.     Care  shall  be  taken  in  anchoring  header  stones. 

(112)  Curb:  Street  curb  of  McAllister  and  Larkin  Streets  will  not 
be  disturbed  except  for  the  cutting  of  runway  of  Larkin  Street  curb. 
This  Contractor  to  furnish  new  curb  for  Polk  Street,  using  same  sec- 
tion as  curb  of  McAllister  Street,  and  on  Redwood  Street  furnish  a 
new  6  inch  by  16  inch  curb  with  corner  returns  to  Polk  and  Larkin 
Streets.  All  curbing  to  be  set  at  City  Levels  and  where  shown,  to  be 
set  on  concrete  foundation  furnished  by  Concrete  Contractor. 

(113)  Cleaning    Granite:    At    completion,    thoroughly    clean    and 
point  all  work  and  leave  same  in  satisfactory  condition. 

(114)  Cutting,  Etc.:  This  Contractor  to  do  all  necessary  cutting 
and  chasing  to  fit  the  work  of  other  mechanics. 

(115)  Protection:  After  work  is  all  set,  this  Contractor  to  prop- 
erly box  and  cover  all  projections,  steps  and  arises,  and  be  responsible 
for  same  until  building  is  accepted  and  occupied. 


Carpenter  and  Mill  Work 

Note:  Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(116)  Scope  of  Work:  It  is  the  intent  of  this  specification  to  cove 
all  rough  and  finished  carpenter  work,  basement  to  roof,  including  roof 
dormers,  etc. ;  and  also  all  carpenter  work  shown  on  plans  or  referred 
to  herein ;  and  the  furnishing  of  all  the  mill  and  interior  finish  neces- 
sary to  complete  building.     This  Contractor  to  submit  name  of  mill  to 
furnish  interior  millwork.     Furnish  a  sample  of  oak  to  be  used  in  build- 
ing, and  all  oak  not  similar  to  sample  to  be  rejected,  and  this  Contrac 

tor  to  stand  cost  of  replacing  same. 

\ 

(117)  Ordinances:    All    carpenter   work    such    as   temporary    well 
enclosures,  temporary  sidewalks,  etc.,  referred  to  in  building  ordinance 
for  safety  of  public  and  men  on  building  is  considered  as  part  of  this 
specification.    Sidewalk  and  enclosures  to  be  moved  and  replaced  where 
necessary,  to  allow  other  contractors  to  complete  their  work. 

(118)  Ladder:  As  soon  as  steel  is  erected  to  various  floor  lines, 
this  Contractor  shall  build  and  set  a  ladder  to  reach  from  floor  to  floor, 
basement  to  top ;  same  to  be  of  three  2-inch  by  6-inch  standards  with 
1  by  4-inch  cross  rails,  making  a  4-foot-wide  ladder.     Move  same  from 
time  to  time  until  stairs  are  completed  and  then  cover  all  marble  treads 
with  1  by  8-inch  boards  fastened  to  edge  with  1  by  4-inch  runners  at 
each  side,  and  on  completion  of  building  remove  same  from  building. 

(119)  Office:  Build  a  %  by  4-inch  surfaced  T.  and  G.  office  for 
the   State    Department   of   Engineering   and    Superintendent;    same    to 
be  at  least  12  feet  by  15  feet  and  to  include  three  windows  and  door 
and  all  hardware.    Cover  roof  with  two-ply  Malthoid  or  other  approved 
waterproofing  paper  put  on  as  per  manufacturers'   directions. 

(120)  Temporary  Closet:  Build  temporary  water  closet  for  men  at 
work  on  building.   This  Contractor  to  include  all  work  except  plumbing. 

(121)  Templates,  Patterns,  Etc.:   Furnish  and  set  all  templates, 
patterns,  wood  lintels,  wood  nailing  blocks,  grounds,  etc.,  to  assist  other 
mechanics,  and  do  all  cutting  or  patching  of  carpenter  work  required 
by  other  trades. 

(122)  Bucks:    Furnish    and    set   all    door,    interior    transom    and 
window  bucks   on   all   floors.      Bucks  to  be   made   of  Oregon   pine,   2 
inches  by  width   of   finished   plaster   partition,   sized   to   form    plaster 
guide  and  grooved  for  wire  chase.    Head  of  buck  to  be  width  of  jambs 
and  securely  nailed  to  jambs. 

(123)  Blocks:   Furnish  and  deliver  to  mason  4  inch  by  4^   inch 
wood  blocks  plowed  to  fit  tile  to  be  built  into  all  tile  partitions  for  / 

33 


34 

fastening  grounds  for  base,  trim,  wainscot,  paneling,  etc.,  and  on  metal 
furring  place  blocks  for  nailing  grounds  at  proper  height  to  receive  trim. 

(124)  Grounds:  Furnish  and  set  grounds  for  all  door  and  window 
trim,  base,  guides  for  Plastering  Contractor,  etc.,  securely  fastened  on. 
Merrit's  spot  grounds  or  equal,  put  on  with  plaster  of  Paris  2-foot 
centers  for  picture  moulds  and  12-inch  centers  for  base  and  other  trim 
can- be  used  instead  of  blocks  and  grounds. 

^  /       (125)     Curbs :  Furnish  and  set  2-inch  by  6-inch  skylight  and  vent 
|  [ plates  on  all  roof  skylights  and  vents,  bolted  to  concrete  with  ^2-inch 
by  12-inch  bolts.     Furnish  bolts  to  Concrete  Contractor  to  be  built  in. 

(126)  Roof:  When  Concrete  Contractor  has  his  forms  set  for  con- 
crete of  pitched  roof  and  walls  of  dormers,  this  Contractor  to  set  iy2- 
inch  by  "'-inch  beveled  sleepers  32  inches  on  centers,  and  when  concrete 
is  set  to 'cover  same  with  1  by  6-inch,  No.  2,  T.  and  G.  Oregon  pine, 
surfaced  one  side,  laid  close  and  left  ready  for  slate. 

(127)  Plank  Walk  and  Foot-Boards:  Build  plank  walk  in  attic  of 
1-inch   by   8-inch   planks   on   3-inch   by   6-inch    stringers   as   shown   on 
drawing  No.  7. 

Provide  1^-inch  by  12-inch  foot-boards,  supported  by  two  No.  4 
gauge  wires  every  6  feet,  to  extend  from  plank  walk  in  attic  to  all 
valves  on  steam  main  and  risers  as  shown  on  drawing  No.  M16.  Sup- 
porting wires  to  have  ends  looped  over  ^-inch  steel  rods,  12  inches 
long,  which  are  to  be  imbedded  in  the  concrete  of  the  roof  slabs  above 
the  reinforcing  steel. 

(128)  Preparing  for   Sheet  Metal:   Build  wood  ridge  for  copper 
ridge  roll  and  prepare  all  bearing  surfaces  for  copper  or  galvanized  iron 
by  building  wood  bearing  under  same. 

(129)  Window  Frames:  Box  frames  to  be  J^-inch  box  with  1*4- 
inch  pulley  stile,  ^-inch  parting  strip,  1^-inch  head,  3-inch  by  7-inch 
sill  with  brass  faced  roller  bearing  pulley,  with  2>^-inch  wheel  for  chain, 
all  as  detailed.     Staff  bead  as  detailed. 

Chain  to  be  steel,  copper  plated,  having  a  tensile  strength  of  not 
less  than  300  pounds,  with  cast  iron  weights  to  exactly  balance  sash. 

All  swing  and  pivot  sash  windows  to  have  2-inch  plank  frames  and 
sills,  as  shown  and  detailed. 

Large  frames  of  third  and  fourth  story  circular  head  windows  to 
be  as  shown  on  Detail  Sheets  Nos.  100  and  1002. 

All  joints  of  window  frames  to  be  put  together  with  white  lead. 
All  joints  between  frames  and  stone  or  brick  to  be  caulked  with  oakum 
before  staff  beads  are  set. 

(130)  Safety  Devices:  Furnish  and  install  Royal  or  equal  safety 
bolts   for  safety   belts   in   all   window   openings,   except   basement   and 
except  in  first-story  windows  having  granite  jambs.     These  devices  to 
be  fastened  to  the  woodwork  of  the  window  frames. 

(131)  Sash:  All  exterior  sash  to  be  Port  Orford  cedar  or  sugar 
,  pine  with  2-inch  by  2^-inch  side  and  head  stiles,  bottom  stile  2  inches 


35 

by  4^   inches,   meeting  stile   2   inches  by    ll/2    inches,   with   horns   as 
detailed  and  wood  stops  for  glass. 

f        (132)     Sleepers:  For  all  wood  floors  where  marked  on  plans,  place 
2-inch  by  3-inch  surfaced  sleepers,  12  inches  on  centers.     Do  all  shim- 
/ming   with   redwood   shingles   to   bring   sleepers   perfectly   level,   block 
\between  doors  to  give  proper  nailing  for  all  floors. 

(133)  Wood    Platforms    and    Steps:    In    Supreme    Court    Room, 
fourth   floor,   build  platform   in   front   of  judges'   bench   of   ^g-inch   by 
4-inch  T.  and  G.  pine  on  2-inch  by  4-inch  joists,   16-inch   centers,   to 
receive  cork  tile  floor,  which  will  be  laid  by  the  Tile  Contractor.     Face 
of  platform  to  be  %-inch  by  6-inch  cedar,  with  J^-inch  by  1^2-inch  oak 
nosing,  with  ^-inch  by  %-inch  oak  mould  under.     Platforms  against 
curved  wall  of  Court  Room  to  be  similar  to  above.     Steps  leading  from 
floor  of  Court  Room  to  Judges'  bench  to  have  1^4-inch  treads  to  receive 
cork  tile  and  %-inch  cedar  risers  with  nosings  as  specified  for  platform. 

In  Appellate  Court  Room  build  low  platform  in  front  of  Judges' 
bench  same  as  specified  above,  except  that  linoleum  will  be  laid  over 
same  (by  another  contractor)  instead  of  cork  tile.  Steps  to  Judges' 
bench  in  Appellate  Court  to  have  1^-inch  oak  treads  with  ^/8-inch  by 
%-inch  oak  moulding  under  and  %-inch  risers.  Wood  platforms  in 
large  and  small  Court  Rooms  on  the  fifth  floor  and  in  the  three  class 
rooms  on  the  sixth  floor  to  be  framed  with  2-inch  by  6-inch  Oregon 
pine  joists,  16-inch  centers,  and  covered  with  a  rough  floor  of  1-inch  by 
6-inch  surfaced  Oregon  pine.  Finished  floor  to  be  clear,  quarter-sawn 
oak,  %-inch  by  2%-inch.  T.  and  G.,  and  is  to  be  finished  same  as  speci- 
fied for  oak  floors.  Provide  1^-inch  by  3^-inch  oak  nosing  around 
edges  of  platforms,  with  ^-inch  by  ^-inch  oak  moulding  under.  Steps 
to  be  same  as  specified  for  Appellate  Court  Room. 

(134)  Wood  Floors:  Floors  of  the   Governor's  Office,   Reception 
Room,  and   Pardon    Board's   Office   on   the  'second   floor  to   be   clear, 
quarter-sawn,  white  oak,  %-inch  by  2^-inch  T.  and  G.,  with  borders 
as  shown  on  drawing  No.  106.     All  oak  floors  to  be  blind  nailed,  with 
butt  ends  matched  and  in  as  long  lengths  as  possible — no  lengths  less 
than  6  feet  will  be  accepted  except  in  borders. 

Oak  floors  to  be  scraped,  sandpapered  and  finished  with  a  coat  of 
paste  filler  colored  as  directed  by  the  State  Department  of  Engineer- 
ing, a  coat  of  white  shellac  and  two  coats  of  wax  well  brushed  out. 
The  last  coat  of  wax  to  be  applied  after  painting  of  rooms  is  finished 
and  when  directed  by  the  Superintendent. 

(135)  Scaffold:  In  entrance  vestibule  and  Supreme  Court  Room 
this  Contractor  to  erect  a  skeleton  scaffold  of  2-inch  by  6-inch  lumber 
so  that  Ceiling  Contractor,  plasterer,  painter  and  other  contractors  can 
work  on   same   and   tear   same   down   on   completion.     Care   is   to   be 
taken  so  that  the  walls  will  not  in  any  way  be  scraped  or  scratched. 
Various  contractors  to  supply  all  their  own  movable  boards. 

(136)  Wood  Vent:  In  telephone  battery  room  in  basement  build 
an  8-inch  by  8-inch  wood  vent  with  grooved  joints,  white  leaded  to- 
gether and  run  through  wall  with  an  8-inch  by  12-inch  louvred  frame 
to  outside. 


36 

(137)  Flag  Poles:  Furnish  and  set  two  flag  poles  on  platform  and 
three  from  building  of  size  shown,  with  copper  balls  with  gold  leaf  cov- 
ering.    Poles  to  be  painted  three  coats  of  lead  and  oil  by  this  Contrac- 
tor before  erection.     Furnish  and  set  ^-inch  diameter  bronze  wire  rope 
halyards,  and  Bolander  &  Hallowell  flag  pole  top,  or  equal,  to  fit  top 
of  poles. 

(138)  Telephone  Closets:  Doors  and  casings  of  these  closets  and 
electric  cabinets  in  Boiler  Room  arid  Telephone  Exchanges  on  the  fourth 
and  fifth  floors  to  be  same  as  specified  for  rooms. 

(139)  Interior  Finish:  All  finishing  lumber  shall  be  selected,  clear 
stock,  thoroughly  seasoned  and  kiln  dried,  to  be  unn'orm  in  color  and 
free  from  sap,  knots,  large  slashed  grain  or  other  defects. 

All  panels  and  veneer  work  herein  specified  to  be  five-ply  work, 
guaranteed  for  one  year  against  cracks  and  raised  surfaces  and  done  in 
a  first  class  and  workmanlike  manner.  All  wood  used  for  natural 
finish  to  be  first  quality,  kiln  dried,  selected  grain  and  color. 

All  interior  trim  and  finish  to  be  moulded  according  to  full  size 
drawings,  put  together  in  a  first-class  manner,  sandpapered  and  left 
ready  for  natural  finish  or  painting,  of  size  given  herein  or  detailed. 

All  trim  to  be  grooved  or  hollowed  on  the  back  and  where  trim 
joins  plaster  it  shall  be  scribed  and  fitted  perfectly  so  as  to  leave  no 
crack  or  open  joint.  All  casings  to  be  mitred  with  keyed  and  ghied 
joints ;  door  casings  to  have  plinths,  also  window  casings  where  shown 
or  called  for. 

There  shall  be  no  splicing  of  base,  picture  moulds,  wainscot  caps, 
rails  or  cornice  moulds  except  in  lengths  over  12  feet.  All  built-up 
moulds,  etc.,  are  to  be  tongue  and  grooved  and  put  together  with  glue. 

All  nails  and  brads  for  finish  to  be  put  in  the  quirks  of  mouldings 
and  set  in  for  puttying.  All  dimensions  given  for  finish  work  are  for 
finished  sizes. 

All  trim,  panels,  or  other  interior  finish  to  be  primed  on  back  (wall 
side)  by  painter  before  being  set. 

(140)  Carving:  All  carving  to  be  carefully  executed  according  to 
full  size  details  by  experienced  wood  carvers  and  samples  of  carving  to 
be   submitted   to   the   State    Department   of    Engineering   for   approval 
before  starting  the  work. 

(141)  Wood:  All  wood  finish,  except  where  otherwise  called  for, 
first  to  sixth  floors  inclusive,  to  be  white  oak  for  all  doors,  casings,  trim, 
picture  and  wire  moulds,  screen  oartitions,  etc.    All  wood  to  be  selected 
omitting  heavily  slash  grain.     All  panels  to  be  quarter-sawed  veneer. 
Wood  of  basement,  and  interior  of  all  vent  shafts  to  be  straight  grain 
Oregon  pine. 

(142)  General  Trim:  Base,  door  and  window  trim  to  be  ^  inch 
thick  moulded,  door  jambs  1%  inch  with  mould  planted  on.     Picture 
and  wire  moulds  as  detailed.     Door  and  window  stops  y-z  inch  thick. 
Glass  stops  7/16  inch  thick. 


37 

All  rooms,  basement  to  top,  except  where  otherwise  specified,  to 
have  general  trim  as  shown  on  sheets  No.  103  and  No.  1000,  to  consist 
of  base,  door  and  window  trim,  picture  mould  and  basin  cabinet.  All 
corridors  to  have  wire  mould  and  door  and  transom  trim  as  shown  on 
sheets  No.  103  and  No.  1000. 

(143)  Stops,  Etc.,  for  Other  Work:  No  glass,  mirrors  or  canvas 
will  be  furnished  by  the  Carpenter  Contractor,  but  he  shall  furnish  all 
wood  stops,  backing,  grounds,  etc.,  for  same  and  do  all  fitting  of  stops. 

(144)  Spandrels:  Arched  opening  of  fifth  story  to  haVe  spandrels 
behind    the   windows   lined   with   veneered   white   cedar   as    shown    on 
drawing  No.  100.    Stools  of  these  windows  to  be  set  with  screws  so  as 
to  be  removable  and  the  opening  cased  up  square  on  the  inside  with 
oak  veneered  jib  panels  in  upper  part  of  sash. 

(145)  Counters   and   Rails:   In   addition   to   general    trim,    rooms 
where  counters  and  rails  are  shown  on  plans  to  have  oak  counters,  rails, 
gates,  all  to  be  as  detailed  on  sheet  No.  103.     All  counters  to  be  fitted 
with    drawers,   lockers   and   shelves   on   back   side,    and   provided    with 
money  drawers,  glass  screens  and  sliding  sash  where  shown  on  plans. 

(146)  Doors:  All  interior  doors  except  as  below  to  be  1%  inches 
thick,  built  up  with  wood  cores  and  five-ply  veneered  panels,  with  wood 
stops  where  glass  panels  are  shown. 

Exterior  main  entrance  doors  to  be  mahogany  on  outside  and  oak 
on  inside,  2  inches  thick.  Doors  to  attic,  elevator  shaft  and  boiler 
room  to  be  hollow  metal,  including  jambs  and  trim,  and  will  be  in- 
stalled by  the  Sheet  Metal  Contractor. 

All  stall  doors  in  toilet  rooms  and  doors  to  cabinets  to  have 
solid  oak  stiles  and  rails  ~Ll/%  inches  thick  with  single  five-ply  panel 
oak  both  sides. 

Exterior  doors  from  rear  court  to  basement  to  be  solid  redwood 
'3  inches  thick  for  glass  as  shown.  Small  doors  to  skylights  and  furred 
spaces  behind  elevators  to  be  redwood  ll/2  inches  thick  for  metal 
covering. 

All  doors  to  be  same  finish  as  rooms  and  corridors  in  which  they 
occur  and  when  rooms  on  opposite  sides  of  doors  have  different  finishes, 
the  doors  will  be  finished  to  match  both  rooms  on  their  respective 
sides. 

(147)  Transoms:    All    corridor    doors,    except    where    otherwise 
shown,  to  have  transom  sash  ll/2  inches  thick,  with  wood  stops,  same 
wood  as  finish  of  doors. 


38 

(148)  Glazed   Partitions:    Build   glazed    partitions    as    shown    on 
drawing  No.   103.      All  trim,  base,   etc.,   same   as  typical.      Partitions 
marked  "A"  on  plans  to  have  plaster  wainscot  and  partitions  marked 
"B"  to  have  wood  paneled  wainscot. 

(149)  Cabinets:    Furnish   and   install   cabinets   for   lavatories   and 
clothes  closets  where  shown  on  plans  according  to  drawings  No.  1004, 
built  of  oak.     Cabinets  without  lavatories  are  to  have  one  shelf  each  as 
shown  on  the  ^-inch  scale  plans.     Where  cabinets  set  against  columns, 
the  spaces  between  the  ends  of  same  and  plastered  wall  are  to  be  closed 
off  with  filler  panels  of  same  detail  as  cabinets. 

Where  shown  on  the  plans  provide  oak  lined  cabinets  for  hose 
reels,  with  iy2-inch  oak  doors.  Provided  with  oak  stops  for  glass 
panels. 

(151)  Blackboards:  This  Contractor  to  furnish  and  set  slate  black- 
boards, with  wood  furring  strips,  oak  trim,  stops  and  chalk  rail  in  the 
class  rooms,  sixth  floor,  as  shown  on  drawings  Nos.  5  and  7. 

All  slate  for  blackboards  to  be  best  quality,  hand-finished  natural 
slate  4  feet  6  inches  high  and  l/\.  inch  to  ^  inch  thick. 

Spaces  5  feet  or  less  to  be  in  one  piece;  spaces  5  feet  to  10  feet  in 
two  pieces ;  and  proceed  likewise  with  larger  spaces.  Slate  to  be 
ground  straight  and  true,  to  be  fitted  tight  and  glued  at  joints ;  and 
after  completion  of  setting  to  be  shaved  and  scraped  to  a  uniform, 
straight,  smooth  surface. 

(152)  Entrance  Vestibule:  Door  openings,  including  first  and  sec- 
ond story  section,  to  have  frames  of  wood,  mahogany  on  outside  and 
oak  on  interior,  including  all  pilasters,  cornice  moulds,  sash  and  glass 
stops. 

(153)  Supreme  Court  Room:  All  woodwork  of  the  Supreme  Court 
will  be  Port  Orford  cedar  except  nosings  of  steps  and  platforms,  which 
will  be  oak,  and  top  of  Judges'  bench,  which  will  be  mahogany.     Balu- 
strade to  be  wood  with  turned  balusters ;  wainscot,  pilaster  bases,  trim, 
paneled  wainscot  with  pilasters  behind  Judges'  bench  and  paneled  front 
of  Judges'  bench  with   carved   ornament  to   be   wood.      See   drawings 
No.  12  and  No.  107. 

Large  panel  in  back  of  Judges'  bench  to  have  2-inch  by  2-inch 
wood  rebated  grounds  34  inches  on  centers,  set  vertically  with  ^-inch 
by  2-inch  strips  over  same,  grooved  and  provided  with  splines  to  fasten 
canvas  as  shown  on  drawing  No.  107.  This  Contractor  is  to  furnish 
and  install  between  these  grounds  a  backing  of  "Akoustikos"  felt  1  inch 


39 

thick,  but  the  canvas  will  be  put  on  by  another  contractor.  Wood 
wainscot  on  north  wall  in  back  of  Judges'  bench  to  have  grounds  dead- 
ened with  hair  felt,  which  is  to  be  tacked  on  the  face  of  same  and  backs 
of  panels  covered  with  3-ply  building  paper  glued  on. 

Ceiling  light  to  have  wood  bars  fastened  to  iron  frame  with  screws 
as  shown  on  drawing  No.  105,  the  iron  frame  to  be  furnished  by  an- 
other contractor.  The  vestibule  of  the  Supreme  Court  Room  is  to  be 
framed  with  2-inch  by  4-inch  studs  16  inches  on  centers,  2-inch  by 
6-inch  roof  and  ceiling  joists  16  inches  on  centers,  and  6-inch  by  6-inch 
girder  over  main  doorway  with  wrought  iron  joist  hangers.  Vestibule 
to  be  paneled  on  the  Court  Room  side  with  Port  Orford  cedar  and  on 
the  inside  with  oak,  including  ceiling,  as  shown  oh  drawings  Nos.  12 
and  107.  Cornice  to  be  oak  moulded  and  secret  door  to  electric  cabinet 
to  have  paneling  secured  to  face  of  same.  Roof  of  vestibule  in  Court 
Room  to  be  covered  with  No.  1,  J/s-inch  by  4-inch  T.  and  G.  pine. 
Entrance  doorway  from  fourth  floor  lobby  to  vestibule  to  have  moulded 
architrave,  cornice  with  modillions,  paneled  frieze  and  carved  consoles 
of  oak.  Transoms  to  be  stationary,  with  paneling  on  the  inside  to 
match  paneling  of  vestibule.  Doors  to  be  rebated  at  top  and  to  be 
provided  with  an  astragal  at  meeting  stiles. 

(154)  Governor's  Office  and  Reception  Room:  Governor's  office 
to  have  paneled  walls,  moulded  trim,  moulded  cornice,  pilasters,  carved 
caps  and  paneled  doors  as  shown  on  drawing  No.  106.  Windows  are 
to  be  fitted  with  secondary  sliding  sash  inside  of  regular  sash,  ll/2 
inches  thick,  made  to  slide  into  pockets  lined  with  pine.  Hangers  for 
sliding  sash  to  be  Richards-Wilcox  Manufacturing  Company's  or  equal, 
and  are  to  be  of  the  ball-bearing  type  with  drawn  steel  tube  track  with 
necessary  brackets,  to  be  furnished  and  set  by  this  Contractor.  Doors 
to  closet  and  lavatory  to  be  secret  doors  with  the  paneling  planted  on 
same.  Provide  for  concealed  radiators  with  hinged  panels  at  sides.  Gal- 
vanized iron  work  and  registers  will  be  set  by  the  Heating  and  Orna- 
mental Iron  Contractors. 

Reception  Room  to  be  similar  to  Governor's  Office  except  that  the 
secondary  sliding  sash  will  be  omitted;  the  cornice  will  have  raised 
panels  and  turned  ornaments  planted  on;  the  entrance  door  will  have 
turned  finials  and  carved  consoles ;  there  will  be  no  pilasters. 

Closet  and  lavatory  in  Reception  Room  and  closet  in  Governor's 
Office  to  have  walls  between  same  and  above  rooms  formed  by  the 
paneling,  which  will  be  finished  both  sides,  but  the  other  three  walls 
will  be  plastered  and  have  wood  base.  Both  closets  to  have  12-inch  shelf, 
%-inch  by  6-inch  rebated  hook  strips  and  turned  rod  and  roses  for  coat 
hangers.  All  wood  work  of  the  Governor's  Office  and  Reception  Room 
to  be  gum  wood.  Mill  to  submit  sample. 


40 

(155)  Pardon  Board  Office:  Pardon  Board  Office  to  have  typical 
picture  mold,   low  wainscot,   moulded  trim   and  wainscot  cap   of  oak. 
Provide  for  concealed  radiator  with  hinged  panels  at  sides.     Galvanized 
iron  work  and  registers  will  be  set  by  the  Heating  and  Ornamental  Iron 
Contractors.     Cabinets   for  coat   closet   and   lavatory   will  be   same   as 
typical  cabinet.     See  drawing  No.  106. 

(156)  Appellate    Court   Room:    Appellate    Court    Room    to    have 
moulded  base  and  chair  rail,  typical  wire  mould  and  cornice,  paneled 
wainscot  in  back  of  and  at  sides  of  Judges'  bench  and  Judges'  bench 
with  sloping  top,  sawn  brackets  and  paneled  front  (both  sides)  of  oak. 
Provide  %-inch  by  1^2-inch  nosing  with  ^-inch  by  %-inch  moulding 
ends  of  oak  at  edges  of  platform  between  back  of  Judges'  bench  and 
wall.     See  drawing  No.  106. 

(157)  Elevators:  Build  elevator  cages  for  two  passenger  elevators 
of  paneled  oak  as   detailed  on  drawing  No.   103,  with  paneled  ceiling 
and  concealed   trap  door,   oak  ventilating  grilles   and   leave   ready   for 
marble  base. 

(158)  Hand  Rails:  On  main  stairs  run  a  3-inch  by  3-inch  moulded 
oak  hand  rail  screwed  to  iron  with  rolls  around  newels  of  first  floor. 
Fire  stairs  to  have  round  oak  hand  rail  2*4  inches  in  diameter  screwed 
to  iron  balustrade. 

(159)  Closets:  Janitors'  closets  to  have  12-inch  shelves  and  hook 
strips  on  all  terra  cotta  tile  partitions  or  furring.     All  other  closets  to 
have  12-inch  shelves  and  hook  strips. 

In  all  closets  containing  lavatories,  all  Justices'  toilets  fourth  floor, 
Governor's  toilet  and  Dean's  toilet  sixth  floor,  provide  oak  frames  with 
stops  for  mirrors  same  as  shown  for  cabinets. 

(160)  Thresholds:  Place  ^-inch  by  4-inch  beveled  oak  thresholds 
at  all  interior  doors  except  where  marble  or  tile  floors  meet  marble  or 
tile  and  at  doors  opening  into  fire  stairs. 

(161)  Bench,  Boiler  Room:  Furnish  a  work  bench  for  boiler  room 
constructed  of  Oregon  pine  as  follows :   Bench  to  be  3  feet  0  inches  high, 
with  top  2  feet  6  inches  by  14  feet  0  inches  by  1^4  inches;  provide  shelf 
1  foot  6  inches  above  floor,  1^4  inch  thick,  extending  full  length  and 
width  of  bench ;  provide  four  pairs  of  legs  made  of  4-inch  by  4-inch,  with 
2-inch  by  6-inch  apron  under  top  and  2-inch  by  4-inch  cross  bars  under 
shelf. 

(162)  Locker:  Locker  in  boiler  room  to  be  2  feet  0  inches  wide,  5 
feet  0  inches  long  and  7  feet  0  inches  high,  similar  to  typical  cabinets,  but 
constructed  of  %-inch  by  4-inch  T.  and  G.  Oregon  pine.     Provide  one 
shelf  12  inches  wide  and  length  of  cabinet  with  %-inch  by  5-inch  rebated 
hook  strip  under  on  three  sides.    Door  to  be  l^-inch  single  panel,  2  feet 
0  inches  wide. 


41 

(163)  Screws:  Window  stops  to  be  screwed  on.  All  screws  to  be 
solid  brass,  round  headed. 

•(  (164)  Rough  Hardware:  Furnish  and  install  all  rough  hardware 
J such  as  nails,  anchors,  screws,  pulleys,  weights,  sash  chain,  hangers  for 
(.doors,  etc. 

(165)  Finished  Hardware:  Another  contractor  will  furnish  all 
finishing  hardware,  and  this  Contractor  to  give  receipt  for  and  set  same 
in  place  properly  and  be  responsible  for  all  hardware  until  final  accept- 
ance of  building. 


Hardware 

Note:  Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(166)  Scope  of  Work:  It  is  the  intent  of  this  specification  and 
plans  to  care  for  the  furnishing  of  all  finished  hardware  from  basement 
to  roof  and  delivering  same  at  building. 

(167)  Quality:  Plate  numbers  are  taken  from  Corbin's  Catalogue 
for  convenience,  but  equal  hardware  of  other  make  will  be  accepted. 

Contractor  to  submit  samples  when  requested  of  each  piece  of 
hardware  required  on  building  to  State  Department  of  Engineering  and 
remove  same  at  his  own  expense. 

All  hardware  to  be  factory  made  and  no  hardware  made  half  locally 
and  half  factory  to  be  accepted. 

All  exposed  portions  of  finished  hardware,  unless  otherwise  speci- 
fied, to  be  solid  cast  bronze  metal  of  heavy  pattern.  Finish  throughout 
to  be  statuary  bronze,  except  toilet  rooms,  which  will  be  heavy  nickel 
plated  on  bronze  metal. 

All  finished  hardware,  which  is  hereinafter  specified  to  be  of  steel 
or  cast  iron,  shall  be  heavily  sheradized  or  electro-plated  before  it  is 
bronze  plated. 

Submit  a  sample  of  bronze  and  bronze-plated  cast  iron  to  the  State 
Department  of  Engineering  and  all  hardware  throughout  to  equal  same. 

(168)  Butts:   Except  as  below,   butts   for  all   interior,   corridors, 
closets,  communicating  doors  to  be  Corbin's  161^   with  fibre  washers 
4  inches  by  4  inches,  three  to  each  door.     Butts  for  private  toilet  doors 
to  be  cast  bronze  4  inches  by  4  inches,  three  to  each  door,  with  fibre 
washers  and  equal  in  weight  to  Corbin's  61^. 

Butts  for  metal-covered  doors  to  be  cast  iron  with  fibre  washers 
4  inches  by  4  inches,  three  to  each  door,  and  equal  in  weight  to  Cor- 
bin's 161^. 

Butts  for  transoms  over  corridor  and  hall  doors  to  be  3-inch  by 
3-inch  steel,  one  pair  to  each  transom. 

Butts  for  corridor  door  transoms  in  toilets  to  be  cast  bronze,  3 
inches  by  3  inches,  equal  in  weight  to  Corbin's  101^. 

Butts  for  all  wardrobe  or  cubby  doors  to  be  cast  iron,  with  fibre 
washers  3  inches  by  3  inches,  one  pair  to  each  door,  equal  in  weight  to 
Corbin's  161. 

Butts  for  all  fourth  story  and  other  casement  windows  to  be  4-inch 
by  3-inch  cast  bronze,  with  fibre  washers,  three  to  each  sash,  equal  in 
weight  to  Corbin's  61^2. 

Butts  for  casement  sash  in  toilets  to  be  4-inch  by  3-inch  cast 
bronze,  with  fibre  washers,  three  to  each  sash,  equal  to  Corbin's  61^2. 

Butts  for  slat  doors  in  marble  partitions  to  be  4-inch  reverse  spring, 
equal  to  Bommer  No.  1000. 

Left-hand  interior  double  doors  to  have  Rixson's  Olive  Knuckle 
butts  to  paint. 

42 


43 

Main  entrance  doors  to  be  hung  on  Rixson's  D.  A.  checking  floor 
hinge  No.  30. 

All  doors  in  Governor's  room  and  reception  room  to  be  hung  on  Rix- 
son's S.  A.  checking  floor  hinge  Nos.  8  and  9. 

All  double  swing  doors,  other  than  main  entrance  doors,  to  be  hung 
on  Rixson's  D.  A.  checking  floor  hinge  No.  15. 

(169)  Bolts:  All  double  doors  to  have  flush  lever  bolts,  top  and 
bottom,  on  edge  of  stile  of  one  leaf,  equal  to  Corbin's  No.  2859.     Top 
bolt  in  each  case  shall  be  long  enough  to  be  easily  operated  from  the 
floor. 

All  casement  sash  to  be  fastened  with  turnbuckle  7Sy2  to  suit  detail 
and  plain  lever  handle  3  inches  long  and  ^  inch  diameter. 

Slat  doors  are  to  have  bolts  equal  to  Corbin's  brass  N.  P.  No. 
157^4,  with  strikes  for  marble. 

(170)  Window  Trim:   All   casement   windows   to   have   casement 
adjusters,  one  for  each  leaf,  equal  to  Corbin's  No.  44^  and  15  inches  long. 

Transoms  to  have  cast  brass  transom  catch  and  strike,  equal  to 
Corbin's  No.  02276^. 

All  double  hung  windows  to  have  bronze  sash  locks,  equal  to  Cor- 
bin's No.  1831^2,  and  two  bar  lifts  to  each  lower  sash,  equal  to  Corbin's 
No.  9296. 

(171)  Locks:  All  doors  not  otherwise  specified  to  have  mortise 
knob  locks  or  latches.    Where  latches  are  required  to  be  operated  from 
one  side  by  a  key  only,  they  shall  have  a  fixed  knob  on  the  other  side. 
All  knobs  and  cylinders  must  center  in  stiles  of  doors. 

Three  master  keys  and  three  keys  to  each  lock  shall  be  furnished 
for  corridor  doors,  doors  leading  from  corridor  and  vestibules  to  offices, 
closet  doors,  inner  office  doors  and  electric  closets. 

Janitor's  closets  and  private  offices'  to  have  office  cylinder  locks, 
equal  to  Corbin's  No.  567,  master  keyed  and  grand  master  keyed  as 
directed  for  different  departments. 

Connecting  doors  are  to  have  locks  with  bolt  each  side,  equal  to 
Corbin's  No.  155^2,  thumb  pieces  to  be  on  oval  plates  to  match  knobs 
and  roses. 

All  double  swing  doors,  other  than  main  entrance  doors,  to  have 
dead  locks  equal  to  Corbin's  No.  141. 

Private  toilet  doors  to  have  locks  with  thumb  piece,  same  as  for 
connecting  doors;  locks  to  be  equal  to  Corbin's  No.  159^.  Doors  from 
Justices'  offices  to  alcoves  to  have  latches  equal  to  Corbin's  No.  090. 
Main  entrance  doors  to  have  locks  equal  to  Corbin's  No.  141. 

Wash  basin  and  closet  doors  to  cubbies  to  have  latches  equal  to 
Corbin's  No.  045. 

(172)  Strikes:  Strikes  for  all  locks,  except  connecting  doors  and 
cubbies,  to  be  protected  box  strikes.     All  strike  plates  shall  be  large 
enough  to  fully  protect  the  finish. 

(173)  Knobs:   Knobs  throughout  to  be  plain  round  cast  design. 
Cubby  doors  to  have  knobs  1^6  inches  in  diameter;  all  other  knobs  to  be 
2y2  inches  in  diameter.     All  door  locks  to  have  knobs  pinned  to  each 
end  of  spindle  and  not  screwed ;  adjustment  to  be  made  with  a  wrench. 


44 

Roses  for  doors  to  be  cast  with  design  to  match  knobs  and  to  be 
2jH$  inches  in  diameter.  Roses  for  cubby  doors  to  be  3  inches  by  1^4 
inches,  oval  in  shape  to  match  door  rose. 

(174)  Door  Checks:  Door  checks  are  to  be  provided  on  one  leaf 
of  all  pairs  of  doors  leading  from  vestibules  and  corridor  to  offices,  stair 
doors  and  toilet  doors  to  general  toilets.     To  be  Rixson's  No.  8  with 
cement  case. 

(175)  Base  Knobs:  Base  knobs  are  to  be  cast  bronze  with  rubber 
tip,  equal  to  Corbin's  No.  365,  and  are  to  be  furnished  for  all  connect- 
ing, closet,  and  cubby  doors. 

(176)  Coat  Hooks :  Coat  and  hat  hooks  are  to  be  equal  to  Corbin's 
No.  1033.     Provide  six  for  each  cubby  and  twelve  for  each  closet. 

Provide  hooks  with  bumpers  for  all  toilet  slat  doors,  equal  to  Cor- 
bin's No.  2421. 

Provide  one  solid  brass  hook  equal  to  Corbin's  No.  01034^2  for 
each  private  toilet  door. 

(177)  Transom  Rods:  Transom  rods  are  to  be  equal  to  Corbin's 
No.  095  to  suit  conditions. 

(178)  Padlocks:  Provide  10  padlocks  for  hinged  grills  over  win- 
dows equal  to  Corbin's  No.  2882^. 

(179)  Push  Plates:  All  double  swing  doors  to  have  push  plates 
equal  to  Corbin's  No.  78090. 

(180)  Letter  Box  Plates:   Provide  letter  box  plates  for  corridor 
doors  to  offices  as  per  Corbin's  No.  78072. 

(181)  General:  Before  hardware  is  ordered,  this  Contractor  shall 
examine  drawings  and  full  size  details  and  be  responsible  for  all  misfit 
hardware  ordered. 

(182)  Guarantee:  This  Contractor  shall  give  to  the  State  a  written 
guarantee  made  upon  the  form  included  under  the  head  of  General  Con- 
ditions, to  fulfil  the  requirement  that  all  hardware  be  free  from  defects 
and  in  perfect  condition  when  delivered  at  the  building.     If  during  a 
period  of  two  years  after  date  of  acceptance  of  building,  trouble  should 
occur  due  to  original  defects,  the  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install 
new  parts  to  completely  remedy  same  at  his  own  expense.  , 


Metal  Lath  Work 

Note:  Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  m 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(183)  Scope  of  Work:  This  specification  and  accompanying  plans 
are  intended  to  cover  all  metal  furring  and  lathing  for  exterior  walls, 
ceilings,  forms  for  run  and  ornamental  plaster,  and  ceiling  supports  not 
already  provided,  from  first  to  sixth  floor  inclusive. 

(184)  Preparation  for  Furring:  When  forms  are  in  for  concrete 
fireproofing,  this  Contractor  is  to  have  placed  in  floor  No.  8  galvanized 
wires,  about  four  feet  apart  and  four  feet  on  centers  for  fastening  ceil- 
ings.    These  wires  to  extend  down  to  and  hold  up  ceiling  channels. 
Provide  loops  to  hook  over  floor  reinforcing  on  end  imbedded  in  con- 
crete. 

(185)  Furring:  Furr  ceilings  of  all  floors,  first  to  sixth  inclusive, 
and  basement  lobby  and  toilet  room.     Build  all  forming  for  cornice  and 
ceiling  work  for  lobbies,  vestibule  and  Supreme   Court   Room.     Furr 
soffits  of  two  main  stairs  from  basement  to  top,  and  furr  vaults  for 
double  ceiling  with  an  air  space  between.    All  exterior  walls  of  building 
to  be  furred  on  inside  and  around  all  windows. 

All  ceilings  to  be  furred  as  follows :  Run  24-inch  cold  or  hot  drawn 
channels  4  feet  on  centers  over  all  ceiling  surfaces,  giving  supporting 
wires  a  double  turn  around  channels,  and  at  right  angles  to  these  run 
24-inch  channels  12-inch  centers,  cross  tie  them  together  with  18-gauge 
galvanized  wire  wrapped  twice  around  joints  and  fastened  together 
with  a  double  turn  and  bent  back.  All  exterior  walls  furred  with  ^-inch 
channels  12  inches  center  to  center  and  stiffened  with  channel  every 
3  feet  in  height  running  at  right  angles  to  stud  channel. 

Make  ceiling  rigid  with  channel  braces  secured  between  floor  slabs 
and  furring  where  necessary.  Wall  ends  of  cornice  forming  to  let  into 
brick  or  tile  walls. 

All  furring  for  ornamental  ceilings  and  cornices  to  be  bent  to 
forms  in  accordance  with  full  sized  details  so  that  no  plastered  surface 
will  extend  beyond  furring  more  than  1*4  inches  nor  less  than  ^  inch. 

Furr  between  ceiling  and  floor  of  elevator,  light,  stair  and  other 
shafts  and  stair  soffits  with  ^-inch  channel,  12  inches  on  centers  where 
necessary  to  connect  floor  and  ceiling. 

(186)  Metal  Lathing:  Metal  lath  for  all  furred  work  shall  be  an 
expanded  metal  lath,  25  gauge,  weighing  not  less  than  three  (3)  pounds 
net  to  the  square  yard  and  painted  after  expansion  with  best  quality 
carbon  paint.     The  metal  must  be  of  such  quality  that  samples  taken 
from  the  delivered  material  and  tested  in  the  standard  acid  test  of  the 
State  Department  of  Engineering,  applied  to  the  bare  metal,  shall  show 
a  loss  in  weight  not  to  exceed  three  (3)  per  cent.     Two  (2)  one  square 

45 


46 

foot  samples  shall  be  taken  by  the  Superintendent  from  separate  sheets 
of  the  lath  delivered  to  the  building  site  and  sent  to  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Engineering  for  testing.  No  lath  shall  be  placed  in  the  building 
until  it  is  approved  by  the  said  Department  according  to  the  result  of 
the  test. 

Metal  lath  shall  be  fastened  to  metal  furring  every  six  (6)  inches 
with  No.  20  gauge  annealed  tying  wire  carried  around  furring  and 
lath,  the  ends  being  twisted  tight  with  a  double  turn  and  bent  back 
flush  with  face  of  lath.  Edges  of  sheets  of  lath  shall  be  lapped  one  (1) 
inch  and  secured  every  six  (6)  inches  with  No.  20  gauge  annealed 
tying  wire. 

(187)  Corner  Beads:  All  plaster  exterior  corners  to  be  protected 
with  Union   or  other  approved   corner  beads   set   straight  and   plumb, 
extending  from  floor  to  ceiling  and  securely  fastened  in  place. 

(188)  Interior  Partitions:  All  interior  partitions  are  to  be  terra 
cotta  tile  and  are  not  included  in  this  contract. 

(189)  Scaffolding:    In    entrance    vestibule    and    Supreme    Court 
Room,  a  skeleton  scaffolding  will  be  built,  but  this  Contractor  to.  fur- 
nish all  movable  boards  and  furnish  his  own  scaffold  in  all  other  rooms, 
corridors,  etc.,  throughout. 

(190)  Plastering  Specifications:  This  Contractor  to  read  carefully 
the  plasterers'  specifications  and  work  in  conjunction  with  plastering 
contractor. 


Plastering  Work 


Note:  Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(191)  Scope  of  Work:  This  specification  and  accompanying  plans 
include  plain  and  ornamental  plastering  of  all  wall  and  ceiling  surfaces 
throughout  building  from  first  to  sixth  floors  inclusive  and  such  parts 
of  basement  shown  on  plans  and  hereinafter  specified  and  to  include 
all  elevator  shafts,  stairwells,  stair  soffits,  vaults,  etc.,  shown  on   the 
various   floors ;   and  all   exterior  plastering  of   vestibule   and   imitation 
granite  of  rear  elevation. 

(192)  General:  This  Contractor  is  to  examine  the  scale  drawings 
and  details   furnished  and  adapt  his  work   to   the  existing  conditions, 
taking  all  measurements  at  the  building  for  ornamental  work  to  verify 
the   drawings,   doing  no  work  when   discrepancies   occur   until  adjust- 
ments are  made  by  the   State   Department  of  Engineering,  and   then 
changing  his  work  as  required  to  meet  such  requirements.     He  is  also 
to  examine  any  separate  drawings  there  may  be  for  other  work  coming 
in  conjunction   with  plaster  work  and  arrange  his  work  to   meet  the 
requirements  of  other  mechanics.     While  every  effort  will  be  made  to 
have   work   coming  behind  plasterer   put   in   before   plastering   begins, 
this  Contractor  to  leave  openings,  cut  holes  and  do  all  patching  without 
extra  charge. 

Plasterer  before  beginning  to  install  hi?  work  shall  examine  and 
have  made  or  make  perfectly  secure  all  furring,  lathing  or  other  back- 
ing for  plaster  work;  no  claim  for  defective  foundation  will  be  allowed 
unless  claim  is  filed  before  this  Contractor  starts  work. 

(193)  Protection:  This  Contractor  is  to  protect  all  work  in  the 
building  and  replace  at  his  own  expense  all  work  of  any  other  con- 
tractor or  person  that  may  be  damaged  by  this  work. 

(194)  Models:  Models   in  clay  of  all  ornamental   surfaces  to  be 
submitted  to  the  State  Department  of  Engineering  for  approval  and 
changed  as  required  to  give  desired  result. 

(195)  Scaffold:  This  Contractor  to  provide  all  scaffolding  of  every 
kind  needed  for  his  work  and  furnish  all  necessary  boards  and  ladders. 
Skeleton  scaffold  in  Supreme  Court  Room  and  vestibule  will  be  fur- 
nished and  taken  down  by  Carpenter. 

(196)  Mixing:  Where  mixing  is  done  on  different  floors,  water- 
tight boxes  must  be  used  to  prevent  ceilings  below  from  being  stained, 
and   where   any   stains   occur   this    Contractor    to    cut   same    out    and 
replaster. 

(197)  Sand:  All  sand  to  be  one-half  Keystone  or  River  sand  and 
half  bank  sand,  free  from  all  clay,  sticks  or  other  dirt. 

47 


48 

(198)  Cement:  All  cement  used  for  exterior  work  to  be  Portland 
and  in  accordance  with  the  Standard  tests  of  the  American  Society  for 
Testing  Materials,  as  last  amended. 

All  Keene's  cement  to  be  Best  Brothers',  American,  Nephi  or  other 
approved  Keene's  cement. 

(199)  Lime:  Lime  to  be  fresh  burned  Santa  Cruz  Holmes  "Dia- 
mond" Brand,  or  equal  brand,  guaranteed  not  to  pop,  slacked,  screened 
and  used  as  hereafter  specified. 

(200)  Lime  Putty:   All   lime  putty   to  be   slacked,   screened   and 
allowed  to  stand  in  putty  box  at  least  three  weeks  before  using. 

(201)  Quality  of  Work:  Entire  building  to  have  three  coat  work 
on  metal  lath  and  two  coat  work  on  brick,  tile  or  concrete,  with  hard 
finish  as  follows : 

The  scratch  coat  to  be  composed  of  lime  mortar,  one  part  lime, 
six  parts  sand,  and  hair  and  fibre  added  to  make  a  good  bond,  to  which 
add,  just  before  using,  200  pounds  of  Keene's  cement  to  each  cubic  yard 
of  mortar. 

Second  coat  to  be  composed  of  one  to  six  lime  mortar  gauged  with 
150  pounds  of  Keene's  cement  to  a  cubic  yard  of  mortar.  No  gauged 
mortar  that  has  laid  overnight  to  be  used.  Final  coat  to  be  hard  finish. 

First  coat  shall  be  applied  to  lath  in  such  a  way  as  to  firmly  press 
mortar  into  keys  and  shall  be  well  scratched  in  both  directions  before 
it  has  set.  Second  coat  on  lath  and  first  coat  on  tile  or  brick  when 
applied  shall  be  made  perfectly  level  and  true  by  means  of  straight  edge 
and  left  ready  for  hard  finish. 

Plastering  shall  extend  behind  all  wood  base,  wainscoting,  burlap 
and  canvas  panels,  except  large  panel  on  north  wall  of  Supreme  Court 
Room  and  rooms  that  are  paneled  in  wood  to  ceiling,  to  floor  line,  and 
under  coats  to  be  brought  to  within  ^  inch  of  face  of  grounds.  Ceilings 
over  vaults  to  be  double,  with  an  air  space  between.  See  drawing 
No.  105. 

(202)  Hard  Finish:  All  hard  finish  and  run  work  to  be  plaster 
of  paris  and  lime  putty  finish,  thoroughly  troweled  and  brushed  to  a 
true,  hard  polished  finish,  free  from  waves  and  flush  with  grounds.    This 
coat  shall  not  be  applied  until  under  coats  are  thoroughly  dry,  which 
are  to  be  sprinkled  with  water  to  form  damp  surface. 

(203)  Run  and  Ornamental  Work:  All  run  work  shall  be  made 
in  strict  accordance  with  full  sized  details  and  applied  to  the  ceiling 
and  walls  with  metal  templates  cut  to  form  profile  desired.     All  orna- 
mental sections  shall  be  cast  from  models  approved  by  the  State  De- 
partment of  Engineering  and  fastened  in  place  with  plaster  of  Paris. 
Ceiling  of  Supreme  Court  Room  to  be  cast  in  sections  and  fastened  to 
metal  forms  of  ceiling  with  No.  16  copper  wire,  plaster  of  Paris  and 
burlap. 

Vaulted  ceiling  of  entrance  vestibule  to  have  ornamental  bands  and 
rosettes  of  cast  plaster  with  plaster  vaults  as  shown  on  drawings  Nos. 
11  and  102. 

All  curved  surfaces  and  groins  to  be  accurately  formed,  using  tem- 
plates cut  to  the  desired  curves  as  guides  for  the  work. 


49 

(204)  Basement:   Walls   and   ceilings   of   lobby,   corridor,   offices, 
toilets  and  where  marked  in  basement  to  be  plastered.     Remainder  of 
basement  to  be  left  unplastered.     Lobby  and  public  toilet  ceilings  to  be 
furred,  other  ceilings  to  be  plastered  direct  on  concrete. 

(205)  Background  for  Plaster:  All  ceilings,  exterior  wall  surfaces, 
stair  soffits,  well  and  skylight  enclosures  to  be  plastered  on  metal  lath 
and  partitions  to  be  plastered  on  terra  cotta  tile,  brick  or  concrete — on 
all  floors,  basement  to  top. 

(206)  Cement    Base:    All    partitions    around    fire    stairs    to    have 
cement  base  as  shown  on  drawings  Nos.   103  and   104.     All  plastered 
walls  in  basement,  except  in  lobby  and  toilet  rooms,  to  have  a  cement 
base  8  inches  high.    All  cement  base  to  be  composed  of  1  part  Portland 
cement  to  2^  parts  sand  troweled  to  a  smooth  and  true  finish. 

(207)  Exterior  Plaster:  Entire  rear  wall  of  building  between  gran- 
ite returns  at  Polk  and  Larkin  Street  ends,  including  walls  of  rear  wing 
to  be  cement  plastered  in  imitation  of  granite  as  follows : 

All  concrete  surfaces  where  applied  imitation  granite  is  specified 
to  be  thoroughly  roughened  and  well  hosed  with  water  and  immedi- 
ately before  base  coat  is  applied  to  be  treated  with  a  cement  wash 
brushed  on. 

The  first  or  base  coat  shall  be  composed  of  1  part  Portland  cement 
to  %l/2  parts  of  river  sand  and  shall  be  applied  with  a  steel  trowel,  l/2 
inch  thick,  and  straightened  and  water  floated  to  a  true  and  even  sur- 
face. Before  this  base  coat  has  set,  scratch  same  lightly  in  both  direc- 
tions with  a  steel  scratcher  sufficiently  to  form  good  key  for  finish  coat. 
All  moldings  to  be  brought  out  with  like  materials  in  same  manner  to 
within  y%  inch  of  finish  line. 

Before  base  coat  is  thoroughly  dry,  apply  granite  finish  coat  at 
least  Y%  inch  thick,  which  will  be  composed  of  a  composition  of  2  parts 
of  crushed  granite  quartz  and  marble  dust  and  1  part  of  white  Port- 
land cement  with  the  addition  of  2%  Medusa  waterproofing  compound. 

This  finish  coat  to  be  applied  evenly  with  wood  floats  and  water 
floated  free  from  waves  or  imperfections.  All  granite  finish  to  be  fin- 
ally cleaned  down  with  a  solution  of  muriatic  acid  and  must  match  in 
texture  and  color  sample  of  genuine  granite  as  selected  by  the  State 
Department  of  Engineering. 

All  cornices  and  belt  courses  shall  be  run  with  metal  templates, 
cut  to  form  profiles  as  shown  by  full  sized  details.  Carefully  form  all 
window  sills  and  run  edges  of  window  jambs,  window  soffits,  coping 
of  walls  and  pilasters  perfectly  true.  Pilaster  caps  to  be  cast  with 
reinforcing  of  No.  20  gauge  wire  lath  and  securely  anchored  in  place. 

Fire  walls  over  rear  wing  to  be  plastered  one  coat  on  the  inside 
with  cement  plaster,  1  part  cement  to  2  parts  sand,  and  floated  to  true, 
even  surfaces. 

(208)  Repairing:    Plaster   Contractor   must   repair   all   defects   or 
scratches  in  the  plaster  work  after  all  other  mechanics  have  completed 
their  work  and  leave  same  in  perfect  condition  to  the  satisfaction  of  the 
State  Department  of  Engineering. 


50 

(209)  Guarantee  for  Plaster  Work:  The  Contractor  shall  give  to 
the  State  a  written  guarantee,  indorsed  by  tjie  manufacturers  of  the 
material,  that  the  exterior  and  interior  plaster  work,  and  Keene  cement 
work  will  not  crack,  pop,  check,  spall,  fall  off  or  otherwise  deteriorate 
for  a  period  of  two  (2)  years  from  date  of  the  completion  and  accept- 
ance of  the  building  and  the  Contractor  shall  make  good  and  repair 
or  replace  all  defective  work  appearing  during  this  period  of  time.     He 
shall  also  repair  all  damage  caused  by  the  defects  in  the  plaster  above 
mentioned. 

(210)  Cleaning  Up:  This   Contractor  to  clean  dirt  made  by   his 
men  on  each  floor  when  he  is  finished  with  same  and  remove  all  plaster 
that  has  fallen  on  floor  before  same  hardens. 


Tile  Work 

Note:  Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(211)  Scope  of  Work:  This  specification  and  accompanying  plans 
are    intended    to    cover    the    furnishing    and    setting    of    all    tile    work 
throughout  building  and  all  work  marked  tile  on  plans  and  not  specified, 
or  specified  and  not  marked  on  plans  to  be  considered  as  part  of  this 
contract.     Cork  tile  is  included  in  this  contract. 

(212)  Cement:  All  cement  used  shall  be  Portland  and  in  accord- 
ance with  the  Standard  tests  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Mate- 
rials, as  last  amended. 

(213)  Gravel:  Gravel,  if  used,  shall  be  composed  of  clean  pebbles 
free  from  sticks  and  other  foreign  matter,  containing  no  clay  or  other 
material  adhering  to  it.     Three  per  cent  of  dirt  will  cause  rejection  of 
gravel. 

(214)  Sand:  Sand  to  be  clean,  with  coarse  grains  predominating. 
It  is  to  be  free  from  loam,  sticks,  organic  matter  and  other  impurities, 
three  per  cent  of  which  will  cause  rejection. 

(215)  Cement  Mortar:  All  wall  surfaces  of  tile  to  be  laid  in  plas- 
ter composed  as  follows :  1  part  lime  to  8  parts  sand,  and  just  before 
using  add  1  part  of  cement  to  3  of  the  above  mixture,  all  mortar  to  be 
mixed  on  job  and  measured  in  bottomless  boxes. 

(216)  Cutting,  Etc.:  All  cutting  and  drilling  of  tile  necessary  for 
pipes,  bolts,  etc.,  for  all  other  workmen  to  be  done  by  this  Contractor. 

Measurements  to  be  taken  at  building  by  Contractor  for  the  proper 
fitting  and  setting  of  work. 

(217)  Quality:   All   wall  tile   to   be   first   quality,   3   inches   by   6 
inches,   except  where   otherwise   specified,   free   from   cracks,   set  with 
cove  cap  to  plaster  and  cove  at  bottom,  laid  perfectly  true  and  straight, 
with  joints  in  alignment,  and  to  be  American  Encaustic  Tile,  or  equal, 
guaranteed  for  one  year  not  to  craze.     All  floor  tile  to  be  1-inch  white 
ceramic  hexagons.     All  must  be  first  quality. 

(218)  Floors  for  Tiling:  All  floors  specified  to  be  tiled,  except  for 
cork  tile,  will  be  delivered  to  this  Contractor  2  inches  below  finished 
floor,  which  must  be  filled  with  concrete  composed  of  one  part  cement 
and  five  parts  aggregate,  upon  which  lay  the  tile  in  cement  and  sand 
1  to  2,  keeping  joints  straight  and  true.     All  floors  to  be  perfectly  level 
except  where  shown  graded  to  outlets  and  in  men's  toilets,  where  floors 
will  grade  to  urinals. 

(219)  Grouting:  All  floor  tile  to  be  grouted  with  cement,  sand  and 
water. 

51 


52 

(220)  Amount   of   Work:    All    public    men's    and    women's    toilet 
rooms,  basement  lobby,  lunch  room  first  floor,  coat  rooms,  entrances  to 
public  toilets — basement  to  sixth  floor — and  toilet  rooms  off  Supreme 
Court  Room  to  have  tile  floors.     All  private  toilet  rooms,  that  is  toilet 
rooms  without  marble   stall  partitions,  and  janitors'   closets  basement 
to  sixth  floor  inclusive,  to  have  tile  floors  and  tile  wainscot  4  feet  high. 
Where  noted  on  plans,  closets  containing  lavatories  to  have  tile  floors 
and  tile  wainscots  4  feet  high.     In  all  public  toilets  tile  to  run  from 
floor  to  6  feet  high,  with  cover  cap  to  wall  and  tile  returns  to  windows. 

(221)  Tile  Plinths:  In  all  rooms  where  tile  wainscot  is  called  for, 
furnish  and  set  5  by  7  white  glazed  tile  plinths  for  all  doors.     See  car- 
penter and  marble  specifications  in  regard  to  thresholds. 

(222)  Tile  Base:  Public  toilet  in  basement  to  have  a  6-inch  tile 
base  with  cove  to  floor  and  bull-nose  to  plaster.     All  other  toilets  to 
have  tile  cove  between  wall  and  floor  tile. 

(223)  Cork  Tile:  The  floor  of  the  Supreme  Court  Room  to  be 
cork  tile,  including  tops  of  all  platforms,  treads  of  all  steps,  floor  in 
back  of  Judges'  bench  and  floor  in  vestibule. 

All  cork  tile  to  be  "Nonpareil"  or  equal,  made  only  of  first  quality 
clear  cork  shavings,  compressed  solidly  in  closed  moulds  and  thoroughly 
baked.  All  cork  tile  shall  be  set  with  elastic  waterproof  cement,  which 
hermetically  seals  and  binds  all  joints.  Tile  to  be  9  inches  by  9  inches 
by  y*  inch  thick,  color  to  be  selected  by  the  State  Department  of 
Engineering. 

(224)  Cleaning  Tile:  On  completion  this  Contractor  to  clean  all 
tile  work  with  acid  and  water  and  be  responsible  for  damage  caused 
to  nickel  plated  work  and  other  work,  and  leave  same  in  perfect  con- 
dition on  completion   of  building.     All   crazed   and   stained   tile   to   be 
taken  out  and  replaced. 

(225)  Background:  Outside  walls  to  be  metal  lath,  all  partitions 
to  be  terra  cotta,  all  furnished  in  place  by  other  contractors.    This  Con- 
tractor to  see  that  floors  are  left  at  proper  height  to  finish  his  work  flush 
with  corridor  floors. 


Marble  Work 

Note:  Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(226)  Scope   of   Work:    These    specifications    and    accompanying 
plans  are  intended  to  cover  all  furnishing  and  setting  of  interior  and 
exterior  marble  work  throughout  building. 

(227)  Cement:  All  cement  used  to  be  Portland  and  in  accordance 
with  the  Standard  tests  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials, 
as  last  amended. 

(228)  Sand:  Sand  to  be  clean  river  sand  with  coarse  grains  pre- 
dominating.   To  be  free  from  loam,  sticks,  organic  matter  and  all  other 
impurities. 

(229)  Gravel:    Gravel   shall   be   composed   of   clean   pebbles,   free 
from  sticks  and  other  foreign  matter,  containing  no  clay  or  other  mate- 
rial adhering  in  such  a  manner  that  it  cannot  likely  be  brushed  off  with 
the  hand  or  removed  by  dipping  in  water.    Three  per  cent  of  impurities 
will  cause  rejection. 

(230)  Concrete  for  Floors:  Concrete  filling  for  floors  to  be  com- 
posed of  one  part  cement,  one  of  sand  and  five  of  gravel.     All  floors  to 
receive  marble  will  be  kept  2  inches  below  finished  flooring.     Before 
setting  floor  tile,  sprinkle  cement  under  entire  bed  and  tap  into  place. 

(231)  Grouting:  All  floor  tile  grouted  with  White  Stainless  cement 
and  clean  water. 

(232)  Samples:  Samples  of  marble  to  be  used  are  to  be  furnished 
when  called  for  by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering,  and  that  used 
in  building  must  equal  samples  submitted  in  every  respect. 

(233)  Cutting,  Etc.:  Do  all  cutting  and  drilling  for  pipes,  heating 
registers,  electric  and  telephone  outlets,  bolts,  etc.,  for  all  work  coming 
in  connection  with  marble. 

Take  all  measurements  at  building  for  proper  fitting  and  setting 
of  this  work  and  be  responsible  for  same. 

Make  all  joints  of  wall  marble,  close  with  plaster  of  Paris  and  run 
smooth  and  true  in  perfect  alignment,  securely  fastened  together  and 
to  walls  with  requisite  copper  anchors,  clamps,  dowel  pins,  etc. 

(234)  Models:  This  Contractor  to  furnish  plaster  or  clay  models 
of  all  ornament  for  approval  of  the  State  Department  of  Engineering 
before  any  carving  is  commenced. 

(235)  Carving:  All  carving  is  to  strictly  follow  approved  models 
and  detail  drawings  and  is  to  be  of  uniform  quality,  with  sharp,  well 
defined  edges,  lines,  etc.,  executed  by  experienced  carvers. 

53 


54 

(236)  Finish:  Floor  tiling,  door  saddles,  treads  and  platforms  of 
stairs  to  be  hone  finished.     All  other  surfaces  to  be  highly  polished  in 

best  manner  with  red  grit,  then  with  blue  grit  and  finally  with  French 
putty  powder,  unless  otherwise  particularly  specified.  No  marble  less 
than  %  inch  thick  will  be  accepted.  All  base,  etc.,  to  have  top  edge 
polished. 

All  surfaces  to  be  free  from  defects  and  no  patching  or  filling  will 
be  permitted  except  in  fancy  marbles. 

Veining  to  be  uniform  and  all  in  one  general  direction. 

(237)  Entrance  Vestibule:  Jib  panels  in  lunettes  of  Entrance  Ves- 
tibule and  all  round  discs  of  same  to  be  Levanto  marble. 

(238)  Main  Lobby:  Main   Lobby  walls  to  be  Columbia,  finished 
with  a  sand  or  honed  finish,  laid  with  joints  as  shown.     All  pilasters  to 
be  solid  and  fluted  as  shown,  and  all  corner  pieces  to  be  cut  from  solid 
piece.     Base  and  borders  of  Vestibule  to  be  blue  Belgium  marble  and 
floor  nanels  to  be  Columbia  in  design  as  shown. 

Walls  of  main  stairways,  basement  to  second  floor  landing,  to  be 
lined  with  same  marble  as  Lobby. 

(239)  Corridors  First  to  Sixth  Floor:  All  public  corridors,  first  to 
sixth,  and  elevator  lobbies,  second  to  sixth  floor  inclusive,  to  have  floor 
and  base  of  Italian  or  Columbia  marble,  laid  in  design  as  shown.    Marble 
to  run  into  door  jambs  to  doors.     Base  to  be  8  inches  high  and  to  return 
in  jambs  to  doors  as  shown,  forming  plinths.  All  private  corridors  to  have 
8-inch  marble  base  and  border  and  terrazzo  centers.     All  terrazzo  to  be 
made  with  cement  and  white  marble  clips  and  machine  rubbed  to  a 
smooth  surface. 

(240)  Hardware:   This   Contractor   to   furnish   and   set   all   nickel 
plated  cast  brass  legs,  rails,  rail  supports,  angles,  nuts,  brackets,  etc., 
to  properly   support   marble,   and   set  toilet  door  hardware   when   fur- 
nished.    See  drawing  No.  103. 

(241)  Thresholds:   Furnish  thresholds  of  same  marbles  specified 
for  floor  at  all  main  entrance  doors,  at  interior  doors  to  all  toilet  rooms, 
at  doors  leading  from  corridors  to  stairways  each  floor  and  wherever 
tile  and  marble  come  together,  same  to  set  ^  inch  above  floor  and  to 
be  4  inches  wide.     Wood  thresholds  will  be  set  by  Carpenter  wherever 
marble  butts  against  linoleum  covered  floors  at  doors  of  private  toilet 
rooms. 

(242)  Toilet  Rooms:  Toilet  rooms  where  marble  partition   stalls 
are  shown,  basement  to  sixth  floor  inclusive,  will  have  6-foot  tile  wains- 
coting and  marble  trim  to  doors  to  coat  room  or  corridors — same  to  be 
5  inches  wide  by  %  inch  thick.     Tile  set  by  another  contractor. 

All  partitions  for  toilet  stalls  and  janitors'  closets  in  toilet  rooms 
to  be  y$  inch  thick.  Door  stiles  to  be  1*4  inches  thick,  set  on  N.  P. 
cast  brass  legs  10  inches  above  floor  for  toilet  stalls — all  of  Columbia 
marble.  Top  of  partitions  to  be  6  feet  0  inches  above  floor.  Partitions 
and  door  stiles  of  janitors'  closets  to  run  to  floor.  All  coat  rooms, 
lunch  room,  basement  lobby  and  small  halls  between  toilet  rooms  and 
main  corridor  to  have  8-inch  Columbia  marble  base. 


55 

(243)  Elevators:  Set  a  base  of  black  Belgium  marble  in  two  ele- 
vator cages  12  inches  high,  as  shown  on  drawing  No.  103. 

(244)  Stairs:  Two  main  stairways,  one  from  basement  to  sixth 
floor  and  one   from   basement   to   landing  above   sixth   floor,   to   have 
"Italian"  or  "Columbia"  marble  treads  l1/^.  inches  thick  as  shown  on 
drawing  No.   1009,  and   "Italian"   or   "Columbia"  marble  platforms   in 
designs  as  shown,  with  nosings  1%  inches  thick  and  12  inches  wide. 
Treads  at  first  floor  newels  to  be  curved  as  shown   on  drawing  No. 
1008.     Set  an  8-inch  base  of  Columbia  or  white  Italian  marble  on  top 
of  all  iron  wall  strings  and  around  all  platforms,  beginning  at  second 
story  platforms  and  extending  to  top  of  stairs.     All  strings  and  risers 
will  be  iron  furnished  by  the  Ornamental  Iron  Contractor. 

Steps  in  ante  room  adjacent  to  Supreme  Court  Room  fourth  floor 
to  be  Columbia  marble  with  1^-inch  treads,  %-inch  risers  and  but- 
tresses built  up  of  %-inch  pieces,  as  shown  on  drawing  No.  105. 

Other  stairways  shown  to  have  concrete  or  iron  treads  and  risers 
and  are  not  included. 

(245)  Cleaning  Marble:  On  completion  of  building,  this  Contrac- 
tor t  shall  rub  up  and  clean  all  marble  work  and  leave  same  in  perfect 
condition. 


Roofing  Work 


Note:  Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(246)  Scope   of  Work:   The   furnishing  and   setting  of  slate   for 
main  roof  and   composition   roof   for  wing  in   rear   and   over   elevator 
house  and  dormers  shall  be  included  under  this  work. 

(247)  Slate  Roof:  Main  roof  and  sides  of  dormers  and  roof  houses 
to  be  covered  with  No.  1  blue  black  slate,  a  sample  of  which  must  be 
submitted  for  approval,  and  all  slate  used  on  roof  must  equal  color  of 
sample  submitted. 

All  slate  to  be  standard  quarry  thickness  and  12  inches  wide  by 
24  inches  in  length,  and  laid  in  courses  with  a  10^-inch  exposure  to 
weather. 

(248)  Laying  Slate  Roof:  All  slate  to  be  properly  punched  and 
laid  with  3-inch  lap.     Each  slate  to  be  secured  with  two  3d.  flat-headed 
copper  nails.     Eaves  and  ridges  to  be  doubled  and  wherever  necessary 
make  proper  flashing  with  slaters'  cement. 

All  slate  to  be  laid  in  workmanlike  manner  and  all  slate  to  break 
joints  with  the  adjoining  row. 

(249)  Guarantee  for  Slate  Roof:  This  Contractor  shall  give  to  the 
State  a  written  guarantee,  made  upon  the  form  included  under  head  of 
General   Conditions,  to  fulfil  the  requirement  that  the  slate  roof  and 
walls  of  dormers  will  not  leak  for  a  period  of  ten  years  from  date  of 
completion  and  acceptance  of  building.     Any  leakage  of  rainwater  or 
other   defects   appearing   during  this   period   of  time   and   the   damage 
caused  thereby  shall  be  repaired  by  this  Contractor  at  his  expense. 

(250)  Composition  Roofing:  Composition  roofing  shall  be  laid  over 
the  surfaces  of  the  flat  roofs. 

Materials :  Felt  shall  be  best  quality  saturated  roofing  rag  felt  weigh- 
ing not  less  than  14  pounds  per  100  square  feet  net.  It  shall  contain  not 
more  than  45  per  cent  of  felt  by  weight  and  at  least  55  per  cent  of  the 
total  weight  shall  be  saturation. 

Roofing  cement  shall  have  a  melting  point  of  not  less  than  150 
degrees  Fahrenheit  and  a  penetration  of  not  less  than  30. 

Gravel  shall  be  clean,  dry  pebbles  of  such  size  that  all  will  pass 
through  a  ^-inch  mesh  screen  and  be  retained  on  a  ^-inch  mesh 
screen. 

As  required  by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering,  samples  of 
each  material  delivered  to  the  building  site  shall  be  taken  by  the  Super- 
intendent and  sent  to  the  said  Department  for  testing.  No  materials 
shall  be  placed  until  samples  of  same  have  been  tested  and  approved 
by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering.  All  materials  not  passing  the 
test  will  be  rejected  and  no  such  rejected  materials  shall  be  used  in 

56 


57 

part  of  this  work,  but  shall  be  removed  at  once  from  the  building  site 
by  the  Contractor.  Samples  of  dry  sheet  and  felt  shall  be  \l/2  yards 
long  and  full  width  of  roll.  Samples  of  roofing  cement  shall  be  1  quart. 
Samples  of  gravel  shall  be  y2  cubic  foot. 

(251)  Laying  Composition  Roof:  Sprinkle  slab  with  asphalt  while 
hot.     Lay  two  plies  saturated  felt,  weighing  14  pounds  per  100  square 
feet,  lapped  17  inches  over  preceding  layer. 

Coat  the  entire  surface  with  roofing  cement  and  follow  with  three 
plies  of  felt,  each  lap  to  lie  about  22  inches,  so  that  no  part  will  touch 
felt.  Then  coat  the  entire  surface  with  asphalt  and  while  hot  imbed 
not  less  than  400  pounds  of  gravel  to  100  square  feet.  Gravel  to  be  dry. 
All  loose  gravel  to  be  swept  off. 

(252)  Flashing :  All  roofing  felt  to  run  6  inches  up  side  of  wall  and 
around  side  of  all  projections  and  coated  as  specified  for  roof.     All  cor- 
ners and  projections  through  roof  to  be  reinforced  with  a  6-inch  wide 
strip  of  flax  felt  well  saturated. 

(253)  Guarantee  for  Composition  Roofing:  This  Contractor  shall 
give  to  the  State  a  written  guarantee,  made  upon  the  form   included 
under  head  of  "General  Conditions,"  to  fulfil  the  requirement  that  the 
composition  roofing  will  not  leak  for  a  period  of  ten  years  from  date 
of  completion  and  acceptance  of  building.     Any  leakage  of  rainwater, 
roofing  cement  through  dry  sheet  or  other  defect  appearing  during  this 
period  of  time,  and  the  damage  caused  thereby,  shall  be  repaired  by 
this  Contractor  at  his  expense. 


Ornamental  Ironwork 

Note:  Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  tc  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(254)  Scope  of  Work:   This   specification   covers   furnishing  and 
setting  up  in  a  most  complete  manner  all  work  specified  herein,  and  all 
beams,    angles,    tees,    channels,    panel    work,    brackets,    bolts,    rivets, 
anchors,  etc.,  not  shown  on  steel  plans,  necessary  to  a  thorough  and 
artistic  job.     This   specification   does    not   cover   any   slate   or    marble 
work  coming  in  connection  with  the  stairs,  but  all  other  work  necessary 
to  the  completion  of  this  work  to  be  furnished  and  set  by  this  Con- 
tractor. 

(255)  Cast  Iron:  All  cast  iron  to  be  best  quality,  equal  to  best 
machine  castings,  smooth,  even,  straight,  clean  and  sharp,  and  all  rough 
parts  must  be  filed  smooth  and  true,  and  all  to  conform  strictly  with  full 
sized  details. 

(256)  Wrought  Iron:  All  wrought  iron  for  railings,  grilles,  stair- 
ways, etc.,  to  be  best  workmanship,  of  generous  size  and  carefully  put 
together  as  detailed. 

(257)  Models:  Plaster  models  of  all  ornament  to  be  submitted  to 
the  State  Department  of  Engineering  before  casting. 

(258)  Painting:  All  ironwork  not  galvanized  to  receive  one  coat 
of  red  lead  and  oil  or  black  paint  as  directed  by  the  State  Department 
of  Engineering — to  be  done  at  the  shop. 

(259)  Measurements:  The   Contractor  to   take  all   measurements 
at  building  and  be  responsible  therefor. 

(260)  Flag  Pole  Sockets:  Provide  Concrete  Contractor  with  two 
cast  iron  sockets  for  large  flag  poles,  same  to  be  16^  inches  by  16^2 
inches  inside  by  %  inch  by  9  feet  0  inches. 

Provide  and  secure  in  place  three  cast  iron  sockets  for  flag  poles 
over  balcony  as  detailed  on  drawing  No.  101. 

(261)  Flag  Pole  Braces :  Provide  and  set  in  place  braces  for  three 
flag  poles  over  balconies,  to  consist  of  wrought  iron   rods   with   turn 
buckles    anchored    to    steel    frame    and    with    collars    around    poles    as 
detailed  on  drawing  No.  101. 

(262)  Ceiling  Light  Frame:   Furnish   and   set   a   steel   frame  for 
ceiling  light  over  Supreme  Court  Room  with  connections  and  members 
as   shown   on   drawings   Nos.   105   and   107.     Drill   holes   in   structural 
10-inch  beam  over  ceiling  light  for  hanger   connection;   two   hangers 
being  required.     The  steel  plates  forming  ribs  of  ceiling  light  are  to 
have   %-inch  holes,   12  inches   on   centers,   for   securing   woodwork   to 

58 


59 

same;  and  plates  are  to  be  imbedded  6  inches  in  concrete  at  outside 
ends  so  that  frame  must  be  set  before  concrete  is  poured. 

(263)  Screens   Elevator   Shafts:   Provide   and   set   under   elevator 
machinery  wire  screens  in  iron  frames  anchored  to  structural  frame  as 
shown  on  drawing  No.  105.     Same  to  be  2-inch  mesh  capable  of  sup- 
porting a  load  of  300  pounds  at  any  point  of  span  and  covered  with 
No.  20  gauge  ^-inch  mesh  screen  on  top,  as  per  requirements  of  the 
Industrial  Accident  Commission. 

At  the  bottoms  of  all  counterweight  guides  in  elevator  shafts  pro- 
vide and  install  substantial  metal  enclosures  around  counterweight  at 
least  7  feet  high,  with  hinged  front  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the 
Industrial  Accident  Commission. 

(264)  Iron  Ladders:  Provide  and  securely  set  in  place  iron  ladders 
in  two  vent  shafts  adjoining  Supreme  Court  Room  (24  feet  long  each) 
and  from  attic  to  roof  of  rear  wing,  same  to  have  2-inch  by  24-inch 
side  bars  and  rungs  24  mcn  m  diameter,  12  inches  on  centers. 

(265)  Window   Grilles:   Furnish   and   hang  hinged   wrought   iron 
grilles  at  all  first  story  windows  on  north  elevation  of  rear  wing,  grilles 
to  have  ^s-inch  square  vertical  bars  about  3l/2  inches  center  to  center, 
and  three  horizontal  bars  ll/2  inches  by  y2  inch,  with  eye  set  in  masonry 
to  form  pivots  on  one  side  and  for  padlocking  on  opposite  jamb.     Parts 
built  in  brickwork  to  be  furnished  bricklayers  with  dimensions  for  locat- 
ing same. 

(266)  Flag   Pole   Bases:    Furnish   and   set   ornamental    cast   iron 
bases   for  two   large  flag  poles   in   front   of  building,   all   joints   to   be 
horizontal,  arranged  so  as  to  be  concealed.     No  vertical  joints  will  be 
allowed,  so  that  base  will  have  to  be  set  before  poles  or  dropped  over 
top  of  same.     No  metal  of  above  casting  to  be  less  than  y2  inch  thick. 

(267)  Cast  Iron  Window  Grilles :  Furnish  and  set  two  ornamental 
cast  iron  grilles  over  third  story  windows  at  end  of  Entrance  Vestibule, 
same  to  be  fixed  in  place  with  anchors  let  in  terra  cotta  jambs. 

(268)  Steel  Sash:  All  windows  of  boiler  room  to  have  "Fenestra" 
or  equal  steel  sash  as  shown,  with  ventilators,  one  to  each  window  open- 
ing.    Steel  door  on  east  side  shall  be  similar  construction. 

(269)  Cast   Iron   Grilles:   Furnish   and   set   complete,   ornamental 
cast  iron  grilles  in  Entrance  Vestibule,  Main  Lobby  and  Supreme  Court 
Room. 

(270)  Register  Faces:  Furnish  and  set  the  following  brass  plated 
register  faces,  to  be  of  plain  lattice  design,  %-inch  mesh,  and  to  have 
controlling  valves  where  so  noted : 

First  floor,  Hearing  Rooms: 

Two  register  faces,  12  inches  by  30  inches,  valved. 
Two  register  faces,  14  inches  by  20  inches,  valved. 


60 

Second  floor,  Governor's  Rooms: 

Two  register  faces,  20  inches  by  24  inches. 
Four  register  faces,  3  inches  by  24  inches. 
One  register  face,  16  inches  by  28  inches. 
One  register  face,  18  inches  by  27  inches. 

Fourth  floor,  Supreme  Court  Room : 

Eight  register  faces,  10  inches  by  18  inches. 

Appellate  Court  Room : 

One  register  face,  6  inches"  by  30  inches,  valved. 
One  register  face,  12  inches  by  14  inches,  valved. 

Sixth  floor,  Class  Rooms : 

Two  register  faces,  12  inches  by  14  inches,  valved. 
Two  register  faces,  10  inches  by  20  inches,  valved. 
One  register  face,  10  inches  by  12  inches,  valved. 
One  register  face,  14  inches  by  16  inches,  valved. 

(271)  Elevator  Fronts:  Furnish  and  set  all  elevator  fronts  from 
basement  to  sixth  floor  inclusive ;  only  two  of  the  four  elevators  being 
run  to  basement.     All  elevator  fronts  to  have  frames  built  up  of  steel 
channels  and  angles  with  grooved  cast  iron  sills  as  shown  on  drawing 
No.    1005.     Frames   to   be  securely   fastened   to.   structural   steel   work. 
Doors  to  be  built  up  of  wrought  iron,  first  story  doors  being  of  special 
design  and  doors  for  all  other  floors  typical.     All  ornamental  parts  of 
fronts  and  doors  to  be  cast  iron  secured  to  steel  and  wrought  iron  work 
with  screws,  which  are  to  be  concealed  or  countersunk  when  not  spaced 
to  form  part  of  the  design.     All  glass  stops  to  be  cast  iron  or  wrought 
iron  fastened  with  round  head  or  countersunk  screws  as  shown.     Doors 
to  be  hung  on  two-speed  roller  or  ball  bearing  hangers,  designed  to 
carry  door  from  200  to  300  pounds  each  as  manufactured  by  the  McCabe 
Hanger  Manufacturing  Company,  Elevator  Supply  and  Repair  Company 
or  the  Richard-Willcox  Manufacturing   Company,   or  equal.     Hangers 
are  to  be  securely  fastened  to  channel  beams  with  angle  iron  brackets. 
Provide  rubber  bumpers  for  all  doors  where  they  strike  jambs  and  stops 
at  back  of  pockets.     All  elevator  doors  shall  have  an  approved  noiseless 
bar  lock,  having  outside  key  at  first  story. 

(272)  Stairs:  This   Contractor  to  furnish  and  set  all  ornamental 
ironwork,  steel  strings,  connections,  etc.,  for  the  two  main  staircases 
from  basement  to  sixth  floor,  including  flight  from  sixth  floor  to  landing 
just  below  attic  floor  as  shown  on  small  scale  drawings  and  full  sized 
drawings  Nos.  108  and  109. 

All  newel  posts,  risers  and  balusters  and  ornamental  parts  to  be 
cast  iron.  Face  strings  to  be  cast  iron,  with  ornamented  mouldings  and 
lugs  to  support  ends  of  treads  and  risers  cast  on.  Cast  iron  risers  to 
be  secured  to  same  with  countersunk  screws.  Wall  strings  to  be  12- 
inch  steel  channels  set  so  that  marble  walls  of  lower  stories  will  cover 
same  and  in  upper  stories  to  take  marble  base,  which  is  carried  around 
stairs.  Provide  angle  supports  for  ends  of  marble  treads  on  wall 
strings.  All  strings  to  be  securely  fastened  to  structural  frame.  The 


61 

iron  bar  over  the  tops  of  the  balusters  to  have  >^-inch  countersunk 
holes  drilled  12  inches  on  centers  so  that  wood  hand  railing  may  be 
screwed  to  same.  All  treads  and  platforms  will  be  marble  set  by  an- 
other contractor.  Wood  hand  rail  to  be  set  and  furnished  by  Carpenter 
Contractor. 

The  two  fire-escape  stairways  to  have  cast  iron  newel  posts,  cast 
iron  or  wrought  iron  balustrades  and  railings  across  backs  of  landings 
furnished  and  set  by  this  Contractor.  Newel  posts  to  be  3^4  inches 
by  3^4  inches,  with  chamfered  corners  and  moulded  top.  Balusters  to 
be  yz  inch  square  in  section  with  ^-inch  by  ^4-inch  top  and  bottom 
bars.  Top  bar  to  have  ^-inch  countersunk  holes  12  inches  on  centers 
so  that  Carpenter  can  screw  wood  hand  rail  to  same. 

The  two  staircases  from  fourth  floor  to  store  rooms  adjacent  to 
the  Supreme  Court  Room  on  the  fifth  floor  to  be  furnished  and  placed 
by  this  Contractor.  Strings  to  be  10-inch  steel  channels  with  necessary 
connections  and  supports,  risers  to  be  ^-inch  wrought  iron  plates, 
treads  to  be  cast  iron  checkered  plate  with  lip  over  risers.  Railing  to 
be  1^4-inch  wrought  iron  pipe,  with  top  and  intermediate  railings, 
stanchions  about  4  feet  0  inches  on  centers  and  all  necessary  connec- 
tions and  flanges. 

(273)  Mail  Chute :  Contractor  to  furnish  and  erect  one  U.  S.  Mail 
chute  of  standard  type;  front  fittings  and  all  parts  on  first  floor  to  be 
of  bronze ;  steel  chute  channel  to  have  rustless  black  enameled  finish. 
On  remaining  floors,  front  fittings  and  parts  to  be  finished  in  electro- 
plated bronze,  with  steel  chute  channel  in  rustless  black  enamel  finish. 
Provide  one  U.  S.  Mail  box,  solid  bronze,  size  33  inches  by  21  inches  by 
Sl/2   inches,   design   No.   1635  of  the   Cutler   Mail   Chute   Company,   or 
equal,  in  Main  Lobby. 

Contractor  to  prepare  building  to  receive  the  mailing  installation 
by  furnishing  and  erecting  framework  consisting  of  2-inch  by  2-inch 
by  ^-inch  steel  angles,  extending  from  the  top  of  the  mail  box  as  may 
be  necessary,  to  a  point  4  feet  10  inches  above  the  finished  floor  on  the 
sixth  story. 

The  preparatory  work  of  the  first  floor  to  be  bronze  finish.  All 
other  floors  to  be  painted  rustless  black  enameled  finish. 

(274)  Pipe  Railings:  Furnish  and  set  1^-inch  pipe  railing  around 
concrete  platform  for  tanks  in  the  attic  space  with  top  rail,  stanchions 
about  6  feet  0  inches  on  center  and  all  necessary  fittings,  flanges,  expan- 
sion bolts,  etc. 

Provide  similar  pipe  railing  in  Boiler  Room  as  shown  on  plans, 
with  top  and  intermediate  rails.  Also  provide  pipe  railings  as  shown 
on  retaining  walls  at  rear  of  building. 

(275)  Iron  Guards  Elevator  Cages:   Provide  and  set   ^4-inch  by 
J/i-'mch  wrought  iron  guard  strips  around  openings  in  elevator  cages 
with  countersunk  screws.     Strips  to  be  set  after  galvanized  iron  out- 
side covering  has  been  put  on  by  another  contractor  so  as  to  cover 
edges  of  same. 


62 

(276)  Fireproof  Vault  Fronts:  This  Contractor  to  furnish  and  set 
two  fireproof  vault  fronts  with  clear  opening  through  vestibule  at  least 
30  inches  wide,  77  inches  high  and  20  inches  deep;  constructed  as  fol- 
lows:  Sides  and   top  of  vestibule   to  be  No.   16   sheet  steel;  bottoms 
5^-inch  sheet  steel.     The  front  frame  to  be  framed  with   3%-inch  by 
%0-inch    open    hearth    steel    bars   riveted   at   bottom    into    2^-inch    by 
^-inch  sill  bars  and  fastened  at  the  top  by  bar  clips.     Securely  fasten 
to  this  frame  1-inch  by  %6-inch  filling  bars.     To  the  filling  bars  rivet 
1^2-inch  by  1^-inch  by  %6-inch  open  hearth  steel  angles;  bars  being 
placed  so  as  to  form  a  groove  between  the  outside  frame  and  angles 
to  receive  tenon  on  back  of  the  door.     The  rear  frame  to  be  made  of 
1^4-inch  by  1^-inch  by  %6-inch  open  hearth  angles  riveted  to  vestibule 
with  removable  bars  of  open  hearth  steel  4  inches  by  %g  inch  fastened 
to  angles  to  hold  vault  fronts  in  position. 

The  outer  door  plate  to  be  made  of  %6-inch  open  hearth  steel 
reinforced  on  sides,  top  and  bottom  by  2-inch  by  2-inch  by  %6-inch 
angles,  making  the  door  ^  inch  thick  on  edge.  The  hinges  to  be  steel 
pin,  ball  bearing  hinges  riveted  to  the  doors  and  jamb  with  nickel  plated 
hinge  tips.  Outer  doors  to  be  equipped  with  eight  locking  bolts  1  inch 
in  diameter,  operating  through  an  angle  bolt  frame,  four  to  be  placed 
vertically  and  four  horizontally.  The  horizontal  bolts  are  to  project 
behind  the  door  frame  at  rear  of  door  when  closed,  so  as  to  form  12 
locking  points.  Bolt  work  to  be  thrown  by  nickel  plated  lever  handle 
with  hard  rubber  grip  and  checked  with  four  tumbler  combination  lock, 
exposed  parts  of  which  are  to  be  nickel  plated. 

The  inside  vestibule  doors  to  be  made  of  %6-mch  open  hearth 
steel  hung  on  steel  pin  hinges  riveted  to  doors  and  sides  of  vestibule, 
so  as  to  swing  into  vestibule.  Inside  doors  to  be  reinforced  with  2-inch 
by  %6-inch  bars  riveted  on  the  back  and  arranged  so  that  the  bar  on 
the  right  door  will  overlap  the  left  hand  door.  Right  hand  door  to  be 
locked  by  up  and  down  flat  bolts, -operated  by  nickel  plated  tee  handle 
and  checked  by  key  lock. 

(277)  Pipe   Supports:    Provide   pieces   of   2-inch   galvanized    iron 
pipe  to  be  imbedded  in  concrete  over  manholes  in  furred  spaces  behind 
elevator  shafts  for  block  and  tackle.     See  drawing  No.  105. 


Sheet  Metal  Work 

Note:  Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(278)  Scope  of  Work:  This  specification  with  accompanying  draw- 
ings is  intended  to  cover  all  materials  and  labor  necessary  to  complete 
the  miscellaneous  sheet  metal  work  of  building  as  shown  on  plans  or 
as  herein  specified.    Take  all  measurements  at  building  and  be  respon- 
sible therefor. 

The  work  in  general  consists  of  gutter  work,  ridge  roll,  skylight 
work,  flashing  and  conductors,  metal  sash  and  frames  and  metal  covered 
doors.  Steel  sash  in  Boiler  Room  not  included. 

(279)  Galvanized  Iron:   Except  as   shown   or   specified,   all  sheet 
metal  work  used  in  this  work  shall  be  one  of  the  following  alternatives: 

(a)  The  metal  composing  the  sheets  shall   contain   99.84%   pure 
iron.     The  following  elements  are  considered  to  be  impurities:  carbon, 
manganese,  silicon,  copper,  sulphur,  phosphorus,  oxygen,  nitrogen  and 
hydrogen. 

(b)  The  material  composing  the  sheets  shall  be  of  a  high  quality 
of  steel,  the  impurities  in  which  shall  not  be  present  in  greater  quan- 
tities than  as  follows : 

Carbon  not  more  than 12% 

Manganese 45% 

Sulphur    05% 

Phosphorus    04% 

Silicon    01% 

Copper 30%  nor  less  than  .20% 

The  sheets  of  metal  before  galvanizing  shall  be  smooth  and  free 
from  blisters,  seams  and  pits.  The  galvanizing  shall  consist  of  not  less 
than  ll/2  ounces  of  prime  spelter  per  square  foot  of  metal  (two  surfaces), 
uniformly  distributed.  It  shall  be  applied  in  such  manner  that  the  spelter 
will  not  peel  off  during  fabrication,  transportation  or  installation,  and 
any  uncoated  spots  due  to  poor  workmanship,  rough  handling,  or  any 
other  reason  shall  be  sufficient  cause  for  rejection.  The  amount  of 
spelter  per  square  foot  will  be  determined  by  the  lead  acetate  method 
upon  samples  taken  from  delivery.  Two  twelve-inch  samples  of  each 
gauge  of  metal  shall  be  taken  by  the  Superintendent  from  the  material 
delivered  at  the  building  site  and  sent  to  the  State  Department  of 
Engineering  for  testing  and  approval  before  any  of  this  metal  is  in- 
stalled in  the  work. 

(280)  Copper:  All  sheet  copper  used  in  this  work  to  be  not  lighter 
than  16  ounces  to  the  square  foot,  and  shall  be  cold  rolled  except  when 
soft  copper  is  called  for.    All  nails  and  rivets  in  connection  with  copper 
work  shall  be  copper.     Seams  in  copper  work  when  so  required  shall 
be  tinned,  locked  and  soaked  with  solder. 

63 


64 

No  copper  and  galvanized  iron  to  come  in  contact  and  where  neces- 
sary connections  between  same  to  be  made  with  lead  weighing  not 
less  than  3  pounds  per  square  foot. 

(281)  Skylights:  All  skylights  to  be  of  the  puttyless  type  and  no 
materials  other  than  metal  and  glass  to  be  used  in  their  construction. 
The  following  description  of  material  to  be  used  is  based  on  using  the 
Nonpareil  Puttyless  Skylights. 

Any  skylight  which  in  the  opinion  of  the  State  Department  of  En- 
gineering is  equal  to  the  above  mentioned  skylight,  will  be  accepted. 

The  lower  portion  of  all  skylight  bars  to  be  constructed  of  No.  16 
gauge  metal,  and  the  upper  section  of  No.  22  gauge. 

The  bearing  for  the  glass  on  the  bar  shall  be  of  lead  with  two 
upstanding  walls  so  as  to  conform  absolutely  to  the  irregular  profile 
of  the  glass  and  render  the  joint  between  the  glass  and  the  bar  both 
water  and  air  tight.  These  lead  cushions  shall  be  detachable  and  rever- 
sible, so  that  they  can  be  applied  after  the  field  labor  on  the  frame 
is  completed.  The  skylight  caps  to  be  constructed  of  No.  26  gauge 
metal  with  lead  flanges  grooved  into  the  caps  on  both  sides.  The  ends 
of  the  lead  caps  to  be  closed  with  malleable  iron,  lead-coated  clips 
riveted  to  the  bar  to  prevent  the  glass  from  sliding.  All  skylight  bars 
to  be  thoroughly  riveted  to  the  frame  at  the  intersection  of  the  curbs, 
ridge  and  hips. 

Cross  gutterings  to  be  made  of  No.  26  gauge  metal  and  the  ends 
flanged  so  as  to  insure  all  water  from  same  dropping  into  the  main 
condensation  gutter. 

All  exposed  bolts  and  nuts  shall  be  made  from  cold  drawn  brass 
and  the  caps  under  the  nuts  shall  be  burred  up  to  form  a  flashing  of 
water-tight  joint  between  the  cap  and  the  nut. 

On  all  skylights,  place  a  galvanized  iron  ventilator  full  length  of 
ridge  as  shown  on  drawings  Nos.  104  and  105. 

Skylight  frame  to  extend  down  over  curb  and  form  counterflashing 
and  unexposed  surfaces  to  be  painted  with  two  coats  of  red  lead  or 
other  metal  paint. 

(282)  Flag  Pole  Flashing:  Flash  around  three  flag  poles  over  bal- 
cony with  copper,  all  seams  to  be  double  locked.     Copper  to  be  caulked 
into  stone  reglets  with  lead   so  as   to   form   a  water-tight  flush   joint. 
Top  of  flashing  to  be  tacked  to  flag  poles  with  copper  tacks  to  form  a 
tight  joint.     See  drawing  No.  101. 

(283)  Gutters:    All    gutters    to   be   lined    with    soft    copper    with 
double  locked  water-tight  seams.      Copper  to   extend  10   inches  under 
roofing  slate  and  to  be  caulked  into  stone  reglets  with  lead.     Where 
concrete  gutters  occur,  the  copper  lining  is  to  be  turned  over  the  edge 
and  secured  in  place.     All  gutter  linings  to  have  4-pound  lead  sleeves 
turned  down  6  inches  into  heads  of  all  leaders.    See  drawings  Nos.  100 
and  104. 

(284)  Ridge  Roll :  Ridge  roll  to  be  made  of  crimped  copper  sheets 
with  double  locked  seams  over  wood  frame,  which  shall  be  furnished 
by  the  Carpenter  Contractor  .and  securely  fastened  to  same  and  roof 
sheathing. 


65 

(285)  Cornice  of  Dormers:  Dormers  to  have  moulded  copper  cor- 
nice with  copper  extending  6  inches  under  felt  of  asphalt  and  gravel 
roof,  with  lip  to  restrain  gravel. 

(286)  Top  of  Smokestack:   Smokestack  to  have  moulded  copper 
top  over  an  iron  frame,  as  shown  on  drawing  No.  104,  so  arranged  as; 
to  form  a  slip  joint  with  the  steel  stack.     This  Contractor  to  furnish 
bolts  for  building  in  concrete  to  anchor  top  in  place. 

(287)  Outlet  Boxes:  Outlet  boxes  in  asphalt  and  gravel  roofs  to 
be  copper,  16  inches  by  16  inches  by  6  inches,  and  to  extend  8  inches 
under  felt  on  all   sides.     Provide   a  perforated   copper   lip   to   restrain 
gravel   around   top   of  outlet   boxes   and   copper   thimbles   extending   6 
inches  down  into  heads  of  leader  pipes. 

(288)  Strainers:  Provide  globe  strainers  over  all  leader  heads  to 
be  set  in  loose.     Strainers  to  be  made  of  No.  16  copper  wire,  ^-inch 
mesh. 

(289)  Elevator  Cages:  The  two  wooden  elevator  cages  to  have 
all  wood  surfaces  exposed  to  elevator  shafts  covered  with  28-gauge  gal- 
vanized iron  as  required  by  the  rules  of  the  Industrial  Accident  Com- 
mission.   See  drawing  No.  103. 

(290)  Flashing:  Furnish  and  set  copper  counterflashing  for  all  tar 
and  gravel  and  slate  roofs  and  all  projections  through  roofs,  including 
portions  of  roof  house  and  dormers  which  project  through  roof;  and 
after  counterflashing  is  set,  this  Contractor  to  fasten  same  in  place  with 
metal  and  cement  up  with  one  to  two  cement  and  sand  the  entire  reglet. 
All  flashing  to  be  continuous  and  double  locked  together  and  set  into 
the  masonry  at  least  2  inches.     Properly  flash  between  slate  roof,  dor- 
mers and  roof  houses  with  copper  shingles  before  counterflashing  is  set. 

(291)  Metal  Windows:  Windows  of  all  elevator  shafts  and  two 
fire-escape  stairways  from  basement  to  top  to  be  Underwriters'  label 
galvanized  iron  frames  and  sash,  set  up  complete. 

(292)  Metal  Covered  Windows :  Windows  in  dormers  to  have  sash 
and  frames  covered  with  galvanized  iron. 

(293)  Louvered  Sash:  Provide  and  install  louvered  panels  in  two 
lower   sash   on   fifth   floor   for   exhaust  "and   intake   to   Supreme    Court 
Room  as  shown  on  drawings.     Louvers  to  be  made  of  galvanized  iron 
with  galvanized  iron  frame,  so  that  they  may  be  fastened  in  wood  sash. 
Provide   removable   bronze   screen    (14   mesh)    in   metal   frame   behind 
louvers. 

(294)  Galvanized   Iron   Doors:   Make   two  galvanized  iron   doors 
and  frames  with  wire  screen  panels  as  shown  on  drawing  No.  105  and 
set  same  in  openings  to  pipe  spaces  behind  elevators  in  attic. 

(295)  Metal    Covered    Doors:    Cover    all    doors,    where    marked 
"Metal  Covered"  on  the  plans,  with  galvanized  iron,  including  outside 
frames  and  plain  casings  for  all  of  these  doors  and  leave  all  satisfactory. 
Carpenter  will  hang  the  doors. 


66 

(297)  Hollow  Metal  Doors:  All  doors  opening  into  or  out  of 
Fire  Escape  Stairways  and  Boiler  Room,  door  from  landing  above  sixth 
floor  to  attic  stairs  and  door  opening  into  elevator  shaft  in  Basement 
Lobby  to  be  hollow  metal  doors  with  metal  jambs  and  trim,  constructed 
as  follows : 

All  kalomine  shall  be  best  quality,  soft  annealed  sheets,  free  from 
all  buckle  and  having  a  smooth  surface.  On  all  panels,  it  shall  be  No. 
24  gauge;  on  all  rails  and  stiles  of  doors  and  on  door  frames  and 
casings,  it  shall  be  No.  26  gauge ;  on  all  other  work,  No.  28  gauge. 

All  wood  shall  be  best  quality  No.  1  "Clear,"  straight  or  vertical 
grain,  thoroughly  seasoned  and  kiln-dried  Oregon  pine. 

All  rough  stuff  shall  be  best  quality,  fine  grade  and  specially  made 
for  the  finest  grade  of  metal  work. 

All  sheets  shall  be  rolled  and  re-rolled  until  entirely  free  from  all 
buckle. 

Metal  shall  be  drawn  over  wood  cores  by  machines  and  be  clamped 
at  all  edges  and  ends.  All  flat  surfaces  over  4  inches  wide  shall  be 
cemented  to  the  wood  cores  at  time  of  going  through  machine  and 
shall  be  placed  under  hydraulic  pressure  until  cement  has  set,  or  for 
at  least  24  hours.  No  work  will  be  accepted  where  metal  does  not  lie 
tightly  on  wood  cores,  or  where  edges  and  ends  are  not  tightly  clamped. 

Doors  are  to  be  glued  and  doweled  with  hardwood  dowels  after 
metal  is  drawn  on  cores. 

Panels  are  to  be  covered  full  depth  of  rabbet  in  rails  and  stiles. 
This  metal  is  not  to  be  drawn  on  cores  but  is  to  be  cemented  and  put 
under  pressure,  as  specified  above. 

All  door  joints  must  be  thoroughly  soldered  and  finished  smooth. 

All  mouldings  shall  conform  to  full-size  details.  All  edges  must 
be  straight  and  true,  and  all  corners  sharp  and  square.  All  surfaces 
must  be  free  from  blisters,  cracks,  rough  edges,  or  loose  places. 

All  work  must  be  blind-nailed  wherever  possible,  and  where  this 
is  impractical,  nails  must  be  countersunk  and  covered  with  "Rough 
Stuff"  finish  smooth  and  flush  with  metal.  Nails  must  not  be  driven 
far  enough  to  let  go  of  metal. 

Kalomine  frame  shall  be  nailed  to  rough  bucks.  All  doors  must 
hang  true  and  plumb  and  frames  must  have  all  angles  right  angles. 

All  work  both  at  the  shop  and  in  the  field  must  be  done  by  men 
experienced  in  Kalomine  work.  Care  must  be  taken  in  applying  all 
hardware  to  cut  metal  and  to  turn  it  in  under  hardware.  No  work  of 
any  sort  which  shows  the  raw  edge  of  metal  will  be  accepted. 

All  door  frames  to  have  solid  stops. 

Hardware  will  be  furnished  at  mill  or  at  site  by  another  con- 
tractor. The  Contractor  for  Kalomine  work  shall  receive,  care  for  and 
be  responsible  for  all  hardware  and  install  same. 

All  miters  and  cracks  shall  be  filled  with  Rough  Stuff  and  sand- 
papered smooth. 

Each  piece  of  work  shall  be  covered  with  one  piece  of  metal. 
Where  mouldings  are  longer  than  10  feet,  the  lapping  metal  shall  be 


67 

cut  out,  the  joint  butted  and  reinforced  with  a  piece  of  metal  under- 
neath. No  joint  must  show  in  the  finished  piece. 

All  Kalomine  work  shall  receive  one  (1)  coat  of  pure  white  lead 
and  oil  paint  on  all  surfaces  immediately  after  being  run. 

All  surfaces  which  show  shall  be  grained  and  finished  with  three 
coats  of  varnish  in  imitation  of  wood  finish  adjoining  work  at  building. 

(298)  Guarantee:  This  Contractor  shall  give  to  the  State  a  writ- 
ten guarantee,  made  upon  the  form  included  under  head  of  General 
Conditions,  to  fulfil  the  requirement  that  the  sheet  metal  work,  includ- 
ing the  metal  roofing,  will  not  leak  for  a  period  of  five  years  from  date 
of  completion  and  acceptance  of  building.  Any  leak  or  defect  appear- 
ing during  this  period  of  time,  and  the  damage  caused  thereby,  shall 
be  repaired  by  this  Contractor  at  his  expense. 


Glass  and  Glazing  Work 

Note — Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(299)  Scope  of  Work:  Work  to  include  all  glass  of  entire  exterior 
windows   and   doors   and   interior   partitions   and   doors,    all   skylights, 
elevator  fronts,  etc.,  shown  on  plans  or  specified. 

(300)  Plate  Glass:  All  windows  of  street  elevations,  except  rear 
street  and  court  walls,  first  to  top  and  except  where  otherwise  specified, 
entrance  doors  and  all  division  partitions  between  entrance  vestibule 
and  first,  second  and  third  story  lobbies  and  all  interior  partitions  or 
doors  marked  clear  to  be  ^-inch  best  American  Plate  Glass,  free  from 
defects  and  blow  holes,   and  set  in   putty  with   wood   stops   or  metal 
mouldings. 

(301)  Obscure  Wire  Glass:  Glass  of  all  skylights,  vent  shafts,  all 
windows  in  elevator  shafts,  metal  windows  on  fire  stairways  at  each 
end  of  building,  basement  to  top,  and  glass  of  Boiler  Room  basement 
to  be  obscure  wire  glass,  set  in  metal  frames  and  well  puttied.     All 
wire  glass  set  with  strands  running  vertically  or  long  way  of  pane. 

(302)  Sheet  Glass:  All  glass  of  basement,  rear  street  and  court 
walls  and  wherever  shown  and  not  otherwise  specified  to  be  best  Ameri- 
can Sheet  Glass,  26  ounce,  free  from  blow  holes  and  other  defects. 

(303)  Wire    Plate:   All    glass   for    elevator    doors    and    partitions, 
basement  to  top,  and  doors  to  fire  stairways  to  be  wire  plate  set  in 
putty  with  metal  stops.     All  wire  glass  set  with  strands  running  ver- 
tically or  long  way  of  pane. 

(304)  Obscure  Glass:  All  glass  of  vent  windows,  windows  main 
stairs  to  light  court  and  all  interior  partitions  and  doors  not  marked 
clear  on  plans  to  be  obscure  moss  glass. 

Court  room  ceiling  light  to  be  glazed  with  light  amber  cathedral 
glass. 

(305)  Mirrors:   Over   all   lavatories   except   in   public   toilets   and 
toilets  adjoining  the  Supreme  Court  Room,  this  Contractor  is  to  fur- 
nish and  set  plain  plate  glass  mirrors,  16  inches  by  24  inches,  as  shown 
on  drawing  No.  1004;  all  wood  frames  and  stops  being  furnished  and 
fitted  by  the  Carpenter. 

(306)  Setting:  No  glass  to  be  set  until  after  plastering  is  finished; 
set  and  bed  in  putty,  using  colored  putty  where  necessary  to  match 
wood.    All  plate  glass  and  obscure  to  be  set  with  wood  or  metal  stops 
as  shown.     Skylight  and  metal  window  glass  to  be  set  in  putty  with 
metal  frames. 

(307)  General:  This  Contractor  to  be  responsible  for  all  glass  in 
building  until  after   acceptance  certificate   has   been   issued,   and   is  to 
replace  any  cracked  or  broken  panes  during  said  period. 

68 


Painting  Work 


Note:  Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(308)  Scope  of  Work:       This  specification  and  accompanying 
plans  are  intended  to  cover  all  material  and  labor  necessary  to  com- 
plete the  painting  and  finishing  of  the  exterior  and  interior  of  entire 
building,  including  ornamental  iron,  galvanized  iron,  wood,  plaster, 
etc.    This  Contractor  is  referred  to  Carpenter's,  Plasterers  and  other 
specifications  for  extent  of  work. 

(309)  Responsibility:  This  Contractor  is  responsible  for  any  dam- 
age to  property  or  work  of  other  contractors  on  building,  caused  by 
him  or  any  employee,  and  is  to  take  precautions  to  properly  protect 
all  other  work  during  progress  of  this  work.     All  materials  used  to  be 
of  the  best  quality.    All  labor  to  be  performed  in  a  skilled  manner  and 
both   labor  and  material   to   be   subject   to   the   approval   of   the    State 
Department   of   Engineering.     All   materials   shall   be   brought   to   the 
building  in  their  original  packages  with  seals  unbroken  and  opened  in 
the  presence  of  the  Superintendent.    They  shall  be  used  as  taken  from 
the  package  without  cutting  or  the  addition  of  any  material  whatsoever 
except  as  directed  by  the  Superintendent. 

As  required  by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering,  samples  of 
each  material  delivered  to  the  building  site  shall  be  taken  by  the 
Superintendent  and  sent  to  the  said  Department  for  testing.  No  mate- 
rials shall  be  used  until  samples  of  the  same  have  been  tested  and 
approved  by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering.  All  materials  not 
passing  the  test  will  be  rejected  and  no  such  rejected  materials  shall 
be  used  in  any  part  of  this  work,  but  shall  be  removed  at  once  from 
the  building  site  by  the  Contractor. 

(310)  Lead:  Use  pure  white  lead  or  red  lead,  "Pioneer"  or  other 
approved  make.     White  lead  to  be  guaranteed  to  contain  at  least  92% 
carbonate  of  lead  and  8%  pure  linseed  oil. 

(311)  Linseed   Oil:    Linseed   oil   to   be   pure   and   of   "National," 
"Fuller's"  or  other  approved  make. 

(312)  Turpentine:  Turpentine  to  be  pure  spirit  turpentine. 

(313)  Varnish:  Varnish  to  be  Standard,  Fuller's,  Pratt  &  Lambert 
or  Murphy  Varnish  Company's  material,  or  equal.     All  varnish  used 
to  be  very  best  grade  and  to  be  used  as  delivered,  without  thinning  or 
other   manipulation.     Contractor   to   have    manufacturer   submit    trade 
name  of  varnish  to  be  used.     All  varnish  to  be  delivered  at  the  building 
in  original  cans  marked  with  the  manufacturer's  label,  and  the  same 
quality  of  varnish  to  be  used  throughout. 

(314)  Shellac:  Use  pure  grain  alcohol  shellac. 

(315)  Filler  and  Stains:   Use  Johnson's,   Murphy   Varnish   Com- 
pany's, Pratt  &  Lambert's  or  other  equal  approved  paste  wood  filler. 

69 


70 

(316)  Oak  and  Mahogany  Finish:  All  oak  and  mahogany  finish 
basement  to  top,  including  vestibule  woodwork  and  elevator  cages,  to 
be  stained  and  filled  as  directed,  given  one  coat  of  shellac,  three  coats 
of  varnish,  sandpapered  between  coats  and  rubbed  with  pumice  stone 
and  water  to  a  dull  finish  after  last  coat,  then  oiled  and  thoroughly 
wiped. 

(317)  Staining:  All  wood  staining  to   be   done   as   directed,   and 
Contractor  is  to  furnish  samples  to  Architects  for  approval,  either  with 
or  without  varnish. 

(318)  Enamel:  All  enamel  to  be  either  "Ripolin,"  "Vitralite,"  or 
equal,  applied  as  taken  from  can,  without  being  thinned  or  diluted. 

(319)  Lead  and  Oil  Paint:  Lead  and  oil  paint  shall  be  composed 
of  65%   of  pigment  and  35%   of  vehicle.     The  pigment  shall   be   fur- 
nished in  paste  form,  ready  mixed,  and  shall  be  composed  of  6  parts 
pure  lead  carbonate,  3  parts  pure  zinc  oxide  and  1  part  inert  pigment, 
proportioned  by  weight.    Materials  shall  be  ground  in  pure  raw  linseed 
oil  and  thoroughly  mixed  mechanically.     For  exterior  work  the  vehicle 
shall  be  composed  of  85%   to  90%   of  pure  raw  linseed  oil  and  from 
10%  to  15%  of  pure  turpentine  dryer.     For  interior  work  shall  be  com- 
posed  of   from   80%    to   85%    of   pure   boiled   linseed   oil    and    15%    to 
20%  of  pure  turpentine  dryer. 

This  Contractor  shall  furnish  proper  facilities  for  proportioning, 
weighing  and  mixing  of  materials,  and  the  State  Department  of  Engi- 
neering will  give  full  directions  regarding  same,  which  shall  be  strictly 
followed  by  Contractor.  All  colors  will  be  selected  by  the  State  De- 
partment of  Engineering  and  shall  be  obtained  by  the  use  of  ground 
colors  of  best  quality  added  to  lead  and  oil  paint  as  directed. 

(320)  Priming:  Pulley  stiles  to  be  oiled,  and  frames  to  be  primed 
on  sides  with  lead  and  oil.     All  interior  wood  trim,  wainscot  panels,  etc., 
to  be  primed  on  wall  side.     All  small  pieces  of  trim,  such  as  door  and 
window  trimming,  picture  mould  and  all  pieces  under  5  inches  in  width 
to  be  primed  with  paste  filler ;  all  pieces  over  5  inches  in  width,  such  as 
base,  wainscot  panels,  etc.,  to  be  primed  with  lead  and  oil  paint.     All 
exterior  frames  and  woodwork  to  be  primed  before  being  set. 

(321)  Putty:  Putty  all  nail  holes,  cracks  or  defects  after  staining 
or  priming.     Putty  to  be  colored  to  match  natural  or  stained  finishes. 

(322)  Exterior  Wood :  All  exposed  exterior  woodwork  to  be  given 
three  coats  of  lead  and  oil  paint,  not  including  priming. 

(323)  Metal  Work:  All  exterior  copper,  galvanized  iron,  tin,  iron 
railing,    gratings,    vents,   flashing,   flag   pole   bases,    standards,    etc.,    to 
receive  one  coat  of  pure,  dry  red  lead  mixed  as  follows :  30  pounds  of 
lead,  half  a  gallon  of  boiled  linseed  oil,  two-thirds  of  a  gallon  of  raw 
linseed  oil  and  4  ounces  of  pure  lampblack  ground  in  oil ;  and  two  coats 
of  white  lead  and  oil  in  colors  as  directed. 

All  metal  work  to  be  perfectly  clean,  thoroughly  dry  before  first 
coat  is  applied. 

(324)  Interior  Metal  Work:  All  interior  metal  work  of  the  stairs, 
elevators,  etc.,  to  be  cleaned  with  a  wire  brush  of  all  plaster,  concrete 


71 

or  other  dirt  and  to  receive  three  coats  lead  and  oil  in  color  as  directed. 
All  metal  work  of  vestibule  and  first  floor  lobby,  including  elevator 
fronts,  to  have  one  coat  of  priming,  then  covered  with  real  gold  metal 
and  glazed,  color  as  directed. 

(325)  Pine  Finish:  All  pine  to  be  given  one   coat  of  stain,  one 
coat  of  shellac  and  one  of  Spar  Varnish. 

(326)  Gum  Finish:  All  woodwork  of  Governor's  room  and  recep- 
tion room  to  be  given  a  coat  of  stain  color  as  directed,  one  coat  of  shellac 
and  two  coats  of  wax  well  rubbed  out. 

(327)  Supreme  Court  Room:  All  white  cedar  of  Supreme  Court 
Room  to  have  three  coats  of  white  lead  and  oil  besides  priming  coat 
and   two   coats   of   enamel,   colored   as   directed,    sandpapered   between 
coats  and  rubbed  to  a  dull  gloss  with  pumice  stone  and  water  after  last 
coat.     First  two  coats  to  have  white  lead  cut  with   boiled  linseed  oil 
and  turpentine  half  and  half;  third  coat  to  be  white  lead  cut  with  tur- 
pentine only  and  a  small  amount  of  enamel  varnish  added  as  a  dryer. 

(328)  Painting  Plaster:   Ceilings  and   cornices  of   elevator   lobby 
first  floor  to  be  painted  four  coats  of  lead  and  oil  paint,  with  ornament 
picked  out  in  color  and  the  whole  given  a  wiped  glazed  coat.     Ceiling 
of  vestibule  to  be  given   three  coats   of  lead   and   oil   paint,   then   the 
ornament  picked  out  in  two  colors  of  lead  and  oil,  besides  the  body 
color,  and  the  whole  to  be  given  a  glazed  coat  and  wiped. 

All  canvas  and  plaster  work  of  Supreme  Court  Room,  including 
walls  and  ceiling,  to  be  painted  with  four  coats  of  lead  and  oil.  Orna- 
ment and  coffers  of  ceiling  to  be  in  three  different  colors  and  the  whole 
to  receive  a  glazed  coat  and  wiped  as  directed. 

All  corridors,  main  stairway,  halls,  elevator  shafts,  soffits  of  stairs, 
toilet  rooms  above  marble  or  tile  wainscot,  basement  to  sixth  floor 
inclusive,  to  have  all  walls  and  ceilings  painted  with  white  lead  and 
boiled  linseed  oil  and  turpentine,  colored  as  directed,  using  four  coats 
of  paint  and  one  of  glue  size.  Last  coat  to  be  stippled  unless  other- 
wise directed. 

All  plaster  walls  of  offices,  rooms  and  closets,  first  to  sixth  floor 
inclusive,  to  have  three  coats  of  Brininstool  Company's  San-A-Cote  or 
equal,  color  as  directed  and  stippled  after  last  coat.  Ceilings  of  all 
offices  to  be  glue  sized  and  tinted  color  directed. 

(329)  Canvas:  In  the  Supreme  Court  Room  this  Contractor  is  to 
cover  the  large  panel  behind  the  Judges'  bench  with   10-ounce  canvas 
as   shown   on   drawings   No.    12   and    No.   107 ;   all   wood   grounds   and 
splines  will  be  set  and  fitted  by  the  Carpenter,  but  this  Contractor  to 
do  all  fastening  of  canvas  into  place. 

All  other  panels  in  the  Supreme  Court  Room  marked  "canvas"  to 
first  have  a  backing  of  40-pound  "Akoustikos"  felt  (manufactured  by 
the  H.  W.  Johns-Manville  Company)  or  equal,  glued  to  the  plaster 
surfaces  and  then  they  are  to  be  covered  with  10-ounce  canvas  glued  on. 

All  canvas  panels  to  be  painted  same  as  specified  for  plaster  work 
of  Supreme  Court  Room. 

(330)  Burlap:  This  Contractor  to  cover  walls  and  ceilings  of  the 
following  rooms  with  burlap  as  noted  on  the  >£-inch  scale  plans  and 


72 

drawing  No.  106,  felt  backing  being  first  provided  where  so  called  for : 

Two  Hearing  Rooms,  first  floor,  cover  ceiling  and  two  side  walls 
of  each : 

Appellate  Court  Room,  fourth  floor,  cover  walls  and  ceiling. 

Small  and  Large  Court  Rooms,  fifth  floor,  cover  walls  and  ceiling. 

Where  called  for  felt  backing,  same  to  be  40-pound  "Akoustikos" 
felt  (manufactured  by  the  H.  W.  Johns-Manville  Company)  or  equal, 
glued  to  the  plaster  surfaces. 

All  burlap  to  be  a  heavy  burlap,  closely  woven  and  mangled  while 
wet.  Contractor  to  submit  samples  of  burlap  to  the  State  Department 
of  Engineering  for  approval.  Burlap  to  be  glued  to  plaster  or  felt 
backing  so  as  to  form  a  smooth  surface,  free  from  wrinkles,  and  with 
all  joints  carefully  made. 

All  burlap  to  be  painted  same  as  specified  for  plaster  of  corridors. 

(331)  Fire  Walls  and  Boiler  Room:  Backs  of  fire  walls  over  rear 
wing  and  walls  and  ceiling  of  Boiler  Room  to  be  given  one  coat  of  25% 
solution  of  zinc  sulphate,  followed  by  two  coats  of  Bay  State  Cement 
Coating,  Toch's   Liquid  Konkerite  or  Jones-Duncan   Paint   Company's 
Cementoline  or  equal,  color  to  be  selected  by  the  State  Department  of 
Engineering. 

(332)  Cleaning:  All  surplus  paint  and  stain  shall  be  removed  from 
the  floors,  glass  and  woodwork.     All  rubbish,  surplus  material  and  debris 
resulting  from  this  work  shall  be  cleaned  out  and  removed  from  the 
building  and  premises  at  completion  by  the  Contractor  at  his  expense. 

(333)  Guarantee:  This  Contractor  shall  give  the  State  a  written 
guarantee,  made  upon  the  form  included  under  head  of  General  Condi- 
tions, to  fulfil  the  requirement  that  the  painting,  staining  and  finishing 
work  will  not  show  defect  for  a  period  of  two  years  from  date  of  com- 
pletion  and   acceptance   of  building.     This   Contractor   shall   repair   or 
replace  all  defective  work,  and  the  damage  caused  thereby,  appearing 
during  this  period  of  time. 


Plumbing  and  Sewer  Work 

Note — Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(334)  Scope  of  Work:  This  Contractor  shall  furnish  all  materials 
and  labor,  and  shall  build  and  construct  in  a  good,  firm  and  substantial 
manner,  in  place  in  the  building  hereinabove  named ;  the  drains,  sewers 
and  appurtenances,  all  piping,  pipe  hangers  and  supports,  valves   and 
fittings  of  all  kinds  for  both  hot  and  cold  water  supply ;  wastes,  venti- 
lation of  wastes,  gas  and  vacuum  cleaning  piping,  together  with  any 
other  piping  hereinafter  specified,  and  the  plumbing  fixtures  and  appur- 
tenances, making  the  systems  of  supply,  use  and  waste  complete  and 
ready  for   service,   all   as   shown   on   the   drawings   and   as   hereinafter 
specified.     He  shall  also  furnish  all  material  and  labor  for  and  install 
complete,  two  storage  tanks  in  attic  space,  deep  well  pump  and  cen- 
trifugal pumps  with  all  connecting  piping,  as  shown  on  diagrams  and  as 
hereinafter  specified. 

(335)  Unit  Prices:  Each  bidder  must  submit  with  his  bid  a  unit 
price  for  furnishing  and  installing,  complete  with  trimmings,  each  type 
of  plumbing  fixture  herein   specified.     Rough  plumbing  not   included. 
Said  unit  prices  shall  be  used  for  either  additions  or  deductions. 

(336)  Pipe   Sizes:  All  piping  and  fittings  shall  be  of  the  inside 
diameter  designated  on  the  diagrams  or  hereinafter  specified,   and  no 
increase  or  decrease  of  these  pine  sizes  will  be  allowed,  except  by  writ- 
ten permission  from  the  State  Department  of  Engineering.     All  piping 
shall  be  of  sizes  and  weights  called  for  by  the  Plumbing  Law  of  the 
City  and  County  of  San  Francisco,  and  shall  be  installed  in  accordance 
with  these  laws. 

(337)  Cast  Iron  Pipe  and  Fittings:  Cast  iron  piping  shall  be  new 
best  quality  cast  iron  hub  and  spigot  pipe,  sound,  free  from  defects  and 
of  iron  that  will  cut  well.     It  shall  be  cast  in  five-foot  lengths,  smooth 
inside  and  with  outer  and  inner  surfaces  concentric. 

Average  weight  of  each  pipe,  including  bell,  for  cast  iron  pipe  to  be 
used  above  ground  where  standard  weight  pipe  is  called  for  by  the 
Plumbing  Law,  shall  be  as  follows: 

6-inch  pipe,  52  pounds  per  5  feet  0  inches 
5-inch  pipe,  42  pounds  per  5  feet  0  inches 
4-inch  pipe,  32^  pounds  per  5  feet  0  inches 
3-inch  pipe,  22^  pounds  per  5  feet  0  inches 
2-inch  pipe,  17^  pounds  per  5  feet  0  inches 

Average  weight  of  each  pipe,  including  bell,  for  cast  iron  pipe  to 

73 


74 

be  used  under  and  above  ground  where  extra  heavy  pipe  is  called  for 
by  the  Plumbing  Law,  shall  be  as  follows : 

6-inch  pipe,  100  pounds  per  5  feet  0  inches 

5-inch  pipe,     85  pounds  per  5  feet  0  inches 

4-inch  pipe,     65  pounds  per  5  feet  0  inches 

3-inch  pipe,     47^  pounds  per  5  feet  0  inches 

2-inch  pipe,     2!l/2  pounds  per  5  feet  0  inches 

Any  pipe  cracked  in  cutting  or  otherwise  shall  be  at  once  removed 
from  the  work  and  no  such  pipe  shall  be  used  in  any  part  of  the  work. 

Fittings  for  cast  iron  pipe  shall  be  specially  made  for  drainage  pur- 
poses, of  the  same  inside  diameter  as  the  pipe  with  which  they  are  to 
be  used  and  of  the  same  quality  and  weight  in  all  parts.  Fittings  shall 
include  elbows,  bends,  "Y's,"  traps,  etc.,  and  where  shown  or  specified, 
shall  have  proper  hand  holes  packed  and  bolted  or  fitted  with  brass 
screw  plugs  as  directed.  Fittings  supporting  risers  shall  have  a  proper 
shoe  cast  on  them. 

Y-fittings  and  one-eighth  (^)  or  one-sixteenth  (%e)  bends  shall  be 
used  wherever  possible.  Sanitary  long-sweep  bends  and  combination 
Y  and  eighth  bends  may  be  used  only  for  the  connection  of  branch 
lines  to  fixtures  and  on  vertical  runs  of  piping,  and  then  only  when 
their  use  is  made  necessary  on  account  of  clearance  or  in  order  to 
maintain  the  proper  grade,  in  which  case  written  authorization  must  be 
obtained  from  the  State  Department  of  Engineering  before  said  fittings 
are  installed. 

All  cast  iron  pipe  and  fittings  shall  be  dipped  in  bath  of  California 
asphalt.  Temperature  of  said  bath  shall  not  be  less  than  three  hundred 
and  sixty-five  (365)  degrees  nor  more  than  four  hundred  and  ten  (410) 
degrees  Fahrenheit.  Pipe  and  fittings  shall  remain  in  the  bath  until 
their  temperature  becomes  the  same  as  that  of  the  bath. 

All  cast  iron  pipe  and  fittings  shall  be  Holbrook,  Merrill  &  Stetson 
Company's,  or  equal. 

(338)  Galvanized    Wrought    Iron    or    Steel    Pipe    and    Fittings: 
Wrought  iron  or  steel  piping  shall  be  new  best  quality  wrought  iron 
or  mild  steel  screw-jointed  pipe,  National  Tube  Company's,  or  equal, 
and  shall  be  free  from  all  dents,  fins,  kinks  or  burrs.    All  piping  larger 
than  three  (3)  inch  shall  be  lap  welded.     Ends  of  pipe  shall  be  reamed 
out  to   full   inside   diameter   and   beveled   before   being   made   up    into 
fittings.     Extra  strong  galvanized  pipe  shall  be  used  for  dry  and  wet 
stand  pipes.     All  other  pipe  shall  be  "full  weight"  and  galvanized. 

Under  no  circumstances  will  the  bending  of  piping  be  permitted ; 
all  changes  in  direction  must  be  made  with  the  proper  fittings. 

The  fittings  for  galvanized  wrought  iron  or  steel  pipe  unless  other- 
wise indicated  or  specified  shall  be  standard  banded,  cast  or  malleable 
iron,  galvanized  fittings.  The  fittings  for  wet  and  dry  stand  pipe  shall 
be  extra  heavy  hydraulic  malleable  iron,  galvanized  fittings.  All  fittings 
shall  be  National  Tube  Company's,  or  equal. 

Under  no  circumstances  will  sherardizing  be  permitted  in  lieu  of 
galvanizing. 

(339)  Brass  Pipe  and  Fittings:  All  brass  water  pipe  and  brass 
waste  pipe  on  sewer  side  of  traps  shall  be  wrought  iron  pipe  size  and 


75 

thickness,  and  exposed  flush  pipe  and  waste  pipe  on  fixture  side  of 
trap  shall  be  brass  tubing,  not  less  than  No.  18  Brown  and  Sharpe 
Gauge  in  thickness.  All  brass  pipe  shall  be  annealed,  seamless  drawn, 
finished  and  nickel  plated,  unless  otherwise  specified. 

Fittings  for  brass  pipes  shall  be  cast  brass,  malleable  iron  pattern, 
finished  and  nickel  plated,  unless  otherwise  specified. 

(340)  Terra  Cotta  Pipe  and  Fittings:  Terra  cotta  pipe  shall  be 
best  No.  1  quality,  standard  strength,  vitrified,  salt  glazed,  socket  joint, 
earthernware  pipe.     The  inner  surface  of  said  pipe  shall  be  free  from 
all  cracks  or  defects,  and  shall  be  perfectly  cylindrical.     Pipe  shall  be 
of  uniform  thickness  and  dimensions,  subject  to  the  unavoidable  varia- 
tions in  burning. 

All  fittings  for  terra  cotta  pipe  shall  be  of  corresponding  quality 
and  thickness.  Y  fittings  and  one-eighth  (^)  or  one-sixteenth  (%6) 
bends  shall  be  used  wherever  possible. 

(341)  Pipe  Joints  and  Connections:  All  joints  in   cast  iron   pipe 
shall  be  made  with  a  picked  oakum  gasket  and  soft  pig  lead.     Joints 
shall  be  tightly  calked  with  gaskin,  leaving  not  less  than  one  and  one- 
half  (1^2)   inches  depth  of  lead  room.     The  inside  shall  be  examined, 
and,  if  not  smooth,  shall  be  made  so.    A  clay  roll  or  a  rounded  asbestos 
roll  shall  be  used  to  make  the  joints,  and  it  shall  be  put  on  so  that, 
after  calking,  the  lead  will  finish  flush  with  bell.     The  joints  shall  be 
run  full  with  molten  lead  at  one  pouring  and  if  they  do  not  fill  per- 
fectly, the  lead  shall  be  cut  out  and  re-poured.     The  joints  shall  then 
be  calked  with  a  proper  calking  tool  and  hammer  and  no  lead  shall  be 
cut  off  until  calking  has  been  carried  all  around  the  pipe.     Lead  shall 
then  be  trimmed  and  finished  smooth  with  bell. 

All  joints  between  cast  iron  pipe  and  wrought  iron  or  brass  pipe 
shall  be  made  same  as  above,  the  ends  of  wrought  iron  or  brass  pipe 
to  have  a  ring  or  part  of  a  coupling  screwed  on  to  form  a  spigot  end. 

Connections  between  lead  and  wrought  or  cast  iron  pipe  shall  be 
made  with  brass  fittings  and  wiped  joints. 

All  joints  in  terra  cotta  pipe  and  between  cast  iron  and  terra  cotta 
pipe  shall  be  made  with  Portland  cement  mortar  mixed  in  the  prooor- 
tion  of  one  (1)  part  best  Portland  cement  and  one  (1)  part  clean, 
sharp  sand,  filled  full  depth  and  troweled  to  a  smooth  bevel  around 
socket  of  pipe.  Said  joints  shall  be  left  perfectly  smooth  on  the  inside. 

All  joints  in  wrought  iron  or  steel  pipe  and  connections  of  same 
to  brass  pipe  shall  be  screw  joints,  made  up  with  ground  graphite  and 
boiled  linseed  oil,  screwed  home  with  tongs  and  wrenches,  with  not 
more  than  three  threads  on  the  finished  joint  remaining  exposed. 

All  union  connections  on  wrought  iron  or  steel  pipe  two  and  one- 
half  (2^2)  inches  and  larger  shall  be  made  with  standard  flange  unions, 
National  Tube  Company's,  or  equal.  Gaskets  shall  be  standard,  first 
quality,  steam  rubber  packing,  Garlock,  or  equal,  not  less  than  one- 
sixteenth  (YIQ)  inch  thick. 

All  union  connections  in  wrought  iron  or  steel  pipe  two  (2)  inches 
and  smaller  shall  be  made  with  ground  joint  unions  with  octagon  head, 
tail  and  nut,  to  meet  the  U.  S.  Government  specifications.  No  long 
screw  or  other  packed  joints  shall  be  permitted. 


76 

Under  no  circumstances  will  the  calking  of  any  screwed  joints  be 
permitted.  Same  must,  in  all  cases,  be  made  tight  in  the  manner 
specified. 

All  screw  joints  in  brass  pipe  shall  be  made  with  an  approved 
compound  or  lubricant,  and  not  more  than  three  (3)  threads  on  the 
finished  joint  shall  remain  exposed. 

Unions  on  brass  waste  pipes  on  fixture  side  of  traps  and  unions  on 
all  brass  flush  pipes  may  be  slip  or  flange  joints  with  soft  rubber  or 
leather  gaskets. 

All  union  connections  in  brass  water  pipes  and  in  brass  waste 
pipes  on  sewer  side  of  traps  shall  be  made  with  finished  all-brass 
unions  having  ground  joints,  finished  same  as  pipe,  the  openings 
through  unions  to  be  full  area  of  pipe  on  which  they  are  used. 

(342)  Fixture  Connections:  Connection  of  each  closet,  urinal  or 
slop  sink  to  the  cast  iron  soil  pipe  shall  be  made  with  a  heavy  pattern 
screw-jointed  cast  brass  flange  and  galvanized   wrought  iron  or  steel 
nipple  of  proper  length.     End  of  nipple  shall  be  fitted  with  piece  of 
thread  protector  or  coupling  to  form  a  spigot  end  and  shall  be  calked 
into  bell  end  of  soil  fitting  as  specified  for  joints  in  cast  iron  pipe. 

Connections  between  earthenware  of  any  fixture  and  flanges  on 
soil  pipe  to  be  made  absolutely  gas  and  water  tight  with  one-piece 
special  molded  asbestos  gasket,  properly  saturated  to  prevent  rotting 
or  drying.  Rubber  gaskets  will  not  be  permitted  for  this  connection, 
nor  will  putty  be  allowed  to  be  used. 

(343)  Valves:    All    straight-way    valves,    sizes    two    and    one-half 
(2y2)  inch  and  larger,  except  where  otherwise  noted  or  specified,  shall 
be  standard  valves  with  iron  bodies,  brass  trimmings  and  wedge  gates, 
Pratt  &  Cady,  Fig,  125,  or  equal,  for  flanged  outside  screw  and  yoke 
valves;  Pratt  &  Cady,  Fig.  123,  or  equal,  for  flanged  non-rising  stem 
valves,  and  Pratt  &  Cady,  Fig.  122,  or  equal,  for  screwed  valves. 

All  straight-way  valves,  two  (2)  inch  and  smaller,  except  where 
specified  otherwise,  shall  be  brass,  with  wedge  gate  and  gland,  Pratt 
&  Cady,  Fig.  86,  or  equal.  All  drain  valves,  unless  otherwise  indicated 
or  specified,  shall  be  of  the  globe  or  angle  pattern,  with  removable 
discs,  Pratt  &  Cady,  Fig.  1,  or  equal.  All  check  valves,  unless  other- 
wise indicated  or  specified,  shall  be  horizontal  swing  check  valves  with 
renewable  discs,  Jenkins  Bros.,  Fig.  352,  or  equal. 

All  main  control  valves  shall  have  a  polished  brass  plate  %  inch 
wide  by  %6  inch  thick,  screwed  to  handle  with  two  screws.  Each 
plate  shall  have  block  letters  Y^  inch  high,  stamped  and  painted  black 
to  indicate  the  purpose  for  which  valve  is  to  be  used. 

(344)  Compression  Stops:  All  compression  stops  on  exposed  sup- 
plies shall  be  of  the  heavy  pattern,  Mueller  or  equal,  with   full   area 
openings  having  raised  seats  and  composition  discs,  and  provided  with 
stuffing  boxes  and  threaded  inlet  and  outlet  connections.     Stops  shall 
be  finished  brass  and,  except  where  otherwise  indicated   or   specified, 
shall  be  nickel  plated,  and  provided  with  lock-shields,  hard  metal  stems 
and  keys.     All  stops  shall  have  name  or  trade  mark  of  manufacturer 
cast  or  stamped  thereon. 

Stops  on  supplies  concealed  in  walls  shall  be  long  neck  compression 
stops  with  stuffing  box,  lock-shield,  cap  and  key,  and  adjustable  set 


77 

screw  C.  B.  flange;  rough  brass,  with  top  and  flange  finished  and  nickel 
plated,  unless  otherwise  indicated  or  specified;  Haines,  Jones  &  Cad- 
bury  Company's  Plate  R-4410,  or  equal. 

(345)  Guarantee  on  Brass  Goods:  This  Contractor  shall  furnish 
to  the  State  a  written  guarantee  from  the  manufacturers,  guaranteeing 
all  brass  basin  cocks  and  compression  cocks  for  a  period  of  five   (5) 
years,  and  any  cocks  or  parts  found  defective  within  that  time  shall 
be  renewed  or  replaced  by  the  manufacturer  without  cost  to  the  State. 

(346)  Securing  Piping:  All  piping  throughout  the  systems  shall 
be  firmly  secured  with  proper  allowances  for  expansion  and  contraction. 
Whenever  suspended  hangers  are  used,  all  supports  must  be  arranged 
to  prevent  swaying.     The  spacing  of  points  of  suspension  or  support 
shall  in  no  case  exceed  ten  (10.)  feet  for  wrought  iron  or  steel  pipe  and 
five  (5)  feet  for  cast  iron  pipe.     Each  length  of  cast  iron  pipe  is  to  be 
supported  directly  back  of  hub.     All  hangers  shall  be  set  to  allow  for 
the  expansion  and  contraction  of  the  pipe  lines  without  straining  the 
pipe  or   hangers.     On   steel   screwed   suspended   pipe   lines,   use    Falls 
"Lock-Hinge"  hangers  or  equal,  and  extension  bar,  No.  1  bar   (seven- 
eighths  (%)  inch  wide,  No.  14  U.  S.  Standard  gauge)  for  three-quarter 
(24)  inch  to  one  and  one-half  (1^)  inch  pipe,  No.  2  bar  (one  (1)  inch 
wide,  No.  12  U.  S.  Standard  gauge)  for  two  (2)  inch  to  three  (3)  inch 
pipe,  No.  3  (one  and  one-eighth  (1^)  inches  wide,  No.  12  U.  S.  Stand- 
ard gau^e)  for  three  and  one-half  (3^)  inch  to  six  (6)  inch  pipe,  and 
No.   4   bar    (one   and   one-quarter    (1}4)    inches    wide,    No.    12    U.    S. 
Standard  gauge)   for  seven   (7)   inch  to  eight   (8)   inch  pipe.     On  cast, 
iron  suspended  pipe  lines,  use  separate  straps  of-  the  above  extension 
bar  in  place  of  lock-hinge  hangers. 

All  risers  shall  have  heavy  wrought  iron  clamps  or  collars  for 
support,  spaced  not  less  than  one  (1)  to  each  floor  and  at  any  deflection 
from  the  vertical  a  firm  support  by  bracket  or  hanger  shall  be  given 
the  riser  in  its  new  position.  All  hangers  and  collars  shall  be  of  a  size 
proportionate  to  the  weight  of  the  pipe  supported. 

Brass  pipes  shall  be  supported,  where  required,  with  cast  brass 
supports  finished  to  match  the  finish  of  the  piping. 

Chain  or  wire  hangers  will  not  be  permitted.  All  pipe  supports 
must  be  installed  in  a  manner  approved  by  the  State  Department  of 
Engineering. 

(347)  Pipe  Sleeves:  Galvanized  iron  pipe  sleeves,  one  inch  greater 
in  diameter  than   the  pipe  passing  through   same  shall   be  accurately 
placed  and  lower  flanged   ends  securely   fastened  to  form   and   sleeve 
filled  with  sand  before  concrete  is  poured  where  pipes   pass  through 
concrete  floors,  walls  or  partitions  (except  pipe  passing  through  water- 
proofed walls  and  pipe  for  wall  hydrants)  so  that  no  cutting  of  concrete 
will  be  necessary. 

(348)  Floor,  Wall  and  Ceiling  Plates:  Where  exposed  pipes  pass 
through  floors,  finished  walls,  or  finished  ceilings,  they  shall  be  fitted 
with  solid  one-piece  floor  and  ceiling  plates  not  less  than  three  thirty- 
seconds   (%2)   inch  thick.     Plates  on  polished  brass  pipe  shall  be  pol- 
ished cast  brass ;  plates  on   nickel   plated   pipe   shall   be   finished   cast 
brass,  nickel  plated;  plates  on  iron  pipe  shall  be  cast  iron,  nickel  plated 


78 

or  bronzed.     Wall  and  ceiling  plates  shall  have  suitable  round-head  set 
screws. 

(349)  Redding  Holes:   Rodding  holes  of  same  diameter  as  pipe 
shall   be  placed   in   all   horizontal   sewer  and   down-spout   lines   at   all 
points  of  change  of  direction,  at  the  base  of  all  soil  and  waste  drops 
and   at  all   other  points  where   indicated.     All  rodding  holes   for  cast 
iron   and  wrought   iron   pipe   shall  be  closed  with   heavy  brass   male- 
threaded  screw  plugs  at  least  one-eighth  (l/&)  inch  in  thickness  in  the 
ferrule  part,  and  with  three-sixteenths    (%G)   mcn  in  thickness  in  the 
cover,   the   cover  to   have  a  solid   cast   square  head   one  and   one-half 
(1/4)   inches  square  and  one   (1)   inch  in  height.     For  cast  iron  pipe, 
said   plugs   shall    screw   into   heavy   brass   end    ferrules    not   less   than 
three-sixteenths  (%«)  inch  in  thickness.    All  rodding  holes  in  building, 
not  otherwise  readily   accessible,   shall  be   installed   with   extra   heavy 
brass  tao  screws  with  sockets  and  projecting  beveled  flanges  of  greater 
diameter  than  the  fittings  into  which  they  screw ;  bottoms  of  flanges 
shall  be  set  flush  with  floor.     Finish  shall  be  the  same  as  trimmings  in 
room. 

(350)  Cleaning  and  Closing  of  Piping:  Special  care  must  be  taken 
to   clean   the   interior   of   all   piping  before   erection.     This   Contractor 
shall,  as  fast  as 'his  pipe  lines  are  installed,  cap  or  plug  all  openings, 
to  prevent  the  entrance  of  any  materials  that  would  obstruct  the  pipes. 
These  caps  or  plugs  shall  be  left  in  place  until  their  removal  is  neces- 
sary for  the  setting  of  the  fixtures.     All  hand-holes,  cleanouts  and  rod- 
ding  holes  shall  be  closed   immediately  upon  being  installed   and   the 
interior  of  all  piping  shall  be  kept  clean. 

(351)  Closing  in  of  Uninspected  Work:  This  Contractor  shall  not 
allow  or  cause  any  of  the  work  installed  under  the  specifications  to  be 
covered  up  or  enclosed  before  it  has  been  inspected,  tested  and  approved 
by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering.     Should  any  of  the  work  be 
enclosed  or  covered  uo  before  it  has  been  approved  by  said  Depart- 
ment of  Engineering,  he  shall,  at  his  expense,  uncover  the  work  and, 
after  it  has  been  inspected,  tested  and  approved,  make  all  repairs  neces- 
sary to  restore  the  work  of  other  contractors  to  the  condition  in  which 
it  was  found  at  the  time  of  the  cutting. 

(352)  Terra  Cotta  Sewers:  All  sewers  outside  and  to  within  six 
(6)  feet  of  the  building  wall  shall  be  made  of  terra  cotta  pipe  of  sizes 
shown  on  plumbing  diagrams,  and  shall  terminate  where  and  as  indi- 
cated on  said  diagrams. 

Each  pine  shall  be  laid  true  to  line  and  grade,  rising  not  less  than 
one-tenth  (%o)  mcn  to  each  one  (1)  foot  in  length,  unless  otherwise 
ordered  in  writing  by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering.  Each 
pipe  shall  be  bedded  in  dry  sand  and  joints  shall  be  made  up  as  here- 
inabove  specified  under  "Pipe  Joints  and  Connections."  The  interior 
of  the  sewer  must  be  carefully  freed  from  all  superfluous  cement,  dirt 
or  other  material  of  any  description,  as  the  work  progresses.  For  this 
purpose,  a  disc,  mould  or  swab,  suitable  for  its  purpose  and  attached 
to  a  rod  sufficiently  long  to  pass  two  (2)  joints  from  the  end  of  the 
pipe  last  laid,  shall  be  provided.  All  joints  shall  be  left  perfectly 
smooth  on  the  inside. 


79 

Atter  the  work  has  been  inspected  and  accepted  by  the  Inspector, 
dry  sand  shall  be  filled  in  and  tamped  solidly  to  six  (6)  inches  above 
pipe.  Above  this,  the  trenches  shall  be  back-filled  as  hereinafter 
specified. 

(353)  Downspouts:    All   downspouts   from   roof   to   and   through 
basement  wall  and  to  a  point  six  (6)  feet  outside  of  building  wall  shall 
be  made  of  cast  iron  pipe  and  fittings  of  weights  specified  under  "Cast 
Iron  Pipe  and  Fittings"  for  cast  iron  pipe  to  be  used  under  and  above 
ground. 

Except  where  otherwise  shown  on  plumbing  diagrams,  all  down- 
spout lines  in  ground  to  within  six  (6)  feet  of  the  building  wall  shall 
be  made  of  terra  cotta  pipe  of  sizes  indicated  and  shall  be  laid  in  the 
same  manner  as  hereinabove  specified  for  terra  cotta  sewers,  except 
that  grade  shall  not  be  less  than  one-twelfth  (^.2)  inch  to  each  one 
(1)  foot  in  length,  unless  otherwise  ordered  in  writing  by  the  State 
Department  of  Engineering.  Said  downspout  lines  shall  be  connected 
to  the  storm-water  sewer  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  City  of 
San  Francisco. 

(354)  Cast  Iron  Sewers,  Soil,  Waste  and  Vent  Lines:  All  sewers 
in   the  ground   from   a   point  six    (6)    feet   outside   the   building   wall, 
through  and  inside  said  wall,  and  all  sewers  suspended  below  first  floor 
and  all  soil,  waste  and  vent  piping,  except  wrought  iron  vent  piping 
called  for  by  the  Plumbing  Laws,  shall  be  made  of  cast  iron  pipe  and 
fittings  of  weights  specified  under  "Cast  Iron  Pipe  and  Fittings"  for 
cast  iron  pine  to  be  used  under  and  above  ground.     All  lines  shall  be 
run  true  to  line  and  grade,  rising  not  less  than  one-eighth  (*/6)  inch  to; 
each  one  (1)  foot  in  length,  unless  otherwise  ordered  in  writing  by  the 
State  Department  of  Engineering.    Special  care  shall  be  taken  to  install 
the    sewer    pipe    as    shallow    as    practicable    where    leaving    building. 
Wherever  possible,  forty-five  (45)  degree  venting  shall  be  used. 

(355)  Offsets:  No  offsets  will  be  permitted  in  any  sewer,  drain, 
soil,  waste  or  leader  pipes  having  an  angle  more  acute  than  that  pre- 
sented by  a  one-sixth  (%)  bend. 

(356)  Sewer  Traps:  Place  on  each  sewer  line  near  curb,  where 
directed  by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering,  a  six   (6)   inch  run- 
ning trap  with  cleanout,  and  a  six  (6)  inch  air  inlet  pipe  on  house  side 
of  trap  with  cast  iron  air  inlet  box  with  grating,  all  as  required  and 
approved  by  the  San  Francisco  Board  of  Health. 

(357)  Flashing:  All  pipes  passing  through  roof  shall  be  flashed  at 
roof  lines  with  sheet  lead  weighing  not  less  than  six   (6)   pounds  per 
square  foot.     One  piece  shall  be  cut  in  center  to  slip  snugly  over  the 
pipe  and  shall  extend  not  less  than  ten    (10)    inches   in  all   directions 
from  pipe.     Solder  securely  to  this  sheet  a  sleeve  fitting  closely  around 
pipe  and  projecting  not  less  than  three  (3)  inches  above  finished  roof. 
Run  a  tube  from  the  finished  roof  to  top  of  pipe,  turning  it  down  not 
less  than  one  (1)  inch  inside  same.     This  tube  shall  fit  snugly  outside 
of  the  projecting  sleeve,  but  shall  not  be  fastened  to  it. 

All  vent  pipes  shall  be  extended  at  least  fourteen  (14)  inches  above 
surface  of  roof. 


80 

(358)  Carpentry:  All  carpentry  work  necessary  for  grounds  and 
supports  in  connection  with  the  installation  of  the   work   covered   by 
these   specifications,   together  with   all   cutting  and   patching,   shall   be 
done  by  Carpenter  Contractor,  but  under  the  supervision  of  this  Con- 
tractor.    This   shall  not   include  the   uncovering  of  work   and   repairs 
mentioned  under  "Closing  in  of  Uninspected  Work." 

(359)  Test  of  Drainage  Piping:  At  such  times  as  the  State  De- 
partment   of   Engineering    may    direct   this    Contractor    shall    stop    all 
openings  in  soil,  waste,   drain  and  vent  piping,   set  up   the  necessary 
stand  pipes  and  fill  with  water  to  the  level  of  top  of  highest  vent  and 
allow  to  stand  at  least  one  (1)  hour,  or  longer  time,  as  may  be  required 
by  the  Inspector  to  make  a  complete  examination  of  the  entire  division 
of  the  system  being  tested.     The  downspout  and  storm-water  system 
shall   be   tested  by  stopping  up   all   lower  openings,   filling  the   entire 
system  with  water  up  to  the  level  of  the  highest  gutter  and  proceeding 
as  above.     If  any  leak  shows  in  pipe  or  joints,  this  Contractor  shall 
make  same  good  and  repeat  the  test,  and  he  shall  not  be  entitled  to 
demand   or  receive   final   certificate   until   the   work    is   made   tight   as 
herein  contemplated. 

(360)  Test  of  Water  Supply  Piping:   At  the   completion  of   the 
work,    except    the   application    of    non-conducting    covering,    all    water 
supply  piping,  both  hot  and  cold,  shall  be  tested  and  made  tight  under 
hydrostatic   pressure   of   one   hundred    (100)    pounds    per    square   inch. 
Wet  and  dry  stand  pipes  shall  be  tested  and  made  tight  under  a  hydro- 
static pressure  of  three  hundred  (300)  pounds  per  square  inch.     These 
pressures  shall  be  maintained  without  fluctuation  of  gauge  for  a  period 
of  one  (1)  hour,  or  longer  time,  as  may  be  required  by  the  Inspector 
to  make  a  complete  examination  of  the  entire  division  of  the  system 
being  tested,  without  additional  pumping.    The  test  pump  must  be  pro- 
vided by  this   Contractor  and  he  shall  not  be   entitled   to  demand   or 
receive   final   certificate  until   the  work  is   made   tight   as   herein   con- 
templated. 

(361)  Temporary  Toilets:  When  directed  by  the  Superintendent, 
this  Contractor  is  to  install,  in  an  enclosure  furnished  by  the  Carpenter 
Contractor,  two  temporary  toilets  complete  with  bowls,  tanks,  etc.,  and 
connect  same  to  water  supply  and  sewer.    Temporary  toilets  to  remain 
and  be  kept  in  working  order  by  this  Contractor  until  ordered  removed 
by  the  Superintendent. 

(362)  Dry  Stand  Pipes:  This  contractor  shall  install  three  5-inch 
dry  stand  pipes,  which  shall  extend  from  four  feet  above  the  sidewalk 
to  and  through  the  roof  as  indicated  on  the  drawings.     Siamese  con- 
nections shall  be  Holbrook,   Merrill   &  Stetson   Company's   E-4402,   or 
equal,  with  caps  and  chains  and  three  (3)  inch  regulation  hose  threads. 
At  each  floor  install  a  three   (3)  inch  standard  brass  hose  gate  valve, 
Crane  Company's  No.  452,  or  equal,  with  cao  and  chain,  rough  body, 
finished  brass  trimmings  and  brass  wheel,  nickel  plated  all  over,  with 
nickel  plated  cast  brass  flange  at  wall.     These  stand  pipes  are  to  be 
installed  according  to  the  rules  of  the  San  Francisco  Fire  Department. 

(363)  Hot  and  Cold  Water  Piping :  All  hot  and  cold  water  pining 
shall  be   galvanized  wrought  fron  or  mild   steel  pipe,  all*  as   specified 


.      81 

under  "Galvanized  Wrought  Iron  or  Steel  Pipe  and  Fittings."  Same 
shall  be  installed  where  shown  and  shall  terminate  where  and  as  indi- 
cated on  the  Plumbing  Diagrams. 

(364)  Non-conducting  Covering:  After  all  hot  water  piping  is 
thoroughly  tested  and  accepted,  said  piping,  with  the  exception  of  such 
portion  thereof  as  may  in  certain  cases  be  installed  in  Heater  Room, 
and  which  will  in  those  particular  cases  be  covered  by  the  Heating 
Contractor,  shall  be  covered  with  H.  W.  Johns-Manville  Company's 
"Asbestocel"  or  equal,  asbestos  sectional  pipe  covering  three-quarters 
(24)  inch  thick. 

All  fittings  in  hot  water  lines  shall  be  covered  with  eighty-five 
(85%)  per  cent  carbonate  of  magnesia  cement,  made  flush  with  adjoin- 
ing pipe  covering. 

All  covering  shall  be  finished,  with  a  four  (4)  ounce  drill  jacket 
smoothly  and  securely  pasted  on,  using  Johns-Manville  Dry  Powder 
Paste  or  equal,  and  held  in  place  by  means  of  brass  lacquered  bands 
three-quarters  (24)  inch  wide,  applied  at  the  rate  of  two  (2)  bands  per 
section  of  pipe  covering  and  one  (1)  on  each  side  of  and  close  to  all 
fittings,  valves,  etc. 

All  canvas  shall  be  thoroughly  sized  with  the  above  mentioned 
paste,  and  after  covering  has  thoroughly  dried,  same  shall  be  painted 
as  hereinafter  specified.  Bands  shall  not  be  applied  until  after  paint 
has  dried. 

All  covering  specified  above  shall  be  applied  by  none  but  experi- 
enced professional  pipe  coverers. 

(365.)  Painting:  This  Contractor  shall  paint  no  pipes  or  other 
equipment  in  Boiler  Room.  All  piping,  hangers,  etc.,  exposed  in  base- 
ment shall  be  painted  two  coats  of  lead  and  oil  paint  of  an  aporoved 
make — color  to  be  selected  by  the  insoector.  All  cast  iron  dipped  pipe 
shall  be  given  one  good  coat  of  shellac  before  applying  lead  and  oil 
paint.  All  other  exposed  soil,  waste,  vent,  and  water  supply  pining 
above  ground  (except  dipped  pipe  in  good  condition),  together  with  all 
fittings,  pipe  hangers,  anchors,  guides  and  exoosed  threads,  shall  be 
painted  two  coats  of  Standard  Oil  Company's  "Oronite"  or  equal.  Pioe 
covering  shall  be  given  one  coat  of  sizing  made  with  Johns-Manville, 
or  equal,  dry  powder  paste,  and  two  coats  of  Johns-Manville  Comoany's 
white  "Asbestos  Fire  Proof  Paint,"  or  equal.  After  paint  or  pipe  cov- 
ering has  thoroughly  dried,  the  bands  shall  be  applied  as  hereinabove 
specified. 

The  storage  tanks  in  the  attic  shall  be  painted  one  coat  of  red 
lead,  outside  only,  and  one  coat  of  Paraffine  Paint  Company's  "Pabco," 
or  equal,  on  all  surfaces. 

Paint  shall  be  applied  of  the  consistency  regularly  supplied  and 
recommended  by  the  manufacturers.  All  surfaces  to  be  painted  shall 
be  dry  before  painting,  the  metal  surfaces  being  thoroly  cleaned  and 
brushed  with  stiff  wire  brushes  before  paint  is  applied.  The  first  coat 
shall  be  inspected  and  approved  by  the  Inspector  and  allowed  to  dry 
before  the  second  coat  is  applied.  The  first  coat  shall  cover  all  of  the 
surface  which  is  to  be  painted. 

(366)  Location  of  Pipes :  This  Contractor  shall  confer  with  the 
other  Contractors  installing  pipes  and  with  the  Inspector  in  regard  to 


82 

pipe  locations.  No  cold  water  supply  line  to  fixtures  shall  parallel  a 
steam  return  or  hot  water  line  at  a  less  distance  than  ten  (10)  inches 
center  to  center,  except  where  necessary  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of 
the  fixture  being  served. 

All  piping  shall  be  run  concealed  throughout,  unless  otherwise 
indicated  or  specified,  and  as  little  cutting  of  walls  and  floors  shall  be 
done  as  possible  in  securing  the  proper  installation. 

This  Contractor  shall,  upon  completion  of  his  work,  furnish  the 
vState  Department  of  Engineering  with  accurate  diagrams  drawn  to 
scale  showing  the  final  locations  of  all  piping,  fixtures,  etc.,  included 
in  his  contract.  These  diagrams  shall  show  at  least  as  much  detail  as 
the  diagrams  furnished  by  the  State  and  shall  also  show  all  anchors, 
guides  and  special  features  which  he  has  installed. 

(367)  Excavation:   This   Contractor  shall  perform  all  excavation 
necessary  for  the  proper  installation  of  the  complete  systems  of  piping 
herein  specified,   digging  trenches  of  sufficient   size   to   allow   of  easy 
access  to  all  the  work. 

(368)  Backfilling:  As  fast  as  pipe  is  laid  in  the  ground,  dry  sand 
or  earth  shall  be  rammed  into  place  at  sides  of  pipe,  leaving  the  joints 
and  top  exposed  until  piping  is  tested.    After  testing,  the  trenches  shall 
be  filled  in  layers  not  more  than  nine  (9)  inches  thick,  each  layer  being 
solidly  rammed  with  an  iron  rammer. 

(369)  Diagrams:  The  general  layout  as  shown  on  plumbing  dia- 
grams must  be  followed  in  all  cases,  except  where  architectural  draw- 
ings conflict  with  said  diagrams.     This   Contractor  must   examine   all 
architectural  drawings  and  structural  diagrams  carefully  before  begin- 
ning the  work  and  report  to  the  State  Department  of  Engineering  any 
discrepancies  which  occur,  and  he  shall  not  be  entitled  to  any  extra 
compensation  for  any  omissions  or  defects  in  plumbing  diagrams  when 
they  conflict  with  other  drawings. 

The  plumbing  diagrams  and  details  (Sheets  Nos.  M-l  to  M-8,  in- 
clusive, of  Plan  No.  )  and  such  writings,  interlineations,*  figures 

and  details  as  may  be  upon  them  are  to  be  considered  as  part  of  and 
illustrating  these  specifications,  and  any  work  or  materials  shown  on 
the  drawings  and  not  mentioned  in  the  specifications  or  work  or  mate- 
rial herein  specified  and  not  shown  on  the  drawings  shall  be  executed 
by  this  Contractor  the  same  as  if  specially  mentioned  by  both.  In  the 
Boiler  Room  Arrangement  Sheets  M-19  and  M-20,  this  Contractor  shall 
install  such  portions  of  the  equipment  as  are  noted  hereon  or  herein- 
after specified  as  being  installed  by  him. 

(370)  Catalogs:  Catalogs  of  all  concerns  mentioned  in  these  spe- 
cifications, showing  the  fixtures  described,  are  on  file  at  the  office  of 
the  State  Department  of  Engineering  and  may  be  used  for  comparison 
by  contractors  wishing  to  submit  bids. 

Wherever  the  words  "Government  Specifications"  are  used  in  these 
specifications,  they  shall  refer  to  the  "Specifications  for  Plumbing  Fix- 
tures, etc.,  for  the  Treasury,  War  and  Navy  Departments"  as  amended 
in  1911,  copies  of  which  may  be  procured  from  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents,  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C.,  at  thirty- 
five  (35)  cents  per  copy. 


83 

(371)  General   Requirements  for   Fixtures:  All   fixtures   must   be 
first  class  in  every  res  )ect,  true  to  shape,  size  and  color.     No  warped 
or  chipped  fixtures  will  be  accepted.    The  body  and  glaze  of  all  fixtures 
must  be  as  near  white  as  possible.     Furthermore  the  glaze  must  thor- 
oughly cover  all  parts  of  the  fixture  in  accordance  with  the  best  stand- 
ard practice. 

Any  fixture  that  does  not  operate  satisfactorily  after  being  set  up 
shall  be  removed  by  the  Contractor  at  once  and  new  fixture  of  proper 
design  installed.  All  finish  plumbing  shall  be  accurately  lined  uo,  and 
where  batteries  of  fixtures  occur,  special  care  shall  be  taken  with  the 
roughing-in  and  finished  plumbing. 

The  number  and  position  of  all  plumbing  fixtures  are  shown  on 
the  plumbing  diagrams.  All  local  connections  to  fixtures  shall  be  of 
the  sizes  indicated  thereon. 

All  water  supplies  to  fixtures,  unless  otherwise  specified,  shall  be 
provided  with  compression  stops  of  the  type  herein  soecified. 

Each  connection  to  cock  or  bibb  shall  be  provided  with  an  air 
hammer  at  least  twelve  (12)  inches  long,  set  in  wall. 

(372)  Guarantee  on  Nickel  Plating:  All  nickel  plating  shall  be 
guaranteed  in  writing  not  to  peel  or  rub  off  for  a  period  of  five   (5) 
years  from  date  of  completion   and  acceptance   of  the  building.     Any 
parts  rubbing  or  peeling  off  during  said  five  (5)  years  shall  be  removed 
and  re-plated,  or  new  parts  set  in  their  place  by  this  Contractor  without 
extra  cost  to  the  State. 

(373)  Drains  and  Sump:  Floor  drains  in  shower  stalls  shall  be 
combination  cast  bras^  floor  drains  and  deep  seal  traps  with  two   (2) 
inch  waste  connections.    Tops  of  floor  drains  shall  have  polished  brass 
covers   with   brass   strainers   five    (5)    inches   in    diameter.      Bodies   of 
traps  shall  be  at  least  five  (5)  inches  outside  diameter  with  walls  not 
less  than  five  thirty-seconds   (%2)   inch  thick.     Drains  and  traps  shall 
be  as  delineated  on  Plate  No.  22  of  Government  Soecifications. 

Floor  drain  in  Boiler  Room  and  the  two  drains  in  gutter  of  area 
at  northwest  angle  of  the.  building  shall  be  M.  Greenberg  Sons',  or 
equal,  8-inch  by  8-inch  drains,  with  polished  brass  tops  and  3-inch  waste 
connections. 

The  two  drains  in  the  open  court  shall  be  Clow  A-2835,  or  equal, 
cast  iron  drains  12  inches  by  12  inches,  with  outlets  for  3-inch  soil  pipe. 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish,  install  and  connect  the  drainage  line 
from  the  blow-off  basin  and  sump  as  indicated,  complete  with  all  fit- 
tings. Vents  from  trans  to  be  connected  to  4-inch  vent  from  blow-off 
basin  as  shown,  this  4-inch  vent  to  be  installed  by  Heating  Contractor. 
Back  water  valves  shall  be  "Palmer"  Back  Water  Traps  with  extension 
manhole  having  iron  ferrules  and  brass  trap  screw  set  flush  with  floor. 
Gate  valves  shall  be  Crane  No.  462,  or  equal,  iron  body  gate  valves 
with  hub  ends,  set  as  directed  by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering. 

(374)  Hose  Bibbs:  Install  in  Boiler  Room,  where  indicated,  two 
(2)  three-quarter  (%)  inch  heavy  pattern,  brass  hose  end,  compression 
bibbs   with    stuffing   boxes,    Mueller   E-1710,   or   equal.     Install    where 
indicated  on  outside  wall  of  building  at  a  suitable  height  above  the 
ground,  as  instructed  by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering,  three- 


84 

quarter    (24)    inch  heavy   pattern,   brass   hose   end,   compression   bibbs 
with  stuffing  box  and  loose  key,  Mueller  E-1711,  or  equal. 

(375)  Hose  Reels:  Hose  reels  shall  be  swinging  wall  reels.  Light- 
ning  Hose   Rack   Company's    Plate    No.    6,    or    equal,    with    aluminum 
bronze   finish   applied   after   the   castings   have   been   rendered   smooth. 
Valves    shall    be    Lightning    Hose    Rack    Company's    la.test    approved 
Underwriters'  brass  angle  valves,  or  equal,  with  soft  disc,  rough  body, 
finished  brass  trimmings  and  brass  wheel,  nickel  plated  all  over,  and 
with  nickel  plated  cast  brass  flange  at  wall. 

*Hose  shall  be  best  one  and  one-half  (1^)  inch  inside  diameter 
unlined  linen  fire  hose  approved  by  the  Underwriters'  Laboratories, 
with  labels  attached.  Each  length  shall  be  provided  with  nickel  plated 
brass  expansion  ring  couplings,  with  lugs,  one  and  one-half  (ll/2}  inch 
nickel  plated  brass  hose  pipe  with  screw  tip,  Crane  No.  900,  or  equal, 
and  one  (1)  nickel  plated  spanner  for  each  hose  reel,  to  fit  hose  coup- 
ling. Spanner  to  be  hung  up  near  hose  reel.  All  hose  couplings  and 
connections  shall  have  same  hose  threads  as  those  in  use  by  the  San 
Francisco  Fire  Department.  The  length  of  hose  to  be  supplied  for 
each  reel  is  noted  on  the  plumbing  diagrams  at  each  hose  reel  location. 

(376)  Water    Closets:    Water    closet    bowls    shall    be    similar    to 
"Pacific"  Plate  C-510L  and  shall  follow  in  detail  the  specifications  for 
the  United  States  Government  Bowl  No.  54,  as  shown  and  specified  on 
Plate  No.  4  and  page  No.  21  of  "Specifications  for  Plumbing  Fixtures, 
etc.,   for  the  Treasury,  War  and  Navy   Departments,"  as  amended  in 
1911,  except  that  bowl  is  to  have  full  extended  lip.     Each  bowl  shall  be 
fitted    with    well-seasoned,    open-front    saddle    pattern,    not    serpentine, 
white  oak  seat,  strongly  framed  and  highly  polished,  not  less  than  one 
and   five-sixteenths    (1  %6)    inches   finished    thickness,   with   one   piece, 
cast  brass,   nickel-plated   reinforcing  and  box  hinge   plate,   secured   to 
woodwork  with  oval  head  countersunk  screws;  reinforcing  ring  to  be 
provided    with    two    sockets    fitted    with    mushroom    rubber    bumpers. 
Hinge  posts  to  be  cast  brass,  secured  to  bowl  with  half  round  rubber 
cushion  washers  and  brass  N.  P.  hexagon  nuts.     All  exposed  parts  of 
brass  work  to  be  finished  and  nickel  plated. 

(377)  Stall   Urinals:   Stall   urinals   shall   be  of  a   type   similar  to 
Crane    Company's    B-4174    white    porcelain    urinal    with    integral    drip 
receptor  and  extended  shields,  eighteen  (18)  inch  size,  N.  P.  brass  inlet 
connections  and   spreader,   three    (3)    inch   N.   P.   brass   outlet  strainer 
with   removable  vitreous   grating.     Urinals   set  in  battery   shall   be  at 
least  six  (6)  inches  apart.     Stalls  shall  be  set  with  lips  flush  with  floor 
to  serve  as  floor  drains.     Install  traps  and  vents  as  shown. 

(378)  Flushing  Valves:   All. toilet  bowls  and  all  stall  urinals  shall 
be  fitted  with  finished  brass,   nickel-plated   flushing  valves,   of  a   type 
similar  to  the  Standard  Sanitary  Manufacturing  Company's  "Republic" 
flush  valve.     Flush  valves  shall  be  so  designed  that  they  will  satisfac- 
torily flush  the  bowl  with  the  minimum  amount  of  water,  shall  cause 
absolutely  no  water  hammer  in  the  piping  system,  and   shall  have   a 
regulating  device  to  readily  adjust  the  amount  of  flush  water  and  give 


85 

the  proper  afterfill.  The  ease  with  which  this  adjustment  can  be  made 
will  be  a  factor  in  selecting  the  valves.  Each  valve  must  be  provided 
with  plug  stop  or  nickel-plated  valve  preferably  integral  with  flushing 
valve. 

The  manufacturer  must  furnish  a  written  guarantee  that  the  water 
surface  in  the  bowl  can  be  maintained  throughout  the  entire  building 
under  pressures  ranging  from  seven  (7)  pounds  to  sixty  (60)  pounds. 

(379)  Lavatories:     Lavatories   for   all  main  toilet  rooms   and   all 
other  rooms  where  tile  wainscot  is  used  shall  be  20  inches  by  24  inches, 
vitreous  china,  without  backs,  in  strict  accordance  with  the  specifica- 
tions for  the  United  States   Government   Lavatory   No.   24R,  installed 
on  hangers,  all  as  shown  and  specified  on  Plate  No.  13  and  page  No.  32 
of  "Government  Specifications." 

Lavatories  for  offices  and  small  toilet  rooms  where  walls  are  not 
finished  in  tile,  unless  otherwise  noted  on  plan,  shall  be  vitreous  china, 
straight-front  lavatories,  18  inches  by  20  inches,  with  square  backs 
six  (6)  inches  in  height,  china  extension  for  support ;  slab,  rear  outlet 
oval  bowl,  overflow  and  curtain  all  in  one  piece ;  of  a  type  similar  to 
"Pacific"  plate  C-55. 

Faucet  for  cold  water  on  all  lavatories  shall  be  Mueller  No. 
E-01998,  or  equal,  Rapidac  compression  cock  with  plain  brass  top  lever 
handle  and  china  index  nut,  nickel  plated.  Faucet  for  hot  water  shall 
be  Mueller  No.  E-1998,  or  equal,  self-closing  basin  cock  of  the  same 
exterior  design  as  the  cold  water  faucet.  Faucets  to  have  three-eighths 
(ft)  inch  I.  P.  S.  N.  P.  brass  supplies  to  wall,  with  N.  P.  C.  B.  flanges, 
with  N.  P.  brass  angle  compression  cocks  of  the  type  hereinabove 
specified.  The  connections  between  faucets  and  supply  pipes  shall  be 
N.  P.  brass  ground  joint  unions.  Furnish  N.  P.  chain  stay,  chain,  and 
rubber  stopper,  cast  brass  waste  plug  and  one  and  one-half  (1^)  inch 
C.  B.  N.  P.  "P"  trap  with  cleanout  plug. 

(380)  Drinking    Fountains:    Drinking    fountains    shall    be    Haws 
Sanitary  Drinking  Faucet  Company's  Ideal  Model   No.   7-B,   or  equal, 
comprising  a  vitreous  china  receptor,  cast  concealed  brass  trap,  Haws 
vitreous   china   1%-inch   ball   drinking  head,   concealed    cast   iron   wall 
hanger,    self-closing   Mueller   special   valve,    with   loose    key   regulator. 
Install  compression  stop  in  concealed  supply. 

(381)  Drinking  Faucet:   Install  over  center  of  lavatory  in  base- 
ment toilet  room,  as  directed  by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering, 
one  Haws  'Sanitary  Drinking  Faucet  Company's  Model  No.  4  drinking 
faucet,  or  equal,  complete  with  Mueller  N.   P.   self-closing  valve  with 
concealed    regulating   screw    and    Haws'    vitreous    china    1^-inch    ball 
drinking  head. 

(382)  Slop  Sinks:  Slop  sinks  shall  be  of  a  type  similar  to  "Stand- 
ard" plate  F-2922,  vitreous  china  roll  rim  slop   sink,  on   Plate  P-7280 
cast  iron  trap  standard,  floor  outlet,  enameled  all  over  with  cleanout 
plug,  less  vent,  fitted  with  H-7617  compression  double  slop  sink  cock, 
china  indexed  handles,  pail  hook,  and  supporting  brace  to  wall.     Slop 
sink  shall  be  braced  to  wall  by  means  of  a  suitable  strap  iron  around 
top  of  trap  standard  and  bolted  to  wall.     Strap  to  be  painted  white. 


86 

(383)  Shower  Baths:  The  shower  bath  shall  be  of  a  type  similar 
to  Speakman  Institution  Shower  Plate  G-990,  with  No.  2  mixing  valve, 
strainer  unions,  cast  brass  needle  head  with  removable  face,  adjustable 
ball  joint  and  supplies  to  wall.     The  supply  inlets  are  to  be  provided 
with    lock-shield    controlling   valves.      Mixing   valves    to    have    ^-inch 
supplies  and  24-inch  discharge. 

(384)  Gas  Piping:  All  gas  piping  shall  be  galvanized  wrought  iron 
or  mild  steel  pipe,  all  as  specified  under  "Galvanized  Wrought  Iron  or 
Steel   Pipe   and   Fittings,"   and   under   "Pipe   Joints   and   Connections." 
Same  shall  be   installed   where  shown,   shall   terminate   where   and    as 
indicated  on  the  plumbing  diagrams  and  shall  be  firmly  secured  in  place 
in  the  manner  specified  under  "Securing  Piping."     Each  length  of  pipe 
must  be  hammered  and  all  scale  blown  out  before  assembling.     All  gas 
pipe  shall  be  installed   in  a  workmanlike  manner,   of  sizes   shown  on 
drawings,  using  all  necessary  fittings  and  in  no  case  springing  or  bend- 
ing the  pipe  to  reach  a  point  desired.    Outlets  in  rooms  shall  be  in  the 
center  of  baseboard. 

(385)  Gas   Joints:   Pipe   and   fittings   shall   be   put  together   with 
boiled  linseed  oil  and  litharge  in  the  manner  hereinabove  specified.     No 
gas  fitters'  cement  or  sealing  wax  shall  be  used,  except  at  outlet  caps. 
The  use  of  salt  water  or  any  other  corrosive  substance  to  make  piping 
tight  is  strictly  prohibited. 

(386)  Grading  and  Drips,  Gas  Piping:  All  pipes  shall  be  graded 
toward  ends  of  mains.     Insert  in  ends  of  mains,  as  near  base  of  riser 
as  possible,  a  tee  fitting.    A  twelve  (12)  inch  piece  of  three-quarter  (?4) 
inch  pipe  shall  be  screwed  into  fitting  and  terminate  with  a  gas  cock 
so  that  drip  can  be  collected  and  drawn  off  when  necessary.     There 
shall  be  no  other  traps  or  depressions  in  gas  lines  where  condensation 
will  remain. 

(387)  Gas  Cocks:  All  gas  cocks  above  specified  for  drips  are  to  be 
special   heavy    brass   gas    service   cocks   with    square    heads,    Mueller's 
E-4692,  or  equal.     All  other  outlets  shall  be  capped. 

(388)  Test  of  Gas  Piping:  Gas  piping  shall  be  tested  by  plugging 
or  capping  all  outlets  and  subjecting  the  system  to  an  air  pressure  of 
not  less  than  twenty   (20)  inches  of  mercury,  which  pressure  shall  be 
maintained,  without  additional  pumping,  for  a  period  of  one   (1)  hour 
without   a   drop   of   more   than   one-quarter    ($£)    inch   in   the   mercury 
column  during  this  time.     Test  pump  and  gauge  must  be  provided  by 
the   Plumbing   Contractor.     Test   to  be   made   in   the   presence   of   the 
Inspector.     Pipes  must  not  be  filled   with  water  for   the  detection   of 
leakage  or  any  other  purpose  and  no  gas  fitters'  cement,  sealing  wax, 
etc.,  shall  be  used  for  the  stoppage  of  leaks. 

(389)  General  Requirements — Vacuum  Cleaning:  This  Contractor 
shall  furnish  and  install  all  concealed  suction  piping  for  vacuum  clean- 
ing system,  as  shown  on  drawings  and  as  hereinafter  specified,  com- 
plete with  fittings  of  all  kinds,  pipe  hangers  and  supports,  inlet  valves, 
floor  ceiling  and  wall  flanges.     The  exposed  suspended  mains  in  base- 
ment, exhaust  stack,  machine,  tools  and  hose  are  not  included  in  this 
contract,  but  are  to  be  furnished  by  the  State  at  some  future  date. 


87 

(390)  Suction  Pipe  and  Fittings — Vacuum  Cleaning:  All  suction 
piping  shall  be  new,  "full   weight,"  galvanized  wrought   iron  or  steel 
pipe  as  hereinabove  specified.    Care  must  be  taken  to  clean  the  interior 
of  all  piping  before  erection  and  in  erecting  pipe  to  maintain  as  nearly 
as  possible  a  smooth,  uniform  bore  through  all  pipe  and  fittings. 

All  fittings  for  vacuum  lines  shall  be  of  the  recessed  drainage  type 
and  shall  be  made  of  tough  gray  cast  iron,  free  from  blow  holes  or 
other  defects;  smooth  castings  in  all  cases.  Same  shall  be  galvanized, 
must  have  inside  diameter  through  body  of  same  size  as  pipe  bore,  and 
all  fins,  burrs,  or  rough  places  must  be  removed.  Where  space  permits, 
all  tees  and  elbows  must  have  a  radius  at  center  line  of  not  less  than 
three  (3)  inches.  All  fittings  having  less  than  three  (3)  inch  radius 
must  have  the  thickness  of  metal  on  sides  receiving  the  impact  of  dust 
increased  fifty  (50)  per  cent  above  standard  thickness. 

(391)  Joints — Vacuum  Lines:  All  joints  in  vacuum  lines  shall  be 
made  by  butting  the  ends  of  the  pipe  in  the  couplings  to  insure  a  per- 
fectly smooth  and  uniform  interior  surface,  free  from  all  places  for  the 
lodgment  of  foreign  substances  passing  through  the   pipe   during  the 
sweeping  of  the  building.    The  joints  between  the  pipe  and  fittings  shall 
be  made  by  screwing  the  pipe  up  against  the  shoulder  in  the  fitting. 
In  case  the  ends  of  pipe  cannot  be  made  to  butt  up  tight  to  make  a 
smooth  surface  in  coupling  or  fitting,  the  space  shall  be  properly  filled 
with    a    satisfactory   material    to    be    approved    by    the    State    Depart- 
ment of  Engineering.     The  only  filler  that  may  be  used  in  making  up 
joints  in  pipe  lines  shall  be  boiled  linseed  oil  and  ground  graphite. 

(392)  Cleanouts — Vacuum  Lines:  Cleanouts  shall  be  placed  in  all 
horizontal  lines  of  pioing  at  all  points  of  change  of  direction,  at   all 
other  points  where  indicated  and  at  the  bottom  of  all  risers.     Cleanouts 
shall  be  three  (3)  inches  in  diameter  for  all  pipe  lines  three  (3)  inches 
and  larger,  and  the  same  size  as  the  pipe  for  all  lines  smaller  than  three 
(3)  inches.     In  all  cases,  cleanouts  must  be  arranged  so  that  same  can- 
not  receive   the  direct   impact  of  the  moving  air  and   that   when   the 
cleanout  tool  is  inserted  in  the  pipe  same  will  enter  in  the  direction  of 
the  flow  of  air.     Cleanouts  shall  consist  of  the  proper  fittings,  plugged 
with  an  extra  heavy  brass  trap  screw,  with  a  square  or  hexagonal  nut 
not  less  than  one  (1)  inch  high  and  with  a  side  or  least  diameter  not 
less  than  one  and  one-quarter   (1*4)   inches.     Cleanouts  that  occur  in 
finished  floors  shall  have  heavy  polished  brass  floor  plates  set  with  the 
top  of  the  plate  flush  with  the  finished  floor  and  fitted  with  an  extra 
heavy  polished  brass  trap  screw  having  a  one   (1)   inch  square  recess 
not  less  than  one-half  (l/2)  inch  deep,  and  threaded  and  screwed  up  so 
that  its  top  is  perfectly  flush  with  the  finished  floor  and  floor  plate. 

(393)  Pitch — Vacuum  Lines:  All  horizontal  mains  and  branches 
throughout  the  system  shall  have  a  pitch  in  the  direction  of  the  flow 
of  air  of  not  less  than  one-fourth  (^)  inch  in  ten  (10)  feet. 

(394)  Inlets  and  Inlet  Valves — Vacuum  Lines:  All  inlets  shall  be 
located  where  shown  on  the  drawings  and  shall  be  of  the  wall  type, 
located  at  center  of  baseboard.     All  openings  to  receive   inlet   valves 
shall  be  threaded  with  a  standard  thread  and  the  face  of  the  fitting  to 
receive  the  inlet  valve  shall  not  be  less  than  one-half   (l/2)   inch  from 


88 

the  face  of  baseboard  or  finished  floor.  After  piping  system  has  been 
tested  and  made  tight,  as  hereinafter  specified,  all  inlets  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  the  "Spencer"  Type  C,  or  equal,  one  and  one-half  (1^2) 
inch  heavy  cast  brass  flush  inlet  valves,  set  flush,  in  each  case,  with  the 
face  of  baseboard.  All  inlet  valves  shall  be  finished  to  match  the 
finishing  hardware  used  throughout  the  building. 

(395)  Testing — Vacuum  Piping:  The  entire  vacuum  piping  system 
shall  be  tested  and  made  tight  under  a  hydraulic  pressure  of  twenty-five 
(25)  pounds  per  square  inch  at  the  highest  point  in  the  system,  which 
pressure  shall  be  maintained  without  fluctuation  of  gauge  for  a  period 
of  one   (1)  hour,  or  longer  time,  as  may  be  required  by  the  Superin- 
tendent to  make  a  comolete  examination  of  the  entire  division  of  the 
system  being  tested,  without  additional  pumping. 

(396)  Well:  There  will  be  installed  by  the  State  a  twelve   (12) 
inch  cased  well  in  the  location  shown  in  Boiler  Room.    This  Contractor 
shall  cut  the  top  of  well  casing  to  the  required  level  and  make  proper 
watertight  connection  to  the  deep  well  pump  head,  with   C.   I.   flange 
connection. 

(397)  Deep  Well  Pumping  Unit:   This   Contractor   shall   furnish 
and   install   complete   where   shown   in    Boiler   Room,   one    (1)    Duplex 
plunger  pump  head  "Pomon-a"  No.  7^2,  or  equal,  direct  connected  to 
a   l]/2 -horsepower,   230-volt,   850   R.   P.    M.,    compound   wound,    direct- 
current  motor,   General  Electric  Company's  Type  R.   C.,  or  equal,  to- 
gether with  pump  casing,  cylinder,  plunger  rods,  and  discharge  pipe  to 
storage  tank,  making  the  pumping  unit  complete  and  ready  for  opera- 
tion.    The  pump  shaft,  geared  to  run  at  a  speed  of  160  R.  P.  M.,  shall 
be  fitted  with  a  cut  gear  to  ride  into  a  rawhide  pinion  on  an  extended 
motor  shaft,  with  suitable  bearing  and  flexible  coupling  to  assure  align- 
ment with  the  motor. 

The  pump  casing  connecting  the  cylinder  in  the  well  with  the 
purrip  head  shall  be  eight  (8)  inch  outside  diameter  screwed  well  casing 
weighing  twenty  (20)  pounds  to  the  foot. 

The  cylinder  shall  be  seven  (7)  inches  inside  diameter,  cast  from 
special  phosphor  bronze,  accurately  bored  and  polished,  making  an 
absolutely  true  working  barrel  for  the  plungers.  The  bottom  of  this 
cylinder  shall  be  fitted  with  a  suction  pipe  six  (6)  feet  long,  with  suf- 
ficient three-quarter  (^4)  inch  holes  drilled  in  the  lower  two  feet  of 
pipe  to  give  twice  the  area  of  the  suction  pipe.  The  Duplex  plungers 
shall  be  fitted  with  three  cup  leathers. 

The  inside  rod  operating  the  lower  plunger  shall  be  made  of  solid 
steel  threaded  and  coupled  with  extra  long  couplings  of  phosphor 
bronze.  Outside  rods  shall  be  joined  together  with  extra  long  forged 
steel  couplings. 

The  pump  shall  be  provided  with  slide  rails  so  that  the  pump  head 
can  be  disconnected  from  the  rods  and  slide  back  to  allow  easy  access 
to  rods  and  casing  if  it  is  desired  to  remove  same  from  well. 

Casing  and  rods  are  to  be  installed  in  short  lengths  so  they  can  be 
raised  and  removed  from  the  well.  For  the  purpose  of  removing  these 
rods,  this  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install  in  the  first  floor  slab 
directly  over  the  well,  a  hook  with  a  one-ton  chain  block. 


89 

It  is  the  intention  to  have  the  pump  barrel  set  at  such  a  depth  that 
the  bottom  of  the  six  (6)  foot  suction  pipe  shall  be  sixty-five  (65)  feet 
below  the  level  of  the  Boiler  Room  floor. 

The  pump  will  not  be  accepted  until  it  operates  without  any  noise. 
All  bearings  and  links  must  be  without  any  play  so  that  there  will  be 
no  pounding. 

(398)  Guarantee  for  Deep  Well  Pump:  The  pump  must  be  guar- 
anteed by  the  manufacturer  to  deliver  100  gallons  of  water  per  minute, 
from   the  well  at  a  depth   of  sixty    (60)    feet   below   the   level   of   the 
Boiler  Room  floor,  through  a  three   (3)  inch  pipe  with  six  (£)  elbows, 
into  the  storage  tank  one  hundred    (100)    feet  above  the  level  of  the 
Boiler  Room  floor.    The  pump  shall  also  be  guaranteed  to  operate  at  a 
minimum  efficiency  of  70%. 

(399)  Centrifugal  Pump:  This  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install 
complete,  together  with  concrete  foundation,  one  single-stage,  double- 
suction   volute   centrifugal   pump,   having   three    (3)    inch   suction   and 
two   and   one-half    (2^)    inch   discharge,   with   horizontally   split   case, 
direct  connected  to  a  10-horsepower,  230-volt,  1,700-R.  P.  M.,  compound 
wound,  direct-current  motor,  General  Electric  Company's  Type  R.   C., 
or  equal,  all  mounted  on  a  cast  iron  base. 

Bearings  shall  be  of  the  ring  oiling  type  with  renewable  split  shells 
and  shall  be  separated  from  the  water  chamber.  Impeller,  impeller 
bushings  and  casing  bushings  shall  be  of  bronze.  Pump  shall  have  non- 
overloading  runner. 

This  pump  is  for  the  purpose  of  pumping  water  from  the  Spring 
Valley  mains  to  the  storage  tank  in  the  attic  if  the  Spring  Valley  pres- 
sure should  drop  below  normal,  or,  in  case  of  fire,  to  boost  the  pressure 
in  the  supply  pipes  to  the  hose  reels. 

This  pump  shall  be  guaranteed  by  the  manufacturer  to  deliver  150 
gallons  of  water  per  minute  from  the  Spring  Valley  supply  into  the 
storage  tank  100  feet  above  the  Boiler  Room  floor  without  overloading 
the  pump,  and  to  operate  satisfactorily  under  any  conditions  it  is 
required  to  meet  as  hereinbefore  mentioned. 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  to  the  State  Department  of  Engineer- 
ing complete  specifications  and  efficiency  curves  for  two  different  makes 
of  pumps  which  will  fulfil  the  requirements  mentioned  above,  the  State 
to  have  the  option  of  selecting  either  of  the  pumps  on  which  specifica- 
tions are  submitted. 

(400)  Electrical  Equipment  and  Wiring:  The  Electrical  Contrac- 
tor will  furnish  all  wiring  and  conduit  from  float  switches  in  attic  to 
motors  and  make  the  installation  complete  ready  for  connecting  leads 
to  motors.     This  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  deliver  to  the  Electrical 
Contractor  one   7^-horsepower   and   one   10-horsepower   direct-current 
counter  E.  M.  F.  self-starters  for  pilot  circuit  control,  General  Electric 
Company's  C.  R.  2303,  Catalog  No.  194561,  or  equal,  suitable  for  mount- 
ing on  a  one  and  one-quarter  (1*4)  inch  panel.     He  shall  also  furnish 
and   deliver   two   single   pole   totally   enclosed    float   switches,    General 
Electric  Company's  C.  R.  2931,  Form  D,  Catalog  No.  141648,  or  equal. 

This  Contractor  will  be  required  to  connect  leads  to  motors  and 
will  be  responsible  for  direction  and  satisfactory  operation  of  motors. 


90 

He  shall  also  give  the  Electrical  Contractor  exact  location  of  motors 
in  order  that  conduit  lines  to  same  may  be  properly  placed. 

(401)  Water  Storage  Tanks:  This   Contractor  shall   furnish   and 
install  two  storage  tanks  in  attic,  7  feet  0  inches  by  21  feet  0  inches  by 
7   feet  0  inches   high,   inside   dimensions.     These   tanks   shall   be   con- 
structed of  No.  8  U.  S.  Standard   gauge  black  tank  steel  plates  and 
properly  reinforced  and  braced  with  3-inch  by  3-inch  by  ^-inch  steel 
angles.     All  joints  shall  be  well  riveted,  caulked  and  made  thoroughly 
watertight.     All   tappings    shall    be   reinforced    with    flanges.      Storage 
tanks  shall  be  supported  from  floor  slab  by  suitable  concrete  supports. 

Cold  water  supplies  shall  discharge  into  storage  tanks  through 
three  (3)  inch,  all  brass  "NevRlek"  float  valves  with  renewable  vulcan- 
ized rubber  discs.  Contractor  should  order  these  valves  as  soon  as 
contract  is  signed,  to  insure  delivery. 

Contractor  shall  submit  scale  drawings  for  the  approval  of  the 
State  Department  of  Engineering  showing  in  complete  detail  the  con- 
struction, dimensions,  supports  and  connections  to  storage  tanks  before 
proceeding  with  the  fabrication. 

(402)  Permits:   This  Contractor  shall   take   out  and   pay   for   all 
necessary  permits  to  comply  with  the  laws  of  the  City  and  County  of 
San  Francisco  for  all  work  done  under  this  contract. 

(403)  Guarantee:  This  Contractor  hereby  becomes  responsible  for 
all  labor,  material  and  apparatus  installed  under  these  specifications  and 
shall  guarantee  the  proper  operation  of  same  for  a  period  of  one   (1) 
year  from  and  after  the  date  of  final  certificate.     He  shall  make  good, 
repair  or  replace  at  his  own  expense,  as  may  be  necessary,  any  defective 
work,  material  or  parts  which  may  show  itself  within  said  one  (1)  year 
from  and  after  the  date  of  final   certificate,   if,  in   the  opinion  of  the 
State  Department  of  Engineering,  such  defect  is  due  to  imperfection  in 
workmanship,  or  materials  as  specified. 

This  Contractor  shall  give  the  State  a  written  guarantee,  signed 
by  himself,  covering  the  requirements  mentioned  above,  in  addition  to 
the  written  guarantee  on  brass  goods,  nickel  plating  and  flush  valves 
which  are  to  be  furnished  by  the  manufacturers. 


Heating  and  Ventilating  Work 

Note:  Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(404)  Scope  of  Work:  The  work  covered  by  these  specifications 
includes  all  Boiler  Room  equipment,  all  indirect  heating  and  ventilating 
equipment  for  the  ventilating  systems,  and  all  direct  heating  apparatus, 
including  all  piping,  radiators,  thermostatic  traps  and  receivers,  valves 
and  fittings  of  all  kinds,  pipe  hangers  and  supports,  pipe  anchors  and 
guides,  painting  and  bronzing,  fans,  motors,  coils,  systems  of  galvan- 
ized iron  ducts  and  temperature  control,  together  with  all  plant  labor 
and  materials   necessary  to   equip   the  entire   building  with   a  heating 
and  ventilating  system  complete  and  ready  for  service,  all  as  shown  on 
the  several  drawings  and  as  hereinafter  specified. 

Each  bidder  shall  submit  with  his  bid  a  complete  list  of  all  equip- 
ment which  varies  in  any  particular  from  the  equipment  specified,  and 
he  shall  give  manufacturer's  name,  size,  type,  capacity,  etc.,  of  any 
equipment  not  fully  described  by  the  plans  and  specifications. 

(405)  Diagrams:  The   general   layout   as   shown  on   heating  dia- 
grams must  be  followed  in  all  cases,  except  where  architectural  draw- 
ings conflict  with  said  diagrams.     This  Contractor  must  examine  all 
architectural  drawings  and  structural  diagrams  carefully  before  begin- 
ning the  work  and  report  to  the  State  Department  of  Engineering  any 
discrepancies  which  occur,  and  he  shall  not  be  entitled  to  any  extra 
for  any  omissions  or  defects  in  heating  diagrams  when  they  conflict 
with  other  drawings. 

The  Heating  Diagrams  and  Details  (Sheets  Nos.  M-9  to  M-18, 
inclusive),  together  with  such  portions  of  Sheets  Nos.  M-19  and  M-20 
as  may  refer  to  the  work  of  the  Heating  Contractor,  and  such  writings, 
interlineations,  figures  and  details  as  may  be  upon  them,  are  to  be 
considered  as  part  of  and  illustrating  this  specification,  and  any  work 
or  materials  shown  on  the  drawings  and  not  mentioned  in  the  specifi- 
cation, or  work  or  material  herein  specified  and  not  shown  on  the 
drawings,  shall  be  executed  by  this  Contractor  the  same  as  if  specially 
mentioned  by  both. 

(406)  Furring,  Cutting,  Patching:  The  vertical  vent  ducts  from 
main  Court  Rcom  to  attic  and  from  Business  College  to  attic  will  be 
furnished  by  others,  but  this  Contractor  must  lay  out  openings  in  walls 
and  floors  for  other  contractors  and  shall  be  responsible  for  their  proper 
location.     This  Contractor  must  confer  with  other   contractors  as   to 
location  of  thimbles,  chases  and  conflicting  apparatus.     Galvanized  iron 
thimbles  must  be  placed  in  forms  by  this  Contractor  wherever  pipes 
are  to  pass  through  concrete  work.     These  thimbles  are  to  be  placed 
and  securely  fastened  to  forms  sufficiently  ahead  of  concrete  men  so 
as  not  to  delay  their  work.     All  chases  and  openings  in  masonry  will 

91 


92 

be  left  by  Mason  Contractor,  but  this  Contractor  must  locate  same. 
Should  this  Contractor  neglect  to,  or  incorrectly  locate  openings,  chases 
or  thimbles,  he  shall  be  required  to  cut  same  at  his  expense  and  under 
the  supervision  of  an  authorized  agent  of  the  State  Department  of 
Engineering.  This  Contractor  shall'  be  required  to  do  all  patching 
where  openings  or  damage  to  wall  or  floors  has  been  occasioned  by  his 
work. 

(407)  Excavating  and  Back  Filling:  This  Contractor  shall  do  all 
excavating  and  back  filling  necessary  for  the  proper  installation  of  the 
work  covered  by  these  specifications.  In  back  filling,  all  earth  shall  be 
thoroughly  water  settled  or  tamped,  as  may  be  directed  by  the  Super- 
intendent. 

(4Q8)  Removal  of  Earth:  After  all  back  filling,  as  hereinabove 
specified,  the  ground  shall  be  left  level  and  all  remaining  earth  shall  be 
removed  by  this  Contractor  as  may  be  directed  by  the  Superintendent. 

(409)  System:    Steam    and    hot    water    for    heating    system    and 
domestic  water  supply  is  to  be  generated  in  two  (2)  low-pressure  heat- 
ing boilers   and  one  hot  water  boiler.     These  boilers  are  to   be   fired 
with  crude  oil  with  supply  tank  located  just  outside  of   Boiler  Room. 
The  building  is  to  be  heated  by  direct  steam  radiation.     The  ventilating 
systems  are  for  ventilation  alone,  the  heaters  where  shown  in  connec- 
tion   with    these   systems    being  just   of   sufficient   capacity    to    permit 
delivery  of  fresh  air  to  the  rooms  at  a  temperature  of  about  seventy 
(70)  degrees  Fahrenheit,  or  slightly  above. 

The  distributing  and  return  mains  shall  be  run  as  indicated  on 
drawings. 

(410)  Heating  Boilers   and   Fittings :   Furnish   and  install,   where 
located  on  drawings,  two  (2)   Pacific  Double  Return  Tubular,  Portable 
Type,    Catalog   No.    Two   Hundred   Thirty-two    (232)    Firebox    Steam 
Boilers,  or  equal,  having  a  total  heating  surface  of  not  less  than  nine 
hundred   and   seventeen    (917)    square   feet   each,   and   a   net   cast   iron 
steam   radiation   rating  of  not  less   than   eighty-three   hundred    (8300) 
square    feet    each.      These    boilers,    fittings,    and    appliances    attached 
hereto,  shall  be  constructed  according  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of 
the  Industrial  Accident  Commission  of  the  State  of  California. 

Cast  iron  boiler  substitutions,  if  offered,  shall  be  based  on  catalog 
cast  iron  steam  radiation  rating  not  less  than  fifty  (50%)  per  cent 
greater  than  that  specified  above  for  steel  boilers. 

Each  boiler  must  be  completely  equipped  with  all  necessary  trim- 
mings, including  cast  iron  water  column  with  gauge  glass,  angle  valves, 
and  three  (3)  gauge  cocks ;  pressure  gauge,  8  inch  diameter  dial  gradu- 
ated to  thirty  (30)  pounds ;  A.  S.  M.  E.  Standard  pop  safety  valve, 
Ashton  or  equal,  set  and  locked  to  blow  at  fifteen  (15)  pounds  pres- 
sure ;  tube  cleaners  and  handles,  blow-off  valves  and  fittings  indicated 
on  drawings  or  hereinafter  specified. 

(411)  Hot  Water  Boiler:   Furnish  and  install,  where  located  on 
drawings,  one  hot  water  boiler  of  the  type  and  size  indicated  on  plans. 
All  trimmings  to  be  as  indicated  on  drawings  and  hereinafter  specified. 

(412)  Boiler  Guarantee:  This  Contractor  shall  furnish  a  written 
guarantee,  covering  a  period  of  two  (2)  years  from  date  of  acceptance. 


93 

from  manufacturers  of  boilers  that  boilers  as  installed  will  produce, 
without  overloading  and  with  steady  water  level,  the  amount  of  steam 
and  hot  water  specified  and  that  same  are  free  from  mechanical  and 
structural  defects.  This  guarantee  to  stipulate  that  all  repairs  necessary 
to  boilers  during  the  two  years,  due,  in  the  opinion  of  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Engineering,  to  structural  defects,  will  be  made  by  the  manu- 
facturer without  cost  to  the  State. 

(413)  Breeching  and  Flue:  Install  a  properly  designed  breeching 
in  back  of  boilers  where  shown  on  drawings.     Provide  in  each  end  of 
breeching  a  suitable  sixteen    (16)   inch  by  twenty    (20)   inch  cast  iron 
explosion  door  and  frame.     Breeching  shall  be  constructed  of  number 
ten   (10)   U.  S.   Standard  gauge  steel  plates  thoroughly  stiffened   and 
braced  with  angle  or  tee  irons.     All  joints  shall  be  tightly  riveted  and 
shall    be    absolutely   gas   tight.     Breeching   shall    be    supported    in    an 
approved  manner. 

Furnish  and  install,  where  indicated  in  the  breechings  of  the  three 
present  boilers,  suitable  dampers,  constructed  of  three-sixteenths  (%e) 
inch  steel  plates  of  the  proper  size  and  shape  and  securely  fastened  to 
damper  rods.  Provide  each  damper  with  a  positive  controlling  device 
of  approved  design,  which  can  be  operated  from  floor  in  back  of  boiler. 

From  concrete  slab  at  basement  floor  level  to  approximately  thirty 
(30)  feet  above  sixth  floor  level,  furnish  and  install  oval  steel  stack  of 
not  less  than  one  thousand  (1000)  square  inches  cross-sectional  area. 
This  stack  to  be  built  of  Number  ten  (10)  U.  S.  Standard  gauge  steel 
plates  securely  riveted  and  absolutely  gas  tight.  Base  of  stack  to  be 
constructed  on  cast  iron  base  ring  set  on  concrete  slab.  Install  in  base 
of  stack  on  Boiler  Room  side,  sixteen  (16)  inch  by  twenty  (20)  inch 
cleanout  door,  fitted  with  hinge  and  latch.  Door  shall  close  tightly 
over  an  opening  reinforced  with  angles. 

Where  stack  passes  through  roof,  the  Sheet  Metal  Contractor  will 
place  a  copper  cap  and  flashing,  but  this  Contractor  shall  provide  stack 
with  an  iron  collar  to  form  slip  joint  as  shown  on  drawing  No.  104. 

At  each  floor  level  guide  stack  on  four  (4)  sides  with  one  and  one- 
quarter  (1^4)  inch  pipe  rollers  over  one  (1)  inch  rods  securely  anchored 
to  wall  or  slab.  Stack  must  clear  building  construction  at  all  points. 

Paint  stack  and  breeching  inside  and  outside  with  best  qualities  of 
heat-resisting  stack  paint,  Oronite  Enamel,  or  equal.  One  coat  to  be 
applied  to  laps  and  inaccessible  points  before  erection  and  two  coats 
applied  after  erection.  The  written  approval  of  an  authorized  agent 
of  State  Department  of  Engineering  must  be  obtained  by  the  Con- 
tractor before  applying  second  and  third  coats  of  paint. 

Contractor  shall  submit  scale  drawings,  and  obtain  approval  of  the 
State  Department  of  Engineering,  showing  in  complete  detail  the  con- 
struction, dimensions,  and  arrangernent  of  the  breeching,  stack,  damp- 
ers, cleanout  doors,  guides,  hangers,  base  and  flashing,  before  proceed- 
ing with  the  fabrication. 

(414)  Oil  Burners  and  Oil  Pump:  This  Contractor  shall  furnish 
and  install  complete  oil  burnin.g  equipment  for  two  (2)  heating  boilers 
and  one  (1)  hot  water  boiler,  complete  with  pumping  unit  and  blower, 
as  located  on  plan.     Burners  and  pump  set  to  be  of  the  Fess  System 
Company's  make,  or  equal,  with  direct-current  230-volt  motor.     Each 


94 

burner  to  have  a  capacity  to  fire  the  boiler  under  which  it  is  located 
to  full  rated  capacity  with  a  clear,  smokeless  and  carbonless  fire  and 
without  injury  to  setting  or  boiler.  Pump  and  blower  set  to  have  a 
capacity  to  pump  the  maximum  amount  of  oil  and  air  required  for  the 
three  burners  to  be  installed  at  present  and  one  burner  for  future  boiler 
of  same  size  as  present  heating  boilers.  Burners  and  pump  set  to  be 
installed  by  manufacturer  of  apparatus  complete  with  automatic  pro- 
tective switch  for  oil  pump  set,  foundations,  piping,  fire  brick  linings, 
and  all  necessary  equipment  to  make  a  complete  and  modern  oil  burn- 
ing installation  of  the  most  efficient  character.  A  six  (6)  inch  nickel-* 
plated  vacuum  gauge  and  a  six  (6)  inch  nickel-plated  pressure  gauge 
shall  be  furnished  and  connected  to  suction  and  pressure  side  of  oil 
puniD.  These  gauges  to  be  Ashton,  or  equal,  and  will  be  mounted  on 
panel  board  along  with  protective  switch,  all  as  hereinafter  described 
under  "Panel  Board  and  Wiring." 

This  Contractor  to  furnish  from  manufacturer  of  apparatus  a  writ- 
ten guarantee  covering  a  period  of  two  (2)  years  from  date  of  accept- 
ance, that  burners  as  installed  will  fire  boilers  as  hereinbefore  required 
and  that  manufacturer  will,  without  cost  to  the  State,  repair,  replace, 
or  make  adjustments  to  burners  and  oil  set  that  may  be  required  to 
maintain  guarantee. 

(415)  Oil  Storage  Tank  and  Connections:  Furnish  and  install 
underground,  where  indicated  on  sheets  Nos.  M-19  and  M-20,  a  black 
steel  fuel  oil  storage  tank  fourteen  (14)  feet  long  by  six  (6)  feet  in 
diameter.  Shell  and  bumped  heads  .shall  be  made  of  one-quarter  (T4) 
inch  steel  plates.  All  joints  shall  be  single  riveted  with  five-eighths  (5/£) 
inch  steel  rivets  and  shall  be  made  watertight.  Minimum  lap  of  plates 
to  be  not  less  than  one  and  seven-eighths  (1%)  inches.  All  joints  shall 
be  thoroughly  calked  and  all  openings  shall  be  reinforced.  Place  in  top 
of  shell  where  shown  an  eleven  (11)  inch  by  sixteen  (16)  inch  Eclipse 
type  manhole  with  yoke  and  gasket;  also,  four  (4)  flanges  as  noted  on 
drawings.  Tank  shall  be  tested,-  before  setting,  in  presence  of  Inspector 
to  a  pressure  of  fifteen  (15)  pounds  cold  water.  After  tank  has  been 
tested,  paint  outside  of  tank  one  (1)  coat  of  Oronite  Priming  Solution, 
or  equal,  and  follow  with  one  (1)  heavy  coat  of  Petrolastic  Cement,  or 
equal,  applied  in  exact  accordance  with  instructions  of  company  manu- 
facturing goods. 

Tank  to  set  on  concrete  saddle  and  protected  with  concrete  walls 
on  sides  and  ends.  Use  board  forms  for  both  inside  and  outside  sur- 
faces. Concrete  to  be  the  same  as  herein  specified  for  foundations. 
Run  concrete  manhole  to  surface  of  ground  and  cap  with  eighteen  (18) 
inch  cast  iron  manhole  ring  and  cover.  Run  four  (4)  inch  filler  line 
to  curb  of  sidewalk  in  rear  of  building  and  cap  with  waterproof  cast 
iron  lock  box  and  cover  fitted  with  padlock  costing  not  less  than  one 
($1.00)  dollar.  Run  two  and  one-half  (2y2)  inch  vent  up  side  of  build- 
ing five  (5)  feet  above  filler  box  and  cap  with  return  bend.  Run  suc- 
tion and  return  lines  as  shown  with  check  valve  in  suction  near  pump. 
Test  both  suction  and  return  lines  with  twenty  (20)  inch  vacuum  in 
presence  of  Inspector  before  covering.  Care  must  be  taken  to  grade 
both  filler  and  vent  lines  rapidly  to  tank  so  that  no  oil  will  lie  in  same. 


95 

All  piping  in  the  ground  shall  be  painted  the  same  as  specified  for 
oil  tank. 

(416)  Vacuum  Pumps:  Install  in  Boiler  Room,  where  indicated  on 
drawings,   one    (1)    Nash    Engineering   Company's    Jennings'    Turbine 
Vacuum  and  Low  Pressure  Boiler  Feed  Pump,  or  equal,  complete  with 
receiver,  strainer,  separator,  relief  valve,  six  (6)  inch  nickel-plated  vacuum 
gauge,  vacuum  switch  and  control.     Pump  to  be  direct  connected  to  a 
230-volt   direct-current   motor   mounted   on   cast   iron  base,   all   as   de- 
scribed and  shown  in  Bulletin  Number  Eight  (8)  of  Nash  Engineering 
Company.     Pump  to  have  capacity  to  maintain  ten  (10)  inches  of  mer- 
cury vacuum  while  handling  all  vacuum  returns  and  delivering  water 
against   ten    (10)    pounds    boiler    pressure,    with    ample    allowance    for 
future  radiation. 

Connect  vacuum  line  from  building  to  receiver,  water  discharge  to 
boilers  and  air  discharge  to  four  (4)  inch  blow-off  vent  from  sump,  all 
as  shown  and  indicated  on  drawing. 

Wiring  and  foundation  for  this  pump  to  be  as  shown  on  plans  and 
further  described  in  these  specifications.  This  Contractor  to  furnish 
written  guarantee  from  manufacturer  that  vacuum  pumps,  as  installed, 
will  maintain  a  vacuum  of  ten  (10)  inches  mercury  at  pumps  when 
handling  all  air  and  water  of  condensation  from  heating  system,  includ- 
ing the  three  thousand  feet  of  direct  radiation  to  be  installed  in  the 
future. 

(417)  Hot  Water  Storage  Tank:  Furnish  and  install,  where  indi- 
cated in  Boiler  Room,  a  black  steel  hot  water  storage  tank,  and  all  con- 
nections  comolete   and   ready   for  service   as   detailed   on   Sheets   Nos. 
M-19  and  M-20  and  as  hereinafter  specified,  making  connections  to  cold 
and  hot  water  supply  pipes  where  noted  on  details. 

Storage  tank  shall  be  fifty-four  (54)  inches  in  diameter  and  nine 
(9)  feet  six  (6)  inches  long,  and  shall  be  mounted  on  concrete  piers  as 
detailed. 

Tank  shall  have  one-quarter  (^)  inch  steel  shell  and  three-eighths 
($/%}  inch  steel  bumped  heads.  All  joints  shall  be  well  riveted  and 
calked,  and  all  openings  shall  be  reinforced.  Longitudinal  seams  shall 
be  double  riveted  lao  joint,  transverse  seams  single  riveted  lap  joints. 
Tank  shall  be  tested  to  one  hundred  and  fifty  (150)  pounds  per  square 
inch  cold  water  pressure  by  the  maker  or  by  this  Contractor,  who  shall 
neatly  stamp  into  the  metal  of  the  head  close  to  the  manhole  opening, 
the  date  of  this  test  and  the  words,  "Tested  to  150  pounds."  A  prop- 
erly executed  certificate  of  said  test  shall  be  delivered  in  duplicate  to 
the  Insoector  before  tank  is  installed.  Provide  an  eleven  (11)  inch  by 
fifteen  (15)  inch  manhole  with  plate,  yoke  and  gasket  in  center  of  one 
head  where  shown.  Provide  taopings  in  tank  of  sizes  and  locations 
shown.  Both  of  the  two  (2)  inch  tappings  in  the  head  for  the  steam 
coil  connections  shall  be  wrought  steel  double  hub  flanges,  tapped  from 
both  sides  with  axis  of  tappings  parallel  to  axis  of  tank.  These  double 
hub  tappings  may  be  made  by  welding  extra  strong  pipe  couplings 
into  the  head  with  an  ample  lump  of  metal  at  the  joint  to  strengthen 
same.  No  heating  coils  will  be  installed  in  tank  at  present,  but  all 
connecting  tees  and  tappings  must  be  left  for  same. 


96 

Install  in  hot  water  line  where  shown  a  three-quarter  (24)  inch 
hot  water  separable  mercury  thermometer  graduated  from  forty  (40) 
degrees  to  two  hundred  and  forty  (240)  degrees  Fahrenheit,  as  manu- 
factured by  C.  J.  Tagliabue  Manufacturing  Company,  or  equal.  Install 
on  top  of  tank,  complete  with  discharge  pipe  to  floor,  a  one  (1)  inch 
spring  pattern  standard  brass  angle  safety  relief  valve,  Lunkenheimer 
Fig.  288,  or  equal. 

(418)  Clock:  Furnish  to  Electrician  for  mounting  on  board  one 
(1)  eight  (8)  day  Seth  Thomas,  or  equal,  nickel-plated  clock,  with  dial 
not  less  than  eight  (8)  inches  in  diameter. 

(419)  Panel  Board  and  Wiring :  All  electric  wiring  in  Boiler  Room 
will  be  furnished  and  installed  by  Electrical  Contractor,  but  this  Con- 
tractor must  make  terminal  connections  to  his  apparatus  and  will  be 
responsible    for    direction    and    satisfactory    operation    of    motors    and 
control. 

This  Contractor  shall  furnish  to  Electrical  Contractor  the  follow- 
ing apparatus  hereinbefore  and  hereinafter  specified : 
1  clock. 

1  oil  pump  protective  switch. 
1  vacuum  pump  switch  and  control  complete. 
1  air  compressor  control  switch. 
5  pneumatic  valve  controls. 
5  nickel-plated,  six  (6)  inch  back  connected  gauges. 

The  Electrical  Contractor  will  mount  this  apparatus  on  panel  board 
furnished  and  set  by  him  in  Boiler  Room. 

All  pipe  connections  to  apparatus  on  panel  board  are  to  be  made 
by  this  Contractor  and  due  care  shall  be  taken  to  maintain  ample  clear- 
ance between  pipes  and  electrical  conductors. 

All  knife  switches  for  Boiler  Room  motors  will  be  furnished  and 
mounted  on  panel  board  by  Electrical  Contractor. 

All  apparatus  on  this  board  to  be  distinctly  labeled  in  an  approved 
manner. 

(420)  Foundations:   The  foundations   for  all  apparatus  in   Boiler 
Room  and  tank  pit  shall  be  furnished  and  installed  by  this  Contractor. 
No  foundations  will  be  required  for  boilers. 

All  foundations  shall  be  made  of  concrete  consisting  of  one  (1) 
part  of  cement,  two  (2)  parts  sand  and  four  (4)  parts  crushed  rock. 
The  heights  of  all  foundations,  relative  to  finished  floor,  shall  be  as 
shown  on  drawings  and  shall  be  of  ample  size  for  the  apparatus  for 
which  they  are  intended.  When  forms  are  removed  from  foundations, 
finish  exposed  surfaces  with  one-half  (y2)  inch  cement  plaster,  troweled 
smooth. 

(421)  Blow-Off  Basin:   Furnish,  excavate  for,  and  install,  where 
located  on  drawings,  one  (1)  twenty-four  (24)  inch  diameter  by  thirty- 
six  (36)  inch  deep  cast  iron  blow-off  basin  with  cover  flush  with  floor. 
James  B  Clow  &  Son's  Plate  A-2688,  or  equal.     Pipe  connections  to  be 
of  sizes  shown  on  drawings.    Run  four  (4)  inch  screwed  pipe  vent  from 
same  through  roof  with  suitable  guides,  anchors  and  flashing.     Sewer 
connections  from  blow-off  basin  to  be  installed  by  Plumbing  Contractor. 


97 

(422)  Oil  Meter:  Install  on  discharge  side  of  oil  pump  one   (1) 
one  (1)  inch  Worthington  Oil  Meter,  or  equal,  with  vertical  dial  read- 
ing in  U.  S.  gallons.     Install  valved  bypass  around  meter. 

(423)  Water   Meter:    Furnish   one    (1)    Trident,   or   equal,    three- 
quarter   (24)   inch  hot  water  meter  with  a  safe  maximum   delivery  of 
thirty-five  (35)  gallons  per  minute.    This  meter  is  to  be  equipped  with 
fittings  so  that  it  may  be  set  into  any  one  of  the  by-passes  of  the  return 
lines  with  the  tightening  of  two  unions. 

At  points  below  boiler  water  level  in  vertical  drop  of  return  lines, 
install  gate  valves  of  size  of  line  in  which  located.  Above  and  below 
each  valve  install  tees  with  three-quarter  (£4 )  mch  bull-headed  outlet. 
In  each  of  these  outlets  place  three-quarter  (*4)  inch  gate  valve  and 
one-third  of  union.  The  other  two-thirds  of  union  to  be  on  water 
meter  set.  These  fittings  in  each  case  must  be  so  placed  that  water 
meter  can  be  set  horizontally  into  any  one  of  by-passes  and  that  unions 
will  fall  into  true  seat  without  straining. 

(424)  Piping:  All  piping  used  in  the  installation  of  the  work  cov- 
ered by  these   specifications,   except   exposed   piping   in    Boiler    Room, 
shall  be  new,  "full  weight,"  black,  genuine  wrought  iron  pipe,  Byer's 
or  equal,  of  sizes  shown,  and  shall  be  free  from  all  dents,  fins,  kinks 
or  burrs.     All  piping  above  three  (3)   inch  shall  be  lap  welded.     Ends 
of  pipe  shall  be  reamed  to  the  full  inside  diameter  and  beveled.     Care 
must  be  taken  to  clean  the  interior  of  all  piping  before  erection.     Off- 
sets, without  fittings,  wherever  required,  are  to  be  made  of  extra  heavy 
lap  weld  pipe  bent  at  red  heat. 

All  exposed  piping  in  Boiler  Room  shall  be  National  Tube  Co.'s, 
or  equal,  new,  "full  weight,"  black  wrought  iron  or  mild  steel  pipe. 

(425)  Fittings:  All  fittings  for  the  work  covered  by  these  specifi- 
cations shall  be  National  Tube  Company's,  or  equal. 

All  couplings  shall  be  "full  weight"  wrought  iron  couplings. 

All  other  fittings  shall  be  standard  cast  iron  fittings  made  of  sound, 
fine-grained,  gray  cast  iron,  uniform  thickness  throughout,  concentric 
and  finished  smooth  inside  and  outside.  All  screwed  fittings  shall  be 
flat-banded,  recessed  fittings.  All  flanged  fittings  shall  be  faced  and 
drilled.  All  drilling  to  be  done  in  accordance  with  the  "American 
Standard"  templates  for  drilling  standard  flanged  fittings. 

The  entire  supply  header  in  Boiler  Room  shall  be  made  up  of 
flanged  fittings  and  companion  flanges.  The  six  (6)  inch  supply  header 
to  attic  shall  be  flanged  until  its  vertical  rise.  The  vertical  portion  of 
six  (6)  inchvheader  and  all  other  steam  piping  in  building  excent  as 
otherwise  detailed  on  plans  or  mentioned  in  specifications,  shall  be 
screwed  fittings.  The  horizontal  flange  on  elbow  at  base  of  six  (6) 
inch  rise  to  attic  must  be  turned  thick  on  throat  side  to  allow  one- 
quarter  (*4)  inch  in  ten  (10)  feet  drop  in  horizontal  line  to  header. 

All  unions  two  (2)  inches  and  smaller  shall  be  heavy  ground  joint 
unions  with  octagon  head,  tail  and  nut  to  meet  the  United  States  Gov- 
ernment specifications.  All  unions  two  and  one-half  (2y2)  inches  and 
larger  shall  be  standard  flanged. 

(426)  Joints:  Wherever  possible,  all  flanged  pipe  shall  be  made 
up  in  shop.     Flanges  shall  be  screwed  on  by  power,  after  which  pipe 


98 

shall  be  thoroughly  pinned  into  same,  and  pipe  shall  be  reamed  to 
remove  all  burrs.  Pipe  shall  then  be  swung  in  lathe  and  flanges  faced 
square  with  pipe.  Drilling  of  flanges  shall  then  be  done  as  hereinabove 
specified.  All  flanged  joints  shall  be  made  up  with  gaskets  cut  from 
Garlock  Packing  Company's  No.  900,  or  equal,  sheet  packing  one- 
sixteenth  (I/IQ)  inch  in  thickness. 

All  screwed  joints  shall  be  made  up  with  boiled  linseed  oil  and 
ground  graphite. 

All  threads  must  be  cut  straight  and  true. 

(427)  Valves:   All    straight-way   valves,    sizes    two   and    one-half 
(2y2)  inch  and  larger,  except  where  otherwise  noted  or  specified,  shall 
be  standard  valves  with  iron  bodies,  brass  trimmings  and  wedge  gates. 
Pratt  &   Cady   Fig.   122,   or  equal.     All   straight-way  valves,   two    (2) 
inch  and  smaller,  shall  be  brass,  with  wedge  gate  and  gland,  Pratt  & 
Cady  Fig.  86,  or  equal.     All  globe  valves,  except  where  otherwise  indi- 
cated or  specified,  shall  be  standard  brass  globe  valves,  Pratt  &  Cady 
Fig.  1. 

All  check  valves  shall  be  standard  brass  swing  check  valves,  with 
renewable  composition  discs,  Jenkins  Bros.'  No.  352,  or  equal. 

(428)  Thermostatic  Traps  and  Bleeding  Sets:  Where  indicated  on 
the  heating  diagrams,  condensation  shall  be  trapped  from  the  distrib- 
uting mains  into  the  vacuum  return  through  thermostatic  traps,  Haines 
Model  "1908,"  or  equal,  of  sizes  shown  and  designed  for  fifteen   (15) 
pounds  working  pressure.     Same  shall  be  installed  complete  with  mud 
legs,  valves  and  by-passes,  all  as  detailed  on  Sheet  No.  M-18. 

Condensation  from  heater  stacks  in  basement  and  fifth  floor  shall 
be  trapped  into  the  vacuum  return  through  one-half  (%)  inch  "Haines 
Model  1908  Vacuum  Traps,"  or  equal,  for  not  to  exceed  fifteen  (15) 
pounds  working  pressure.  The  stack  in  basement  will  require  one  trap 
and  the  stack  on  fifth  flcor  will  require  two  traps. 

All  radiators  shall  be  connected  to  vacuum  return  line  through 
C.  A.  Dunham,  or  equal,  vacuum  return  line  radiator  valves,  angle 
pattern,  of  proper  sizes. 

(429)  Guarantee  for  Air  and  Vacuum   Valves:   This   Contractor 
will  be  required  to  furnish  from  the  manufacturers  a  five-year  guar- 
antee, in  writing,  of  all  traps  and  air  valves.     This  guarantee  to  stipu- 
late that  all   valves  furnished   will   operate   satisfactorily,   as   installed, 
for  a  period  of  five  years,  and  any  repairs  and  replacements  necessary 
will  be  furnished  and  installed  without  cost  to  the  State. 

(430)  Valves  on  Radiators:  All  radiators  exceot  in  entrance  lobby 
to  be  provided  with  Pratt  &  Cady  Company's  Radiator  Valves,  Fig.  8, 
or  equal,  with  male  unions,  hard  metal  stems,  black  hardwood  wheels, 
rough  body  nickel  plated  all  over.     All  valves  shall  be  angle  patterns. 
Sizes  of  valves  shall  be  as  indicated  on  drawings. 

(431)  Connections  to  Radiators:  All  radiators  shall  be  connected 
with  two-pipe  vacuum  system  and  care  must  be  taken  that  the  connec- 
tions are  given  a  uniform  slope  from  radiators  and  so  arranged  that 
they  cannot  be  trapped  by  the  expansion  of  either  mains  or  risers. 


99 

Risers  and  branches  to  radiators  shall  in  all  cases  be  of  sizes  indi- 
cated on  the  diagrams.  Reductions,  if  any,  to  size  of  connections  to 
radiators  shall  be  made  at  the  fitting  nearest  the  radiator  valve. 

(432)  Radiators:  The  location,  height  and  size  in  square  feet  of 
radiating  surface  of  all  radiators  about  the  building  are  shown  on  the 
heating  diagrams.     Where  radiators  are  located  in  front  of  windows, 
they  shall  in  no  case  extend  above  the  sill  of  the  window.     Locations 
given    shall    be    followed    throughout    unless    express    permission    for 
change  is  given  in  writing  by  the  State   Department  of   Engineering, 
and  sizes  shall  not  be  less  than  indicated. 

All  radiators  shall  be  of  the  steam  pattern,  American  Radiator 
Company's,  or  equal,  of  types  as  noted  on  the  drawings,  tapped  for 
vacuum  return. 

Steam  shall  be  blown  through  the  radiator  sections  for  several 
minutes  at  the  time  of  assembling  same  in  order  to  insure  a  perfectly 
clean  interior,  free  from  corings  and  grit. 

Wall  radiators  in  basement  shall  be  firmly  supported,  using  Amer- 
ican Radiator  Company's  wall  radiator  brackets,  Styles  "L"  and  "MM," 
screwed  to  two  (2)  inch  by  four  (4)  inch  wood  grounds  extending  full 
height  of  radiator  and  securely  anchored  in  wall. 

This  Contractor  will  be  required  to  install  radiators  temporarily,  as 
directed  by  the  Superintendent,  and  maintain  steam  in  the  boilers  during 
working  hours  for  the  ourpose  of  drying  out  the  building.  Fuel  oil  and 
electricity  will  be  furnished  by  the  State.  When  directed  by  the  Super- 
intendent, this  Contractor  is  to  disconnect  radiators  to  allow  laying  of 
linoleum  or  for  other  purposes,  and  reconnect  same  when  so  directed. 

(433)  Securing  Piping:  All  piping  throughout  the  system  shall  be 
firmly  secured  with  proper  allowances  for  expansion  and  contraction, 
the  expansion   and  contraction  being  compensated  for  by  right  angle 
turns  with  swing  elbows.     Whenever  suspended  hangers  are  used,  all 
supports  must  be  arranged  to  prevent  swaying.    The  spacing  of  points 
of  suspension  or  support  shall  in  no  case  exceed  ten    (10)    feet.     All 
hangers  shall  be  set  to  allow  for  the  expansion  and  contraction  of  the 
pioe  lines  without  straining  the  pioe  or  hangers.     Except  where  other- 
wise indicated  or  specified,  use  Falls  "Lock  Hinge"  hangers,  or  equal, 
and  extension  bar;  No.   1   bar    (seven-eighths    (^)    inch  wide,   No.   14 
U.  S.  Standard  Gauge)  for  three-quarter  (^4)  inch  to  one  and  one-half 
(I,1/)  inch  pipe;  No.  2  bar  (one  (1)  inch  wide,  No.  12  U.  S.  Standard 
Gauge)   for  two   (2)   inch  to  three   (3)   inch  oipe ;  No.  3  bar   (one  and 
one-eighth   (1J/6)    inch  wide,  No.   12  U.  S.   Standard   Gauge)   for  three 
and  one-half  (3^)  inch  to  six   (6)  inch  pipe;  and  No.  4  bar   (one  and 
one-quarter  (1^4)  inches  wide,  No.  12  U.  S.  Standard  Gauge)  for  seven 
(7)  inch  to  eight  (8)  inch  pipe.     Where  said  hangers  occur  under  con- 
crete slabs,  the  extension  bar  above  specified  shall  be  hung  from  suit- 
able steel  loops,  as  detailed,  which  must  be  accurately  placed  in   the 
forms  before  the  concrete  is  poured. 

Hangers  must  be  placed  on  all  branches,  where  required  by  In- 
spector, securing  same  to  proper  grade  before  any  radiator  connections 
are  made. 


100 

(434)  Pipe  Anchors:  Pipe  anchors  shall  be  located  at  points  indi- 
cated on  the  Heating  Diagrams  and  shall  be  constructed  and  installed 
complete  as  indicated,  detailed  or  noted  on  the  drawings. 

(435)  Risers:  All  risers  shall  be  run  concealed  in  chases  provided 
for  that  purpose.     These  must  be  run,  tested  and  covered  before  inte- 
rior tile  walls  are  placed. 

(436)  Pitch:   In   all  work  hereinbefore   and   hereinafter   specified, 
the  supply  and  return  mains  shall  have  a  pitch  of  not  less  than  one- 
fourth  ()4)  inch  in  ten  (10)  feet.     All  branches  to  have  a  pitch  of  not 
less  than  one  (1)  inch  in  ten  (10)  feet. 

(437)  Closing  of  Piping:  This  Contractor  shall,  as  fast  as  his  pipe 
lines  have  been  installed,  .cap  or  plug  all  openings  with  standard  cast 
iron  caps  or  plugs,  to  prevent  the  entrance  of  any  materials  that  would 
obstruct  the  pipes.     These  caps  and  plugs  shall  be  left  in  place  until 
their  removal  is  necessary  for  the  setting  of  the  radiators. 

(438)  Closing  in  of  Uninspected  Work:  This  Contractor  shall  not 
allow  or  cause  any  of  the  work  installed  under  these  specifications  to 
be   covered   up   or   enclosed   before   it   has   been   inspected,   tested   and 
approved  by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering.     Should  any  of  the 
work  be  enclosed  or  covered  up  before  it  has  been  approved  by  said 
Department  of  Engineering,  he  shall,  at  his  expense,  uncover  the  work 
and,  after  it  has  been  inspected,  tested  and  approved,  make  all  repairs 
necessary  to  restore  'the  work  of  other  contractors  to  the  condition  in 
which  it  was  found  at  the  time  of  the  cutting. 

(439)  Testing  of  Pipes:   All  piping  installed  by   this   Contractor 
shall  be  tested  by  closing  all  openings  and  subjecting  the  different  lines 
to   a  water  pressure   of   one   hundred    (100)    pounds   per   square    inch, 
which  pressure  must  be  maintained  without  fluctuation  of  a  gauge  for 
a  period   of  not  less  than   one    (1)    hour,   or  longer   time,   as   may   be 
required  by  the  Superintendent  to  make  a  complete  examination  of  that 
portion  of  the  system  being  tested,  without  additional  pumping. 

(440)  Non-Conducting  Covering:  All  steam  mains,  concealed  re- 
turns,  radiator   arms   and   risers,   and   such   portion   of   the   hot   water 
piping  as  is  installed  in  Boiler  Room  shall  be  covered  with  85  per  cent 
carbonate  of  magnesia  sectional  moulded  covering  of  standard   thick- 
ness, as  follows : 

Pipe  size  y2  inch  to  iy2  inch,  wall  of  covering  shall  be  Ji  inch 
thick. 

Pipe  size  2  inch  to  3^  inch,  wall  of  covering  shall  be  1  %2  inches 
thick. 

Pipe  size  4  inch  to  6  inch,  wall  of  covering  shall  be  1%  inches 
thick. 

Pipe  size  7  inch  to  10  inch,  wall  of  covering  shall  be  1J4  inches 
thick. 

All  exposed  portions  of  boilers  and  hot  water  tank,  except  doors, 
shall  be  covered  with  85  per  cent  magnesia  blocks  two  (2)  inches  thick, 
finished  with  one-half  ($£)  inch  of  magnesia  plastic.  Blocks  shall  be 
securely  wired  to  boiler  and  tank  before  applying  plastic.  Covering 


101 

shall  be  beveled  to  doors  and  cleanout  holes  in  a  neat  and  workmanlike 
manner. 

All  fitting  in  mains  and  concealed  steam  piping  shall  be  neatly 
covered  with  85  per  cent  magnesia  plastic  of  thickness  as  hereinbefore 
specified.  The  finishing  coat  shall  be  smoothly  troweled  and  finished 
with  a  canvas  jacket  to  match  the  sectional  covering.  Covering  shall 
be  omitted  on  flanges  and  unions. 

All  pipe,  boiler  and  tank  covering  shall  be  neatly  finished  with  six 
(6)  ounce  drill  jackets  smoothly  and  securely  pasted  on  with  H.  W. 
Johns-Manville  Dry  Powder  Paste,  or  equal.  On  all  pipe  covering 
place  brass  lacquered  bands  three-quarters  (24)  inch  wide  at  the  rate  of 
two  bands  per  section  of  pipe  covering.  Bands  shall  not  be  applied 
until  after  paint  has  dried. 

All  galvanized  iron  ducts  carrying  heated  or  tempered  air,  heater 
housings,  and  outlet  heads  shall  be  covered  with  two  coats  of  ten  (10) 
pound  asbestos  paper  smoothly  pasted  on  with  J.  M.  Dry  Powder 
Paste. 

Cover  all  exposed  portions  of  smoke  breeching  with  one  (1)  inch 
85  per  cent  magnesia  blocks  securely  wired  in  place  over  three-quarter 
(24)  inch  "V"  rib  lath,  and  finished  to  a  true,  hard  surface,  with  85 
per  cent  magnesia  cement  and  six  (6)  ounce  drill  jacket  pasted  over 
same.  The  insulation  is  to  be  applied  free  from  the  pipe,  and  left  open 
at  both  ends  to  permit  free  circulation  of  air. 

(441)  Insulation  and  Protection:  All  insulation,  protection  of 
woodwork,  etc.,  from  heat  of  pipes  shall  be  done  in  accordance  with 
the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters, 
as  last  amended. 

'(442)  Floor,  Ceiling  and  Wall  Plates :  Provide  nickel-plated,  solid, 
one-piece  cast  iron  floor,  ceiling  and  wall  plates  for  all  exposed  work. 
Wall  and  ceiling  plates  to  have  set  screw. 

(443)  Location  of  Pipes:  This  Contractor  shall  confer  with  other 
Contractors  installing  pipes  and  shall  be  governed  by  conditions  exist- 
ing in  each  case. 

(444)  Ventilating  Systems :  The  system  to  be  used  is  a  plenum 
blast   system   with   mechanical   exhaust   for   large   court   room.     There 
shall   be  three  separate  systems   aside  from  ventilating  sets   for  toilet 
room  shown  and  specified  on  drawings :  one  for  two  hearing  rooms  on 
first  floor;  one  for  two  court  rooms  on  fourth  floor;  and  one  for  Law 
College  on  sixth  floor.     These  systems  in  each  case  are  for  ventilation 
only,  the  heaters  in  connection  with  these  systems  being  just  of  suffi- 
cient capacity   to   permit   delivering   the   fresh   air   to   the   rooms   at   a 
temperature    of    about    seventy    (70)    degrees    Fahrenheit,    or    slightly 
above.     The  apparatus  for  the  first  floor  shall  be  located  in  basement, 
the  supply  fan  and  heater  for  fourth  floor  shall  be  located  on  the  fifth 
floor,   and   exhaust  fans  for  the   fourth   floor  shall   be   located   in   attic 
above  the  fifth  floor  ceiling.     The  apparatus  for  the  sixth  floor  shall  be 
located  in  attic  above. 

All  shafts,  furred  spaces,  openings  for  ducts,  registers,  etc.,  will  be 
cared  for  by  another  contractor,  who  will  also  furnish  and  install  all 


102 

registers,  valved  registers,  and  grilles,  but  this  Contractor  will  locate 
openings  for  same. 

(445)  Ventilating  Fans:  Furnish,  deliver  and  erect  in  location  as 
shown  on  plans,  three    (3)    full  housed,   overhung   pulley,   multi-blade 
fans  and  two  disc  fans,  as  follows: 

One  (1)  for  the  two  hearing  rooms  on  the  first  floor  to  be  single 
width,  single  inlet,  top  horizontal  discharge,  having  a  capacity  of  one 
thousand  (1,000)  cubic  feet  per  minute  with  a  maximum  speed  of  five 
hundred  and  eighty-eight  (588)  revolutions  per  minute,  and  a  maxi- 
mum tip  speed  of  two  thousand  (2,000)  feet  per  minute — Number  two 
(2),  design  three,  B.  F.  Sturtevant,  or  equal.  One  for  the  Supreme 
Court  and  Appellate  Court  on  the  fourth  floor  to  be  single  width, 
single  inlet,  top  horizontal  discharge  having  a  capacity  of  five  thou- 
sand (5,000)  cubic  feet  per  minute  with  a  maximum  speed  of  three 
hundred  and  twenty-four  (324)  revolutions  per  minute  and  a  maximum 
tip  s  )eed  of  two  thousand  (2,000)  feet  per  minute — Number  six  (6), 
design  three  (3),  B.  F.  Sturtevant,  or  equal. 

One  for  the  three  Law  College  rooms  on  the  sixth  floor  to  be 
single  width,  single  inlet,  top  horizontal  discharge  having  a  capacity 
of  twelve  hundred  (1,200)  cubic  feet  per  minute,  with  a  maximum 
speed  of  six  hundred  and  forty-six  (646)  revolutions  per  minute  and  a 
maximum  tip  speed  of  twenty-two  hundred  (2,200)  feet  per  minute — 
Number  two  (2),  design  three  (3),  B.  F.  Sturtevant,  or  equal. 

Two  for  the  Supreme  Court  room  on  the  fourth  floor  to  be  a  two 
hundred  and  thirty  (230)  volt,  vertical  direct  connected,  twelve  hun- 
dred (1,200)  revolutions  per  minute  disc  fans,  with  a  capacity  of  eleven 
hundred  (1,100)  cubic  feet  per  minute  each — B.  F.  Sturtevant  No.  3 
Tractrix,  or  equal.  All  of  the  above  fan  capacities  shall  be  measured 
against  the  actual  resistance  of  the  system. 

These  fans,  except  disc  fans,  shall  be  of  the  overhung  pulley,  full 
housed  type.  The  casings  shall  be  made  of  heavy  steel  plate  thoroughly 
braced,  bolted  and  riveted  so  as  to  prevent  all  vibration. 

The  fan  wheels  are  to  be  substantially  constructed  on  heavy 
spiders,  having  structural  steel  arms  securely  fastened  into  cast  iron 
hubs,  and  well  balanced  so  as  to  run  free  from  vibration.  They  are 
to  be  hung  on  shafts  of  large  diameter,  which  have  ring  oiling  or 
chain  oiling  boxes  of  the  adjustable  type.  The  entire  fan  installation' 
shall  operate  noiselessly  under  all  conditions. 

The  fan  shafts  shall  be  provided  with  cast  iron  or  steel  pulleys  of 
proper  diameters  and  widths  to  correspond  with  the  motor  speeds  and 
belt  drives  hereinafter  specified. 

The  fans  shall  be  securely  bolted  to  the  foundations,  one  (1)  inch 
thickness  of  best  hair  felt  being  placed  between  fan  foot-rails  and  said 
foundations. 

Contractor  shall  also  furnish,  deliver  and  erect  fans  for  ventilating 
toilet  rooms  as  shown  and  specified  on  drawings. 

(446)  Motors:  Each  fan,  exceot  disc  fan  and  fans  for  toilet  venti- 
lating sets,   shall  be  belt  driven   by   an   indeoendent    General   Electric 
Type  R.  C.,  or  equal,  direct-current  motor  complete  with  grooved  pul- 
ley  and   sliding   base.     Said   motors    shall   be    furnished    and   installed 
where  shown  and  shall  be  wound  for  230-volt, direct  current. 


103 

Motors  must  be  of  ample  capacity  for  the  continuous  operation  of 
fans  under  the  actual  conditions  without  heating  or  other  signs  of 
overload. 

Motor  for  driving  the  basement  fan  shall  be  not  less  than  one- 
quarter  (}4)  horsepower  and  shall  be  shunt  wound  for  a  speed  not  to 
exceed  eight  hundred  and  fifty  (850)  revolutions  per  minute. 

Motor  for  driving  the  Law  College  fan  in  the  attic  shall  be  the 
same  as  that  for  driving  the  basement  fan. 

Motor  for  driving  the  fan  on  the  fifth  floor  shall  be  not  less  than 
one  (1)  horsepower  and  shall  be  shunt  wound  for  a  speed  not  to  exceed 
eleven  hundred  and  fifty  (1150)  revolutions  per  minute. 

This  Contractor  shall  furnish  a  30-aimere,  double  pole,  fused, 
externally  operated  switch,  General  Electric  Company's  Type  LM-1,  or 
equal,  and  totally  enclosed  G.  E.  C.  R.  No.  1,001,  or  equal,  rheostat 
for  fifth  floor  fan;  but  no  control  will  be  required  for  basement  and 
attic  fan  motors. 

All  motors  shall  have  approved  terminal  for  connection  to  flexible 
conduit. 

Motors,  switches,  etc.,  for  toilet  ventilating  sets  shall  be  as  specified 
on  drawings. 

(447)  Wiring:  The  Electrical  Contractor  will  furnish  all  control 
and  wiring  to  basement  fan  motor  and  three  attic  fan  motors,  wiring 
for  fifth  floor  fan  motor  and  fan  motors  for  toilet  room  ventilating  sets. 
This  Contractor  will  be  required  to  connect  leads  to  motors  and  will 
be  responsible  for  direction  and  satisfactory  operation  of  motor. 

The  Electrical  Contractor  will  leave  outlet  where  located  by  this 
Contractor  for  rheostat  on  fifth  floor  motor. 

The  Ventilating  Contractor  shall  give  the  Electrical  Contractor 
exact  locations  of  all  motors  in  order  that  conduit  lines  to  same  may 
be  properly  placed. 

All  motors,  controls  and  apparatus  furnished  by  this  Contractor 
shall  be  of  tyoe  approved  by  Industrial  Accident  Commission,  and  a 
certificate  of  inspection  from  San  Francisco  local  authorities  shall  be 
furnished  wherever  required. 

(448)  Belting:    Furnish    and   install    for   driving   all    fans    exceot 
exhaust    fans,    Graton    &    Knight    Manufacturing    Company's    Spartan 
Block  Type  V   Belts,  or  equal,  with  sheaves  of  diameter  and  size  as 
recommended  by  manufacturer  of  belt.     Belts  to  be  not  lighter  than 
single  strand  three   (3)  ply,  three-quarter   (^4)   inch  wide. 

(449)  Heaters  and  Casings:  From  fan  outlets  to  heater  casings  in 
basement,   fifth   floor,   and   attic,   construct    Number   Twenty-two    (22) 
U.  S.  Standard  gauge  galvanized  iron  connections  insulated  from   fan 
with   canvas   connections   not  less   than   six    (6)    inches   long.      Heater 
casings  on  two  sides,  top  and  bottom,  to  be   No.   22  U.   S.   Standard 
gauge,  with  standing  one   (1)  inch  seams  running  vertically  and  hori- 
zontally, spaced  not  to  exceed  eighteen   (18)   inches  apart.     Casings  in 
all    cases    to    be    supported    from    foundation    and    free    from    heaters. 
Transitions  from  casings  to  ducts  to  be  of  No.  22  galvanized  iron  well 
braced  with  standing  seams  to  avoid  all  vibration. 

Heaters  shall  be  of  the  ''blow  through"  type,  consisting  of  Vento 
Cast  Iron  Hot  Blast  Heater  Stacks,  or  equal.  The  stacks  in  basement 


104 

and  attic  are  to  be  built  up  of  thirty  (30)  inch  sections,  eight  (8) 
square  feet  per  section,  set  on  five  and  three-eighths  (5^)  inch  centers. 
The  stack  on  fifth  floor  to  be  built  up  of  forty  (40)  inch  sections,  ten 
and  three-quarters  (10%)  square  feet  per  section,  set  on  five  and  three- 
eighths  (5^)  inch  centers.  Stack  shall  be  staggered  and  shall  be  car- 
ried on  two  (2)  one-quarter  (%)  inch  by  two  (2)  inch  tee  irons,  sup- 
ported as  shown  on  drawings. 

Heaters  in  basement  and  attic  shall  consist  of  two  (2)  stacks  each, 
with  three  sections  per  stack,  making  a  total  heating  surface  of  forty- 
eight  (48)  square  feet  each. 

Heater  for  fifth  floor  shall  consist  of  two  (2)  stacks  with  seven 
(7)  sections  per  stack,  making  a  total  heating  surface  of  one  hundred 
and  fifty  and  one-half  (150^)  square  feet. 

After  heater  stacks  have  been  assembled,  same  shall  be  tested  and 
made  tight  under  a  cold  water  pressure  of  fifty  (50)  pounds  per  square 
inch  gauge. 

(450)  Ducts :   All   ducts,   unless  otherwise   indicated   or   specified, 
are  to  be  constructed  of  galvanized  iron,  using  No.  22  U.  S.  Standard 
gauge  for  all  ducts  of  four   (4)   square,  feet  area  and  over  and  No.  24 
U.  S.  Standard  gauge  for  all  ducts  of  less  than  four    (4)   square   feet 
area. 

All  joints  between  galvanized  iron  duct  sections  to  be  made  up 
with  Government  clips,  wherever  possible  to  do  so.  All  seams  and 
joints,  where  the  Government  clips  cannot  be  used,  shall  be  riveted 
airtight. 

All  ducts  must  be  thoroughly  stiffened  with  standing  seams  so 
that  when  they  are  carrying  maximum  quantity  of  air,  under  maximum 
pressure  no  vibration  shall  be  imparted  to  ducts.  All  changes  in  direc- 
tion shall  be  made  along  easy  curves,  no  right  angle  turns  being  per- 
mitted. Indicated  radii  shall  be  followed  in  all  cases.  No  branches 
shall  be  taken  out  at  angles  exceeding  thirty  (30)  degrees  with  line  of 
air  flow. 

All  ducts  shall  be  firmly  secured  in  place,  using  perforated  wrought 
iron  strap  hangers,  no  ware  hangers  being  allowed.  Points  of  support 
shall  in  no  case  be  spaced  more  than  five  (5)  foot  centers. 

(451)  Diffusing  Vanes:   Diffusing  vanes   shall   be   constructed   in 
ducts  and  connections  to  outlets,  as  shown  on  drawings.     Same  shall  be 
made  of  No.   22  U.   S.   Standard  gauge   galvanized   iron   and   shall   be 
firmly  and  securely  riveted  in  place. 

(452)  Dampers  in  Ducts:  Furnish  and  install,  where  indicated  on 
drawings,   galvanized  iron  volume  dampers  of  No.   22  U.   S.   Standard 
gauge  galvanized  iron.     Same  shall  be  constructed  and  installed  com- 
plete as  detailed  and  noted  on  Sheet  No.  (M-18). 

(453)  Canvas    Connections:    All    connections    between    fans    and 
plenum  chambers  shall  be  made  with  ten  (10)   ounce  canvas  ducts  six 
(6)   inches  long,  with  substantial  iron  frames,  all  complete  as  detailed 
and  noted  on  Sheet  No.  M-18.     Canvas  to  be  well  sized  and  painted 
two  (2)  coats  as  directed. 

(454)  Adjustment  of   System:  Upon   completion   of  erection,  the 
entire  system  must  be  adjusted  so  as  to  be  in  first-class  operating  con- 
dition in  every  respect.     All  splits  and  dampers  shall  be  set  in  such  a 


105 

manner  as  to  give  the  indicated  discharge  through  all  fresh  air  grilles. 
During  the  setting  of  same,  all  doors  and  windows  shall  be  kept  closed 
and  all  measurements  of  air  velocities  shall  be  made  with  accurately 
adjusted  anemometers.  This  work  shall  all  be  done  in  the  presence 
and  to  the  complete  satisfaction  of  an  authorized  representative  of  the 
State  Department  of  Engineering,  and  after  same  is  completed,  all 
dampers  shall  be  securely  clamped  in  place  by  means  of  the  pipe  plugs 
provided.  Said  representative  of  the  State  Department  of  Engineering 
shall  then  take  all  measurements  necessary  to  accurately  locate  all 
damper  controls,  recording  said  measurements  on  prints  of  Ventilating 
Diagrams,  which  shall  be  filed  with  said  Department  of  Engineering. 

(455)  Automatic  Regulation:  Furnish  and  install  Johnson  System 
of  Temperature  Control,  or  equal,  for  the  three  heating  stacks  herein- 
before specified.     This  system  to  be  installed  by  the  manufacturers  of 
the  apparatus,  and  to  be  guaranteed  by  them  for  a  period  of  five  years. 

The  system  for  each  of  the  three  ventilating  sets  to  consist  of : 
one  (1)  Johnson  Service  Company's  Positive  Model  Thermostat  en- 
closed in  Model  "P.  I."  cover  located  by  regulation  contractor  and 
location  approved  in  writing  by  State  Department  of  Engineering;  one 
(1)  sylphon  valve  located  on  steam  supply  to  heater  stack  of  size  indi- 
cated on  drawings,  complete  with  all  piping  necessary  for  satisfactory 
operation  of  system. 

Furnish  and  install  air  compressor  where  located  in  Boiler  Room; 
same  to  be  Johnson's,  electric  belt  driven,  Type  3-inch  by  3-inch  A. 
with  Johnson's  Electric  Governor  Switch,  or  equal,  all  for  230-volt 
direct  current.  Control  switch  and  six  (6)  inch  nickel-plated  gauge  to 
be  furnished  to  Electrical  Contractor,  who  will  mount  same  on  Boiler 
Room  board  as  hereinbefore  specified.  Piping  connections  to  be  made 
by  this  Contractor. 

Furnish  and  install,  where  located  on  plans,  one  eighty  (80)  gallon 
galvanized  steel  storage  tank  complete  with  safety  valve  and  drain 
cock.  Tank  to  'be  tested  to  one  hundred  (100)  pounds  hydrostatic 
pressure  by  manufacturer  and  plainly  stenciled,  "Tested  to  10.0  pounds." 
Tank  to  be  set  vertically  on  neat  concrete  foundation  and  securely 
strapped  to  concrete  wall. 

The  system  of  temperature  control  on  the  three  heater  stacks, 
when  complete,  to  be  guaranteed  to  regulate  the  temperature  within 
one  (1)  degree  of  the  predetermined  point  when  the  entering  air  is 
below  the  required  temperature. 

(456)  Pneumatic  Valve  Control:  Furnish  and  install  in  steam  dis- 
tribution  system   at   points   indicated  on   plans,   five  Johnson    Sylphon 
Pneumatic    Steam    Valves    of    size    indicated    on    plans    with    Johnson 
Pneumatic   Switch    Control,   or   equal.      Switch   controls    to   be    of   the 
switchboard  type,  nickel  plated,   each  marked  showing  the  locality  of 
risers  they  control.    These  five  switch  controls  to  be  furnished  to  Elec- 
trical Contractor,  who  will  mount  same  on  switchboard  in  Boiler  Room 
as  hereinbefore   described.     This   Contractor  to   make   all   connections 
to  same. 

The  attention  of  this  Contractor  is  called  to  the  fact  that  these 
five  controls  will  be  mounted  on  one  and  one-quarter  (1J4)  inch  slate 
board  and  that  the  switch  controls  must  be  long  enough  to  connect 
through  this  board. 


106 

This  switch  control  when  complete  to  be  guaranteed  for  a  period 
of  five  years  to  open  and  close  steam  lines  satisfactorily  and  any 
repairs  for  same  are  to  be  furnished  and  installed  without  cost  to  the 
State  of  California. 

(457)  Painting  and  Bronzing:    All  piling,  pipe  hangers,  supports, 
covering,  etc.,  exposed  under  first  flocr  shall  be  painted  two  coats  of 
lead  and  oil  paint  of  an  approved  make,  color  to  be  selected  by   the 
Inspector. 

All  other  pipe  hangers,  supports,  anchors,  and  guides,  all  mud  legs 
and  receivers  for  bleeding  sets,  all  uncovered  piping  not  hereinafter 
specified  as  being  bronzed,  and  such  parts  of  the  boilers,  heater,  flanges, 
etc.,  as  are  net  covered  shall  be  given  two  coats  of  the  Standard  Oil 
Company's  "Oronite"  enamel  paint,  or  equal.  This  Contractor  shall 
paint  all  piping,  covering,  etc.,  installed  in  the  Boiler  Room  by  the 
Plumbing  Contractor  as  well  as  the  work  installed  under  this  contract. 

All  non-conducting  covering  in  Boiler  Room  shall  be  given  one 
coat  of  size  made  of  H.  W.  Johns-Manville  dry  powder  paste,  after 
which  it  shall  be  given  two  coats  of  lead  and  oil  paint  of  an  approved 
make,  color  to  be  selected  by  the  Inspector.  All  other  pipe  covering 
shall  be  given  one  coat  of  size  and  two  coats  of  H.  W.  Johns-Manville 
Company's  white  "Asbestos  Fibre  Proof  Paint,"  or  equal. 

All  radiators  and  exposed  radiator  connections  and  all  uncovered 
piping,  excepting  in  basement  and  Boiler  Room,  shall  be  finished  with 
W.  P.  Fuller  Company's  Radiator  Bronze,  using  "Bavaria"  Bronzing 
Liquid  No.  2  as  a  medium,  or  such  equivalent  finish  as  may  be  ap- 
proved by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering,  applied  over  one  (1) 
coat  of  approved  yellow  mineral  paint.  All  surfaces  so  finished  must 
be  thoroughly  cleaned  and  brushed  with  stiff  wire  brush  before  said 
finish  is  applied. 

Pipe  railing  around  boiler  pit,  and  ladder  shall  be  painted  one  coat 
of  red  lead  and  two  coats  of  an  approved  make  of  lead  and  oil  paint, 
color  to  be  selected  by  the  Inspector. 

All  paint  shall  be  applied  of  the  consistency  regularly  supplied  and 
recommended  by  the  manufacturer.  All  surfaces  to  be  painted  shall  be 
dry  before  painting,  the  metal  surfaces  being  thoroughly  cleaned  and 
brushed  with  stiff  wire  brushes  before  paint  is  applied.  The  first  coat 
shall  be  inspected  and  approved  by  the  Inspector  and  allowed  to  dry 
before  the  second  coat  is  applied. 

(458)  Guarantee:  This  Contractor  shall  guarantee  that  a  continu- 
ous circulation  of  steam  shall  be   established   throughout   the   heating 
system  at  atmospheric  pressure  or  below  same,  and  that  there  will  be 
no  hammering  or  surging  of  water  in  any  part  of  the  system,  and  also, 
after  circulation  is  established,  the  system  will  do  all  the  heating  under 
this   specification.     He  shall  further   guarantee   that   all   apparatus   in- 
stalled  under  this  specification   shall  fulfil  all  the  requirements  herein 
specified  for  the  same.     He  shall  be  responsible   for   all  work  put   in 
under  this  specification  and  shall  make  good,  repair  or  replace,  at  his 
own   expense,  as   may  be   necessary,   any   defective   work,   material   or 
parts  which  may  show  itself  within  one   (1)   year  from  and  after  the 
date  of  final  certificate,  if,  in  the  opinion  of  the  State  Department  of 
Engineering,   such   defect   is   due   to   imperfection    in   workmanship,    or 
materials  as  specified. 


Electrical  Work 

Note — Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances 
in  connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13 
in  regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation 
and  cleaning. 

(459)  Scope  of  Work:  The  Contractor  for  this  work  shall  furnish 
all  transportation,  all  skilled  and  common  labor,  all  apparatus  and 
material  required  for  the  complete  installation  in  every  detail  of  under- 
ground service,  switchboard  equipment,  light  and  power  wiring,  control 
apparatus  and  equipment  and  certain  portions  of  the  illuminating,  tele- 
phone, telegraph  and  fire  alarm  equipment,  all  as  herein  specified  and 
as  required  by  the  electric  wiring  plans  and  diagrams  accompanying 
these  specifications  and  the  architectural  plans  and  drawings. 

It  is  further  understood  and  agreed  that  all  schedules  are  approxi- 
mate only  with  reference  to  the  number  of  circuits,  number  of  outlets, 
etc.,  and  this  Contractor  is  to  check  same  with  plans,  as  he  will  be 
held  responsible  for  the  complete  equipment  of  all  panel  boards,  fixture 
outlets,  etc.,  in  accordance  with  the  plans  and  specifications. 

Should  changes  in  the  building  during  construction  necessitate 
changes  (either  deductions  or  additions)  in  the  electrical  work,  this 
Contractor  is  to  submit  to  the  State  Department  of  Engineering  draw- 
ings in  triplicate,  as  called  for  under  working  drawings,  together  with 
specifications  describing  the  same  and  a  bill  of  actual  cost  of  material 
and  labor,  to  which  shall  be  added  a  reasonable  percentage  of  profit 
covering  the  cost  of  such  changes  (either  deductions  or  additions),  for 
approval  of  the  State  Department  of  Engineering,  before  proceeding 
with  the  work. 

The  Contractor  for  this  portion  of  the  work,  as  contemplated  under 
these  plans  and  specifications,  must  familiarize  himself  both  as  regards 
the  portion  of  the  work  covered  bv  his  bid  and  such  other  work  as 
must  be  carried  on  in  conjunction  therewith  in  order  that  the  material 
be  properly  installed  with  no  delays. 

The  plans  and  specifications  are  intended  to  mutually  explain  each 
other,  and  anything  which  is  shown  on  any  plans  or  drawings,  either 
architectural,  mechanical  or  electrical,  and  not  mentioned  or  referred 
to  in  the  specifications,  or  which  is  referred  to  in  the  specifications  and 
not  shown  on  the  drawings,  shall  be  considered  as  beins:  both  so  shown 
and  ment:oned  and  shall  be  done  and  performed  accordingly  without 
extra  charge. 

In  case  these  plans  and  specifications  are  in  any  part  deficient  or 
not  clearly  understood,  the  bidder  shall  a^ply  to  the  State  Department 
of  Engineering  for  the  required  information  before  such  bids  are  sub- 
mitted. 

These  plans  and  specifications  shall  be  fulfilled  in  the  true  spirit 
and  intent  and  anv  apparatus  or  appliance  essential  to  the  proper  and 
convenient  operation  of  the  svstem  shall  be  supplied  and  installed  even 
though  not  specially  called  for. 

107 


108 

The  furnishing  and  installation  of  the  fixtures  and  lamps  are  not 
included  in  this  contract,  with  the  exception  of  outlets  in  the  Supreme 
Court  Room  and  as  hereinafter  specified. 

The  motor  control  equipment  will  be  furnished  and  delivered  to 
this  Contractor  by  others,  as  hereinafter  specified. 

The  telephone  equipment  with  the  exception  of  the  conduit,  cabi- 
nets and  outlet  boxes,  will  be  furnished  and  installed  by  the  Telephone 
Company. 

Doors  and  trims  for  the  telephone  and  lighting  cabinets  located  in 
walls  of  rooms  and  wire  moulding  in  rooms  and  corridors  will  be  fur- 
nished and  set  in  place  by  another  contractor. 

(460)  Drawings:  Architectural  and  mechanical  drawings  shall  be 
consulted,  together  with  the  electrical  drawings,  to  eliminate  possible 
errors  and  to  facilitate  construction. 

(461)  Unit  Prices:  Each  bidder  shall  submit  with  his  bid,  a  sched- 
ule giving  the  prices  of  material  and  labor  as  specified  below.     Prices 
shall  cover  cost  of  material  installed  and  connected  up   complete  and 
ready  for  service,  as  an  addition  or  deduction  from  the  work  as  de- 
scribed in  these  specifications  and  shown  on  the  accompanying  draw- 
ings.    Bids  not  accompanied  by  this  schedule  will  not  be  considered. 

a.  Price   per   foot   of   iron  pipe   conduit   of  sizes   one-half    (J/2)    to 
three  and  one-half  (3^)  inches  inclusive. 

b.  Price  per  foot  of  single-braided,  rubber-covered  wire,  sizes  No. 
14  to  No.  8  inclusive. 

c.  Price   per   foot    of    double  braided,    rubber-insulated    cable,    sizes 
No.  6  to  No.  1,  inclusive,  and  double-braided,  cambric-insulated, 
sizes   one-naught    (1-0)    to   six  hundred  thousand    (600,000)    cir- 
cular mil,  inclusive. 

d.  Price   per  foot   of   lead-covered,   cambric-insulated    cables,   sizes 
four-naught    (4-0)    to   six   hundred   thousand    (600,000)    circular 
mil,  inclusive. 

e.  Price  of  each  style  and  size  of  outlet  box  as  herein  specified. 

f.  Single,   double   pole  and   three-way  push   button   switches   with 
plate. 

g.  Wall  receptacle  with  plate  and  attachment  plug, 
h.  Floor  outlet  complete  as  specified. 

i.    Price  per  hour  for  journeyman  electrician's  labor, 
j.    Price  per  hour  for  labor  of  electrician's  helper. 

(462)  Storage:  Space  will  be  allowed  this  Contractor  for  the  stor- 
age of  his  materials,  but  he  shall  provide  all  necessary  enclosures  and 
shall  be  solely  responsible  for  the  safekeeping  of  all  materials  and  tools 
stored  therein. 

(463)  Cutting,  Patching  and  Excavation:  Ample  spaces  are  pro- 
vided in  the  design  of  the  building  for  the  installation  of  the  electric 
work.    Any  pther  openings  or  spaces  found  necessary,  shall  be  arranged 
for  by  this   Contractor  with  other  contractors  and   in   proper  time   to 
prevent  unnecessary  cutting. 

This  Contractor  shall  do  all  cutting  or  excavating  necessary  in  con- 
nection with  his  work  and  shall  make  repairs  in  a  satisfactory  manner 
to  any  work  afTected. 


109 

All  work  under  this  heading  shall  first  have  the  approval  of  the 
State  Department  of  Engineering  before  being  undertaken. 

(464)  Painting:   All  railings,  grilles,   switchboard  frames  and  all 
exposed  conduit,  pull  boxes  and  other  ironwork  installed  by  this  Con- 
tractor shall  be  carefully  cleaned  and  given  two  coats  of  lead  and  oil 
paint  of  colors  approved  by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering.     All 
galvanized  iron  to  be  painted  shall  be  first  primed  with  Guheen  Manu- 
facturing Company's  "Galvanum,"  or  equal. 

(465)  Grounding:   Service  neutral,   conduit,   cable  sheaths,   motor 
frames,  switchboard  frames  and  all  exposed  metal  work,  subject  to  con- 
tact with  conductors  of  electricity,  shall  be  permanently  and  effectively 
grounded,  in  an  approved  manner. 

(466)  Rules  and  Regulations:  All  work  and  materials  shall  be  in 
full  accordance  with  the  orders  of  the  Industrial  Accident  Commission 
and  with  the  latest  rules  of  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters 
and  the  Department  of  Electricity  of  the  City  and  County  of  San  Fran- 
cisco.    This  Contractor  shall  be  governed  by  all  City  Ordinances,  all 
State,  Federal  and  other  laws  and  regulations,  pertaining  to  this  work. 

This  Contractor  shall  obtain  all  necessary  permits  and  certificates 
of  inspection  and  shall  pay  all  fees  and  charges  connected  therewith. 
Upon  completion  of  the  work  he  shall  deliver  to  the  State  Department 
of  Engineering  a  satisfactory  "Certificate  of  Inspection"  from  the  De- 
partment of  Electricity  of  the  City  of  San  Francisco  and  from  the 
Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  of  the  Pacific. 

(467)  Supervision:  This   Contractor  shall   personally,  or  through 
an  authorized  and  competent  representative,   constantly   supervise   the 
work,  from  its  beginning  to  its  completion  and  acceptance.     He  shall, 
so  far  as  possible,  keep  the  same  foreman  and  workmen  on  the  work 
from  commencement  to  completion. 

(468)  Inspection:  All  work  and  material  covered  by  these  specifi- 
cations shall  be  subject  to  inspection,  at  any  time,  by  representatives 
of  the  State  Department  of  Engineering. 

Should  any  material  not  conform  with  the  specifications  and  draw- 
ings, this  Contractor  shall,  upon  order  of  the  State  Department  of  Engi- 
neering, immediately  remove  the  rejected  material  from  the  premises. 

Any  material  not  installed  in  a  neat  and  workmanlike  manner  and 
according  to  specifications,  shall,  upon  order  of  the  Department,  be 
removed  by  the  Contractor  and  replaced  in  a  satisfactory  manner. 

This  Contractor  shall  have  all  switchboards  and  panel  boards  in- 
spected during  construction  by  a  representative  of  the  Department  of 
Engineering,  and  if  built  other  than  locally,  he  shall  pay  all  expenses 
of  such  inspection. 

Any  work  closed  in  or  covered  up  before  inspection  and  approval 
by  the  above-mentioned  authorities  and  the  State  Department  of  Engi- 
neering shall  be  uncovered  by  this  Contractor  and,  after  inspection  and 
approval,  he  shall  repair  all  damage  at  his  expense. 

(469)  Tests:   The   State   Department   of   Engineering   will   make, 
from  time  to  time,  tests  of  any  part  of  the  work  or  equipment  installed, 
which  they  consider  necessary,  to  ascertain  if  in  accordance  with  the 
specifications.      The    Contractor    shall    extend    to    the    Department    all 


110 

facilities  to  this  end  and  shall  furnish  any  skilled  or  unskilled  help 
required. 

When  the  entire  electrical  equipment  has  been  in  regular  and  suc- 
cessful operation  for  one  (1)  month,  in  a  manner  satisfactory  to  the 
Department  of  Engineering,  a  complete  test  of  the  entire  installation 
will  be  made. 

Materials  will  be  tested  as  described  under  the  separate  headings. 

(470)  Guarantee:  The  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  all  work 
done  and  material   installed  under   these   plans   and   specifications   and 
shall  repair  or  replace  as  may  be  necessary  any  defective  work,  material 
or  part  which  may  show  itself  within  one  (1)  year  of  the  date  of  final 
completion,  if,  in  the  opinion  of  the  State  Department  of  Engineering, 
said  defect  is  due  to  imperfections  of  workmanship  or  material.     This 
guarantee  must   be   submitted   in   writing  and  approved   by   the   State 
Department  of  Engineering  before  the  date  of  final  payment. 

On  failure  to  comply  with  the  above  guarantee  within  a  reasonable 
length  of  time  after  notification  is  given,  the  State  Department  of  Engi- 
neering shall  proceed  to  have  the  repairs  made  at  the  Contractor's 
expense. 

(471)  System  of  Distribution:  The  system  for  the  distribution  of 
lighting  shall  be  three-wire,  118  to  236  volts  for  service  and  feeders, 
and  1  IS  volts,  two-wire  for  all  branch  circuits. 

All  energy  is  brought  through  service  mains  below  basement  floor 
to  the  main  switchboard  on  which  are  located  switches  and  fuses  con- 
trolling each  and  every  feeder.  From  the  main  switchboard,  feeders 
siioply  each  switchboard  and  panel  board,  which  in  turn  supply  local 
circuits  reaching  every  outlet. 

The  lighting  outlets  are  divided  into  five  groups,  consisting  of  gen- 
eral illumination,  corridcr  lighting,  night  lights,  entrance  outlets  and 
public  toilet  lighting.  Each  group  is  controlled  by  independent  feeders 
from  the  main  switchboard  as  shown  on  the  riser  diagram  and  as  indi- 
cated in  the  feeder  schedule.  The  system  of  designation  of  the  various 
switchboards,  panel  boards,  feeders  and  circuits  is  given  in  the  legend. 

(472)  List  of  Materials  and   Substitutions:   Within   twenty    (20) 
days    after   the    award   of    the   contract,    this    Contractor    must    submit 
to   the   State   Department   of   Engineering    a    complete    list,   in   tripli- 
cate, of  all  materials  to  be  installed  under  this  contract,  giving,  in  the 
case  of  each  item  of  material  to  be  used,  the  r\,ame  of  the  manufacturer 
and  the  trade  name,  or  catalog  number  of  the  article.    Samples  in  dinli- 
cate,  tagged  with  complete  description  of  the  same,  must  be  submitted 
at  this  time  of  all  materials  to  be  substituted.     The  State  Department 
of  Engineering  shall  be  the  sole  judge  as  to  the  equality  of  any  substi- 
tution offered.     No  work  affected  by  any  article  shall  be  proceeded  with 
until  the  same  shall  have  been  approved  in  writing  by  the  State  De- 
partment of  Engineering.     In  no  case  will  any  substitute  for  the  mate- 
rials specified  be  considered  or  allowed  after  this  date.     Attention   is 
called  to  the  fact  that  certain  materials  will  be  required  for  installation 
as  soon  as  construction  is  commenced,  and  the  above  list  of  materials 
should  be  submitted  as  soon  as  possible. 


Ill 

(473)  Samples:  Within  thirty   (30)   days  after  the  award  of  the 
contract,  this  Contractor  shall  submit  to  the  State  Department  of  En- 
gineering at  Sacramento,  samples  as  follows: 

a.  Samples  of  conduit  two  feet  long,   two   each  of  sizes   one-half 
(l/2)   and  two   (2)   inch,  with  manufacturer's  and  underwriters' 
tags  attached. 

b.  Samples    of   rubber   and    cambric   insulated,    braided    wire    and 
cables  one  foot  long,  two  of  each  size  to  be  used,  with  manufac- 
turer's and  underwriters'  tags  attached. 

c.  One  sample  two  feet  long  of  lead-covered  cable,   specified   for 
service  mains. 

d.  Sample  of  complete  outlet  box  with  fixture  stud  attached. 

e.  Samples  of  switch  and  wall  receptacle  boxes. 

f.  Samples  of  single  pole  switch  mechanism  and  flush  plate. 

g.  Sample  of  wall  receptacle  with  plate  and  attachment  plug. 

h.  Sample  of  floor  outlet  box  complete  with  receptacle,  attachment 

plug,  brass  nozzle,  and  cover. 
i.    Sample  fuses  with  ferrule  and  knife  blade  contacts,  two  sizes  of 

each  style,  as  required, 
j.    A  section  of  panel  board,  mounting  two  opposite  knife  switches 

with  fuses  and  section  of  buses. 
k.  A  one  hundred   (100)   ampere  unmounted  switch  of  type  to  be 

used  on  switchboards,  complete  with  fuse  studs. 
No   work    involving   any    sample    shall    proceed    until    the    written 
approval  of  the  sample  is  obtained  from  the  State  Department  of  Engi- 
neering. 

Samples  will  be  retained  by  the  Department  for  purposes  of  com- 
parison. Samples  taken  during  progress  of  work  shall  be  identical  with 
samples  submitted. 

(474)  Working    Drawings:    Within    thirty    (30)    days    after    the 
award  of  the  contract,  this  Contractor  shall  submit  to  the  State   De- 
partment  of    Engineering    for   a^nroval    the    following    drawings,    pre- 
pared  by  him    in   accordance   with    the   plans   and   specifications.      All 
drawings  shall  be  submitted  in  triplicate  in  the  form  of  blue  prints  on 
a  scale  of  three   (3)    inches  to  one    (1)    fcot,   completely  dimensioned, 
giving  front  and  side  elevations,  together  with  such  sections  as  required 
to  clearly  show  construction. 

(a)  Switchboard  Drawings: 
Main  Switchboard ; 

Water  Pump  Control  Panel ; 
Boiler  Room  Switchboard ; 

(b)  Panels  and  Cabinets: 

Typical  panel  with  schedule  for  all  panels  giving  size  of  panel, 
size  of  cabinet,  number  of  branches  and  size  of  buses. 
Typical  surface  type  telephone  and  lighting  cabinets. 
Typical   flush   type   telephone   and   lighting  cabinets,   showing 
method  of  attachment  of  trim  and  doors. 

(c)  Junction  and  pull-boxes  for  each  condition,  with  complete  de- 
scription and  location. 

(d)  Drawings  showing  location  and  method  of  installation  of  out- 
lets over  skylight  and  back  of  cornice  in  Supreme  Court  Room. 


112 

(475)  Conduits:  An  accessible  wrought  iron  pipe  conduit  system 
shall   be  installed   for  all   electric   lighting  and   power   wiring  and   for 
telephone   and    signal   systems,   as    specified.      Service    cables    shall    be 
installed  in  fibre  conduit. 

All  iron  pipe  conduit  shall  be  new,  standard  weight  steel  pipe,  gal- 
vanized both  inside  and  out  and  finished  inside  with  a  smooth,  uniform 
coat  of  flexible  enamel.  Enamel  and  galvanizing  shall  not  crack  or 
break  off  and  shall  present  a  smooth  surface  when  the  conduit  is  bent 
to  a  radius  of  three  and  one-half  (3^)  inches. 

All  conduit  shall  pass  the  test  for  galvanizing  as  hereinafter  speci- 
fied. Test  samples,  after  enamel  and  any  other  protective  coatings  over 
the  galvanizing  have  been  removed,  shall  be  first  cleaned  with  carbona, 
benzine,  or  turpentine  and  cotton  waste  (not  with  a  brush),  and  then 
thoroughly  rinsed  in  clean  water  and  wiped  dry  with  clean  cotton 
waste.  The  sample  shall  then  be  immersed  in  a  standard  solution  of 
copper  sulphate  for  one  minute  and  then  immediately  removed,  washed 
in  water  and  thoroughly  wiped  dry.  This  process  shall  be  repeated 
four  times,  and  if,  after  the  fourth  immersion,  there  is  a  copper-colored 
deposit  on  the  sample,  or  the  zinc  is  removed,  the  lot  from  which  the 
sample  was  taken  shall  be  rejected.  Only  one  set  of  samples  of  any 
one  manufacture  will  be  tested. 

The  standard  solution  of  copper  sulphate  shall  consist  of  commer- 
cial copper  sulphate  crystals,  dissolved  in  distilled  water.  The  solution 
shall  be  neutralized  by  the  addition  of  an  excess  of  chemically  pure 
cupric  oxide  (CuO),  then  filtered  and  shall  have  a  specific  gravity  of 
1.186  at  65  degrees  Fahrenheit.  The  temperature  of  the  solution  during 
the  test  shall  be  maintained  between  62  and  68  degrees  Fahrenheit. 

The  conduit  for  the  main  service  feeders  from  the  service  cabinet 
to  the  main  switchboard  shall  be  Orangeburg  fibre  conduit,  or  equal, 
with  walls  not  less  than  one-quarter  (*4)  inch  in  thickness  and  joints 
of  the  socket  type. 

(476)  Installation  of  Conduit:  All   conduit  shall  be  of  the   sizes 
shown  and,  except  where  otherwise  provided  for,  shall  be  run  concealed 
in  the  walls,  partitions  or  floors  of  the  building  and  shall  be  built  in 
during  construction. 

Locations  of  conduits  as  shown  on  the  plans  are  diagramatic  and 
the  locations  chosen  by  the  Contractor  shall  be  subject  to  the  approval 
of  the  State  Department  of  Engineering  before  the  work  is  installed. 

Horizontal  runs  of  one-half  (l/2)  and  three-quarter  (^4)  inch  con- 
duit may  be  run  in  the  floor  slabs  as  directed,  but  larger  sizes  shall  be 
run  between  the  furred  ceilings  and  the  floor  structure  above.  Conduits 
may  be  run  exposed  in  the  attic  and  in  the  unfinished  portions  of  the 
basement,  but  shall  be  run  parallel  or  at  right  angles  to  the  floor  beams 
in  a  neat  manner. 

All  conduits,  not  imbedded  in  concrete,  must  be  rigidly  secured  in 
position  without  sagging,  by  means  of  pipe  clamps  or  metal  cleats, 
which  shall  meet  the  approval  of  the  Department  of  Engineering.  Con- 
duits larger  than  three-quarter  (%)  inch  in  diameter  shall  not  be  sup- 
ported on  the  ceiling  construction.  Where  the  proper  supports  cannot 
be  obtained  otherwise,  this  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  set  in  the 
concrete,  iron  hangers  for  the  proper  support  of  the  conduit.  Wooden 


113 

plugs  set  in  the  concrete  or  wooden  supports  of  any  kind  shall  not  be 
used.  Where  a  number  of  exposed  conduits  run  in  the  same  direction 
they  shall  be  run  parallel  and  where  a  change  in  direction,  is  made,  the 
same  center  shall  be  used  for  the  radii  of  all  the  bends. 

All  conduit  shall  be  installed  so  as  to  maintain  a  clearance  of  not 
less  than  twelve  (12)  inches  between  the  conduit  and»any  steam  or  hot 
water  pipe.  Where  crossings  are  necessary  the  space  shall  be  as 
great  as  construction  will  permit. 

All  bends  and  offsets  shall  be  of  as  large  a  radius  as  the  construc- 
tion will  permit  and  in  no  case  shall  the  radius  be  less  than  three  and 
one-half  (3^)  inches. 

In  making  joints,  conduit  shall  be  accurately  cut  and  threaded  and 
smoothly  reamed.  Joints  shall  be  securely  made  up  with  red  lead  and 
shall  be  watertight.  No  running  threads  shall  be  used.  Where  such  a 
device  is  necessary,  right  and  left,  or  Erickson  couplings  shall  be  used. 
All  conduits  shall  be  kept  corked  during  construction,  using  Wolf  con- 
duit plugs,  and  should  moisture  or  foreign  matter  collect  in  any  conduit, 
same  shall  be  cleaned  out  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  State  Department 
of  Engineering. 

Vertical  runs  of  conduit  shall  be  supported  at  each  floor  level  by 
pipe  clamps  or  other  approved  supports. 

All  conduits  shall  be  secured  in  place  where  they  enter  panel  boxes, 
pull  and  outlet  boxes  by  galvanized  locknuts  on  conduit  inside  and 
outside  of  box.  A  galvanized  bushing  shall  be  provided  on  the  end  of 
each  conduit. 

Empty  runs  of  conduit  of  the  sizes  indicated  shall  be  installed  as 
shown  or  specified  herein  for  telephone  and  signal  wires. 

The  necessary  chases  and  sleeves  shall  be  provided  where  conduit 
passes  through  floors  or  walls  and  cannot  be  installed  during  construc- 
tion. No  cutting  will  be  allowed  except  as  directed  by  the  State  De- 
partment of  Engineering. 

All  iron  conduit  run  below  the  basement  floor  shall  be  given  two 
(2)  coats  of  asphaltum  paint  before  installation. 

All  systems  of  conduit  shall  be  permanently  and  effectually 
grounded.  Care  shall  be  taken  to  obtain  good  contact  at  all  panel 
boxes,  pull  boxes  and  outlet  boxes.  Where  good  contacts  cannot  be 
obtained,  the  conduits  shall  be  bonded  around  the  boxes  with  a  copper 
strip  equivalent  to  a  No.  2  gauge  wire. 

The  conduit  for  the  service  cables  shall  consist  of  three  and  one- 
half  (3^2)  inch  fibre  ducts  laid  in  concrete  under  the  basement  floor 
and  shall  be  installed  as  follows,  with  as  few  bends  as  possible :  A 
layer  of  concrete  five  (5)  inches  thick  shall  be  laid  in  the  bottom  of 
the  trench.  Conduit  shall  then  be  laid  on  this,  spaced  five  and  one-half 
(5*^>)  inches  on  centers  and  the  spaces  between  filled  with  concrete. 
The  ducts  shall  then  be  covered  with  concrete  up  to  the  level  of  the 
bottom  of  the  floor  slab.  Conduit  shall  be  laid  at  a  depth  to  allow  at 
least  four  (4)  inches  of  concrete  between  the -top  of  the  conduit  and 
the  bottom  of  the  floor  slab. 

All   concrete    shall   be    mixed   in   the   proportion    of   one    (1)    part 
cement,  two   (2)   parts  sand  and  four   (4)   parts  of  three-quarter 
inch  crushed  rock. 


114 

Joints  in  the  fibre  conduit  shall  be  of  the  socket  type,  made  up 
with  hot  asphaltum.  Standard  bends  shall  be  used  at  each  end  to  rise 
through  the  basement  floor. 

These  conduits  shall  be  installed  as  shown,  terminating  in  the  pull 
box  at  the  bottom  of  the  main  switchboard. 

(477)  Wire  and  Cables:  All  wires  and  cables  used  in  this  contract 
shall  be   Simplex,  Habirshaw,   Parac,   General   Electric   Company's,  or 
equal   and   approved    make.     Conductors    shall    be    copper,    thoroughly 
tinned   and   of  not  less  than  ninety-eight    (98)    per   cent   conductivity. 
All  conductors  No.  8  B  and  S  gauge  and  larger  shall  be  stranded. 

All  wires  and  cables  shall  bear  the  Underwriters'  Laboratories' 
label ;  shall  be  brought  to  the  job  in  unbroken  packages  and  approved 
by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering,  before  the  same  are  installed. 

All  wires  and  cables  except  service  cables  shall  be  single  or  double 
braided,  insulated  for  six  hundred  (600)  volts,  rubber  covered,  except 
sizes  one-naught  and  larger,  which  shall  be  cambric  insulated. 

Service  cables  shall  be  600  volts,  cambric  insulated,  lead  covered, 
with  a  double-braided,  cambric-insulated  lighting  neutral. 

(478)  Installation  of  Wires  and  Cables:  Wires  and  cables  shall  be 
of  the  sizes  indicated  on  the  drawings  and  shall  not  be  drawn  into  the 
conduit  until  all  work  of  any  nature  that  may  cause  injury  to  them  has 
been  completed.     The  neutral  conductor  of  all  three-wire  circuits  shall 
be  of  the  same  size  and  insulation  as  the  other  wires  of  the  circuit- 
Care  shall  be  used  in  pulling  in  the  wires,  that  no  damage  occurs 

to  the  wire  or  insulation.  Powdered  soapstone  will  be  the  only  lubri- 
cant permitted. 

All  conductors  run  vertically  shall  be  supported  in  an  approved 
manner  by  porcelain  clamps  which  will  carry  the  weight  of  the  con- 
ductors. 

All  branch  circuits  at  all  outlets  and  all  feeders  and  mains  in  pull 
boxes  and  in  gutters  of  panels  shall  be  marked  with  linen  tags,  wired 
on.  On  these  tags  shall  be  marked  in  ink  the  number  of  the  circuit  or 
feeder.  At  fixture  locations  additional  tags  shall  be  attached  as  a  guide 
in  connecting  the  fixtures. 

Ample  spare  wire  shall  be  left  at  all  outlets  and  terminals  for  the 
connection  of  fixtures,  motors  and  control  apparatus. 

(479)  Location  of  Outlets:  The  locations  of  the  outlets,  as  shown 
on  the  plans,  are  as  accurate  as  is  possible  to  determine  at  this  time. 
Minor  changes  on  account  of  architectural  conditions,  furniture  or  other 
reasons  shall  be  made  without  extra  charge.     The  exact  location  of  all 
outlets  and  termination  of  feeders  to  motors  shall  be  taken  up  with  the 
State  Department  of  Engineering  and  located  accordingly.     This  Con- 
tractor will  be  held  responsible  for  the  accurate  location  of  all  outlets 
with  respect  to  the  finished  work  of  other  contractors. 

(480)  Wall  and  Ceiling  Outlets:  A  one-piece  galvanized  steel  out- 
let box,  complete  with  cover,  shall  be  installed  at  each  outlet  except  as 
otherwise  specified.     Galvanizing  shall  stand  the  same  tests  as  specified 
above  for  conduit.     Boxes  shall  be  of  the  shape  best  suited  to  the  loca- 
tion and  shall  be  of  sufficient  size  to  contain  all  wires  and  connections 


115 

without  crowding,  but  in  no  case  less  than  four  (4)  inches  square  or 
four  (4)  inches  in  diameter. 

All  outlet  boxes  shall  be  securely  fastened  in  position.  Those  in 
furred  construction  shall  be  bolted  to  three-quarter  (^)  inch  channels 
long  enough  to  span  two  furring  channels,  to  which  they  shall  be  wired. 
Boxes,  when  set  in  concrete,  shall  be  secured  to  the  forms  to  prevent 
displacement  during  construction. 

Boxes  at  ceiling  outlets  in  the  entrance  vestibule  shall  have  fixture 
hangers  of  five-eighths  (^)  inch  round  iron,  threaded  with  standard 
thread  and  securely  anchored  in  the  floor  slab  above.  All  other  ceiling 
outlets  and  wall  outlets  in  main  lobby  shall  be  fitted  with  three-eighths 
(^)  inch  malleable  iron  fixture  studs,  secured  to  the  box  with  bolts. 

Outlet  boxes  shall  be  so  set  that  covers  will  be  flush  with  the  fin- 
ished plaster  and  the  fixture  studs  will  stand  at  right  angles  thereto. 

Boxes  for  switch  outlets  shall  be  set  four  (4)  feet,  six  (6)  inches 
from  finished  floor  to  center  of  switch,  except  as  otherwise  directed  by 
the  State  Department  of  Engineering. 

Boxes  for  receptacles  shall  be  set  in  baseboard  as  directed,  except 
as  otherwise  specified. 

Sample  outlet  boxes  of  each  type  used  shall  be  submitted  to  the 
State  Department  of  Engineering  for  approval. 

(481)  Floor  Outlets:  Floor  outlets  shall  be  made  with  galvanized, 
cast  iron,  non-adjustable,  watertight  floor  boxes,  Sprague  No.  6860,  or 
equal,  as  listed  on  page  323  of  Pacific  States  Electric  Company's  cata- 
log.    Boxes  shall  be  securely  anchored  in  the  concrete  and  shall  be  set 
level,  with  top  of  floor  flange  flush  with  surface  of  linoleum.     All  boxes 
shall  be  closed  with  flush  plates  and  the  attachment  plugs  and  brass 
nozzles  shall  be  delivered  to  the  State  Department  of  Engineering. 

(482)  Motor  and  Control  Outlets:  Motors  will  be  furnished  with 
terminals  for  the  attachment  of  conduit.     In  each  case  the  rigid  conduit 
shall  carry  the  wrires  to  a  point  close  to  the  motor  terminals  and  the 
actual  connection  to  the  motor  shall  be  made  with  flexible  conduit  in 
an  approved   manner.     Other   contractors   will   be   responsible   for   the 
connection    of   the    motors    to    the    circuits    and    for    their    satisfactory 
operation. 

In  every  case,  where  conduit  does  not  terminate  in  a  wiring  com- 
partment and  no  terminal  fittings  are  specified,  this  Contractor  shall 
furnish  and  install  Crouse-Hinds  or  equal  condulets,  of  the  proper  size 
and  type  to  meet  the  approval  of  the  State  Department  of  Engineering. 

(483)  Pull  and  Junction  Boxes:  Where  indicated  or  required  to 
facilitate  pulling,  connection  or  support  of  cables,  pull  or  junction  boxes 
shall    be    furnished    and    installed.      For    conduits    larger    than    three- 
quarter  (24)   inch  and  for  all  risers  special  sheet  metal  boxes  shall  be 
used.     Each  box  shall  be  designed  to  suit  conditions  and  shall  be  built 
according  to  drawings  prepared  by  the  Contractor  and  submitted  to  the 
State    Department   of   Engineering   for   approval.      All    boxes    shall    be 
securely  anchored  to  the  building  construction  in  an  approved  manner. 

(484)  Panel  Boards :  This  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install  in 
metal  cabinets,  where  indicated  on  the  drawings,  panel  boards  of  dull 
black,  marine  finished,  oiled  slate,  one  (1)  inch  thick.     Panels  shall  be 


116 

free  from  metallic  veins  and  other  defects  and  constructed  in  accord- 
ance with  the  detailed  drawings. 

All  buses,  switches  and  fuses  shall  be  installed  on  the  front  of  the 
panels,  as  shown  on  the  drawings.  Bus-bars  shall  not  be  less  than 
one-half  (l/2)  inch  wide  and  one-eighth  (%)  inch  thick.  Each  branch 
circuit  shall  be  equipped  with  a  double  pole,  thirty  (30)  ampere  knife 
switch  with  National  Electric  Code  cartridge  fuses  connected  so  that 
the  switch  disconnects  the  fuses  from  the  buses.  Switches  shall  be  of 
approved  make,  with  composition  spool  type  handles.  Blades  shall  be 
at  least  one-sixteenth  (Me)  of  an  mcn  m  thickness  and  shall  be  secured 
to  hinge  posts  with  hollow  rivets  spun  over  on  spring  washers.  Cross 
bars  shall  be  copper,  not  less  than  one-half  (^2)  inch  wide  and  five 
thirty-seconds  (%2)  inch  thick,  with  switch  jaw  posts  sweated  and 
pinned  into  them.  Separate  wire  clamping  clips  shall  be  provided  for 
all  fuse  terminals.  Suitable  lugs  shall  be  provided  for  the  connection 
of  the  feeders  to  the  buses.  All  screws  used  to  secure  the  various 
parts  to  the  slate  base  shall  be  heavily  copper  plated.  Switches  and 
buses  shall  have  a  draw-file  finish,  heavily  lacquered. 

Each  circuit  and  feeder  on  all  panel  boards  shall  be  numbered 
opposite  the  switch  on  the  nearest  bus  bar,  with  engraved  or  recessed 
numbers  filled  with  black  enamel. 

A  neat  schedule,  printed  on  heavy  white  cardboard,  showing  num- 
bers of  the  circuits,  the  rooms  containing  the  outlets  controlled  and  the 
proper  size  fuse  to  be  used,  shall  be  furnished.  Schedules  shall  be 
mounted  under  glass  with  suitable  copper  frame  on  the  inside  of  the 
cabinet  door. 

Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install  in  each  panel  board  cabinet, 
where  shown,  a  prong  key  socket  and  receotacle,  General  Electric  Com- 
pany's, or  equal,  for  testing  fuses.  Receptacle  shall  be  connected 
through  an  independent  branch  circuit  switch  on  the  panel  board. 

Typical  drawings  show  the  general  arrangement  of  the  various 
panels.  This  Contractor  shall  submit  detail  drawings  of  a  typical 
panel,  on  a  scale  of  three  (3)  inches  to  the  foot,  for  the  an^roval 
of  the  State  Deoartment  of  Engineering.  Drawings  shall  be  completely 
dimensioned,  showing  details  of  construction  and  name  of  manufac- 
turer. A  schedule,  giving  complete  dimensions  and  specifications  for 
all  panels,  shall  also  be  submitted  for  approval  before  construction  is 
commenced. 

Branch  circuits  shall  be  so  connected  to  panel  boards  that  the  cur- 
rent on  each  three-wire  feeder  will  be  balanced  within  ten  (10)  per  cent, 
with  all  load  on. 

(485)  Panel  Board  Cabinets:  Each  panel  board  shall  be  installed 
in  a  suitable  galvanized  iron  cabinet,  furnished  and  set  by  this  Con- 
tractor. Cabinets  shall  be  constructed  of  galvanized  iron  of  code  thick- 
ness and  rigidly  anchored  in  place  in  an  approved  manner.  Cabinets 
located  in  closets  shall  have  metal  trim  and  door.  Door  shall  be  fitted 
with  heavy  brass  hinges  and  an  approved  cylinder  lock  with  soring 
catch  and  knob.  Trim  shall  cover  the  wiring  gutter  and  lining.  Door 
openings  shall  be  the  size  of  the  panel.  Locks  shall  all  be  the  same 
and  six  (6)  keys  shall  be  delivered  to  the  State  Department  of  Engi- 
neering. 


117 

Cabinet  in  Boiler  Room  shall  be  set  flush  with  the  finished  wall 
and  shall  be  arranged  for  the  attachment  of  door  and  trim,  which  will 
be  furnished  and  installed  by  another  contractor. 

Cabinets  shall  be  designed  for  a  wiring  gutter  back  of  the  lining  at 
least  three  (3)  inches  wide  on  all  sides.  Where  large  conductors  are 
used,  this  width  shall  be  increased  to  allow  ample  space.  Linings  shall 
be  marine  finished,  oiled  slate,  one-half  (^)  inch  thick  and  held  in 
position  by  adjustable  corner  irons,  placed  in  wiring  gutters  with  only 
the  screw  head  projecting  into  the  panel  space.  Linings  shall  fit  the 
panel  surface  closely  and  shall  be  slotted  for  the  passage  of  wires. 

Detailed  drawings  showing  construction  of  surface  and  flush  type 
cabinets  shall  be  submitted  for  approval  of  the  State  Department  of 
Engineering  before  they  are  built. 

(486)  Main  Switchboard:  This  Contractor  shall  furnish,  erect  and 
connect  up  complete  in  the  Boiler  Room,  where  shown  on  the  drawings, 
a  main  switchboard  of  dull  black,  marine  finished,  oiled  slate,  one  and 
one-half  (1^2)  inches  thick,  with  beveled  edges. 

Panels  shall  be  seventy-two  (72)  inches  high,  with  an  eighteen  (18) 
inch  sub-base.  Panels  shall  be  securely  fastened  to  a  japanned  angle 
iron  frame,  using  one-half  (y2)  inch  bolts  with  polished  cooper  acorn 
nuts  and  washers  on  the  face  of  the  board  and  rubber  cushions  between 
the  board  and  frame. 

Frame  of  main  switchboard  shall  be  constructed  of  two  (2)  by 
one  and  one-half  (1/^2)  by  three-eighths  (%)  inch  angles  placed  ver- 
tically behind  each  joint.  Horizontal  angles  one  and  one-quarter  (1J4) 
by  one  and  one-quarter  (1/4)  inches  shall  be  placed  horizontally  at  the 
top  and  bottom  of  the  board,  as  shown.  Frame  shall  be  bolted  to  a 
four  (4)  inch  channel  iron  set  in  floor  and  thoroughly  anchored  when 
the  floor  is  poured.  Top  of  angles  shall  be  securely  anchored  to  the 
first  floor  slab.  Space  between  top  of  board  and  floor  above  shall  be 
closed  with  No.  12  U.  S.  gauge  sheet  steel. 

Pull  boxes  made  of  galvanized  iron  of  code  thickness,  not  less  than 
nine  (9)  by  nine  (9)  inches  in  cross  section,  shall  be  installed  behind 
the  switchboard  at  the  top  and  bottom,  as  shown  on  the  drawings. 
Boxes  shall  run  the  full  length  of  the  board  and  shall  be  securely 
fastened  to  the  switchboard  frame.  The  rear  side  of  each  box  shall  be 
hinged  in  sections  and  fitted  with  vault  handles  and  an  approved  catch. 
Partitions  shall  be  provided  in  the  pull  boxes  between  the  power  and 
lighting  sections.  Porcelain  bushed  holes  in  the  bottom  of  the  upper 
box  and  in  the  top  of  the  lower  box  shall  be  provided  so  that  conduc- 
tors leave  the  box  directly  opposite  their  respective  switches.  The 
wires  entering  each  conduit  shall  be  properly  cabled  together  in  the 
pull  boxes,  various  groups  being  kept  separate  and  all  unnecessary 
crossings  avoided. 

Arrangement  of  panels  shall  be  as  shown  on  the  drawings  and 
called  for  in  the  schedules.  Switchboard  shall  be  divided  into  separate 
sections  for  lighting  and  power. 

All  bus-bars  and  connections  shall  be  made  of  flat  copper  of  ninety- 
eight  (98)  per  cent  conductivity,  mounted  on  rear  of  board  and  of  the 
size  to  limit  the  current  density  to  one  thousand  (1,000)  amperes  per 
square  inch,  based  on  the  total  capacity  of  the  fuses  which  are  con- 


118 

nected  to  them.  No  bars  thicker  than  one-quarter  (%)  inch  or  thinner 
than  one-eighth  (^)  inch  shall  be  used.  Three-wire  buses  shall  be 
provided  for  the  lighting  section  and  two-wire  for  the  power.  Buses 
and  leads  shall  be  installed  in  a  systematic  manner  and  arranged  to 
produce  an  open  and  accessible  arrangement.  Heavy  pressed  copper 
lugs  shall  be  provided  for  all  cable  connections. 

Cables  between  pull  boxes  and  switch  studs  shall  be  grouped  to- 
gether where  the  arrangement  permits.  All  single  cables  and  groups 
of  cables  shall  be  covered  with  a  layer  of  friction  and  a  layer  of 
asbestos  tape,  Johns-Manville  or  equal.  Cables  shall  then  be  given 
two  coats  of  black,  air-drying  varnish,  Ajax  or  equal. 

Switches  shall  be  of  the  high  fingered  type,  with  extended  studs 
where  connected  to  the  bus-bars.  Hinge  posts  and  jaws  shall  be  built 
of  a  solid  copper  block,  slotted  to  receive  the  clips.  Clips  shall  be 
hard  drawn  copper,  sweated  and  pinned  in  place  and  on  capacities  of 
one  hundred  (100)  amperes  and  larger  shall  be  slotted  to  provide  for 
automatic  adjustment.  Blades  shall  be  held  in  clips  by  means  of  brass 
bolts  clamped  on  spring  washers  by  positively  locked  nuts.  Cross  bars 
shall  be  fibre,  slotted  to  receive  blades.  Handles  shall  be  kiln  dried 
hardwood,  black  enameled.  All  switches  and  buses  shall  have  a  draw- 
file  finish,  heavily  lacquered. 

Switches  controlling  public  lights  and  the  feeder  to  elevators  shall 
be  provided  with  approved  retaining  latches  to  prevent  the  opening  of 
the  switch  except  by  authorized  persons.  Each  switch  shall  be  provided 
with  a  neat  fibre  plate  on  which  shall  be  stamped  the  circuit  controlled 
and  size  of  fuse  to  be  used.  One-quarter  (^4)  inch  block  letters  filled 
in  with  white  shall  be  used. 

This  Contractor  shall  leave  space  for  a  lighting  and  a  power  watt- 
meter as  indicated.  He  shall  obtain  from  the  power  companies  who 
are  in  a  position  to  supply  this  building,  the  size  and  type  of  meters 
which  would  be  used,  and  shall  provide  and  connect  to  the  bus  bars 
polished  copper  meter  studs,  Demco  or  equal. 

Switchboard  receptacles,  General  Electric  Catalog  No.  G.  E.  550, 
or  equal,  shall  be  installed  on  service  panels  as  show^n  and  connected  to 
the*  bus-bars  through  the  switches  provided. 

For  testing  of  lighting  meter,  provide  current  coil  calibrating  ter- 
minals, General  Electric  Catalog  No.  174434,  complete  with  Catalog 
No.  174435  links,  or  equal  and  approved  combination. 

This  Contractor  shall  submit  detailed  drawings  of  the  proposed 
switchboard  on  a  scale  of  one  and  one-half  (1^)  inches  to  one  (1)  foot, 
completely  dimensioned.  Drawings  shall  be  front  and  end  elevations 
and  sufficient  sections  to  show  clearly  pull  boxes  and  all  buses.  These 
drawings  shall  be  submitted  in  triplicate  and  approved  by  the  State 
Department  of  Engineering  before  work  is  started  on  switchboard. 
Switchboard  drawings  shall  be  submitted  to  each  of  the  power  com- 
panies which  could  supply  the  building,  and  their  approval  of  the 
service  panels  obtained  in  writing  and  transmitted  to  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Engineering. 

Back  of  switchboard  shall  be  enclosed  with  an  iron  grille  six  (6) 
feet  high,  located  as  shown  and  constructed  of  No.  9  B.  W.  G.  iron 
wire  laid  in  one  and  one-half  (1^)  inch  diamond  mesh  and  held  in  one 
(1)  inch  channel  iron  frames.  Each  end  of  enclosure  shall  be  provided 


119 

with  a  grille  door  two  (2)  feet,  six  (6)  inches  wide  by  six  (6)  feet 
high.  Each  door  shall  be  fitted  with  strong  brass  hinges  and  an 
approved  spring  lock  with  two  keys. 

Front  of  board  shall  be  enclosed  with  a  one  and  one-quarter  (1^4) 
inch  iron  pipe  railing  fitted  with  a  gate  as  shown.  Railing  shall  be 
thirty  (30)  inches  high  and  thoroughly  anchored  to  the  floor. 

Railing,  grille,  switchboard  frame,  outside  of  pull  box  and  all 
exposed  conduit  and  iron  work  installed  by  this  Contractor  shall  be 
painted  as  specified  under  Painting. 

A  wooden  floor  mat  thirty  (30)  inches  wide  extending  the  full 
length  of  the  switchboard  shall  be  provided.  Mat  shall  be  one  (1)  inch 
thick,  with  openings  one  (1)  inch  square,  and  shall  be  constructed  of 
clear  spruce  in  an  approved  manner.  Mat  shall  be  given  two  coats  of 
good  varnish. 

(487)  Power  Switchboards:  The  power  switchboards  shall  be  fur- 
nished and  installed  where  shown,  complete  as  specified. 

The  switchboard  located  in  Boiler  Pit  shall  consist  of  two  panels 
sixty  (60)  inches  high,  arranged  as  shown  and  constructed  as  specified 
for  the  main  switchboard.  Frame  of  board  shall  be  one  and  one-half 
(1^)  by  one  and  one-half  (1^2)  inch  angles,  braced  to  the  wall  and 
anchored  to  channel  iron  imbedded  in  the  floor.  Grille  shall  be  pro- 
vided from  each  end  of  board  to  wall  w7ith  suitable  door  at  one  end,  as 
specified  for  main  switchboard.  Furnish  and  install  a  one  and  one- 
quarter  (1>4)  mcn  pipe  railing  in  front  of  board  as  shown. 

The  Heating  Contractor  will  furnish  the  following  equipment, 
which  shall  be  installed  by  this  Contractor  in  accordance  with  the 
drawings : 

1  clock 

5  gauges 

5  pneumatic  valve  controls 

1  air  compressor  control  switch 

1  oil  pump  protective  switch 

1  switch  and  control  for  vacuum  pump. 

A  pilot  lamp  bracket  shall  be  installed  over  the  gauges  as  shown. 
Bracket  shall  be  of  approved  design,  with  porcelain  half  shade  and 
keyless  socket,  and  shall  be  connected  through  switch  provided. 

A  suitable  sheet  iron  pull  box  of  code  thickness  shall  be  installed 
back  of  switch  panel,  to  facilitate  the  connection  of  the  various  circuits. 

Under  each  switch  or  other  piece  of  apparatus  on  the  board  this 
Contractor  shall  provide  fibre  plates  as  specified  for  main  switchboard. 

The  switchboard  for  the  control  of  the  water  pumps  shall  consist 
of  a  single  panel  of  marine  finished,  oiled  slate  one  and  one-quarter 
(1*4)  inches  thick,  on  which  shall  be  mounted  the  contactors  for  start- 
ing the  two  water  pumps  and  two  sixty-ampere,  single  pole  knife 
switches  to  short  circuit  the  float  switches,  for  manual  control  of  the 
water  pumps.  The  Plumbing  Contractor  will  furnish  the  contactors 
to  this  Contractor,  who  shall  install  same  on  the  panel  and  connect  up 
complete. 

Front  of  panel  shall  be  enclosed  by  an  approved  protective  wire 
screen,  which  shall  be  securely  attached  to  the  board  and  provided  with 
Yale  lock  and  two  keys. 


120 

Conduits  shall  be  brought  behind  panel  and  terminated  in  suitable 
condulets. 

(488)  Feeders  and  Circuits:  Feeders  and  circuits  shall  be  installed 
as  shown  on  the  drawings  and  in  accordance  with  the  feeder  and  circuit 
schedules.    All  vertical  runs  shall  be  supported  in  an  approved  manner 
as  required  by  the  National  Electric  Code. 

(489)  Service  Mains:  The  power  and  lighting  service  mains  shnll 
be  of  the  sizes  shown  on  the  drawings  and  shall  be  installed  in  the 
fibre  conduits  under  the  basement  floor  as  indicated.     The  ends  of  the 
lead-covered  cables  shall  be  sealed  with  an  approved  waterproof  pot- 
head. 

(490)  Service    Grounds:   A    ground    wire    of   No.   4    B.    S.    gauge 
rubber-covered  wire  shall  be  run  in  conduit  as  shown  from  the  switch- 
board to  the  four  (4)   inch  water  main  in  the  basement  and  attached 
thereto  with  an  approved  ground  clamp.     Ground  wire  shall   be  con- 
nected with  the  neutral  of  the  lighting  service. 

A  second  ground  wire  shall  be  installed  as  specified  above  and  shall 
be  connected  to  the  lead  sheaths  of  service  cables. 

(491)  Fuses:  All   switchboards  and   panel   boards   shall   be  com- 
pletely equipped  with  fuses  of  proper  size  as  called  for  in  the  schedules. 
All  fuses  shall  be  National  Electric  Code  standard  enclosed  fuses  and 
shall  be  General  Electric,  Bryant  and  Perkins,  D.  and  W.,  or  equal  and 
approved.     All  fuses  blown  in  testing  or  ooeration  before  final  acceot- 
ance  of  the  completed  installation  shall  be  replaced  by  the  Contractor 
at  his  expense.    Extra  fuses  to  the  amount  of  twenty-five  (25)  per  cent 
of  the  complete  equipment  shall  also  be  furnished. 

Fuses  with  ferrule  and  knife  blade  contacts  shall  be  submitted  to 
the  State  Department  of  Engineering  for  testing,  two  sizes  of  each  type 
as  directed. 

This  Contractor  shall  construct  and  install  in  the  Boiler  Room, 
where  directed,  a  neat  wooden  fuse  cabinet  finished  as  directed.  Cabi- 
net shall  have  a  compartment  for  each  size  fuse  of  ample  size  to  contain 
all  the  spare  fuses.  Doors  of  cabinet  shall  be  fitted  with  brass  butts 
and  Yale  mortise  locks  with  two  keys  each. 

(492)  Wall  Switches:  All  wall  switches  shall  be  of  the  flush,  push 
button  type,  General  Electric,  Perkins,  or  equal  and  aooroved,  of  not 
less  than  ten   (10)  amperes  capacity.     Flush  plates  shall  be  struck-up, 
brass,   finished   to   match    the   adjacent   hardware.      Switches    shall    be 
single  pole,  double  pole  or  three-way  as  indicated,  and  where  two  or 
more  are  shown  at  the  same  location,  gang  olates  shall  be  used. 

A  single  pole  switch  mechanism  and  flush  plate  shall  be  submitted 
to  the  State  Department  of  Engineering  for  approval. 

(493)  Wall  Receptacles:  All  receptacles  unless  otherwise  specified 
shall   be    General    Electric   flush    receptacles    Cat.    No.    G.    E.    658   and 
G.  E.  694,  or  equal,  of  not  less  than  ten   (10)   amperes  capacity.     Re- 
ceptacles shall  be  single  or  double  outlet  as  indicated.     All  receptacles, 
unless  otherwise  directed,  shall  be  located  in  baseboard  at  a  uniform 
height  above  the  floor.     Flush  plates  shall  be  struck-up  brass  finished 
to  match  the  surrounding  hardware. 


121 

Attachment  plugs  shall  be  General  Electric  Catalog  No.  G.  E.  625 
or  equal.  Contractor  shall  deliver  to  the  State  Department  of  Engineer- 
ing attachment  plugs  for  seventy-five  (75)  per  cent  of  the  receptacle 
outlets. 

For  each  vault,  Contractor  shall  furnish  a  cable  connector  of  suffi- 
cient length  to  connect  the  receptacles  when  vault  door  is  open.  Cable 
shall  be  No.  16  duplex  silk-covered,  reinforced,  flexible  cord  fitted  at 
each  end  with  an  attachment  plug. 

(494)  Court    Room    Outlets:    For    illumination    of    the    Supreme 
Court  Room,  outlets  shall  be  provided  above  the  ceiling  light  and  back 
of  the  cornice  as  shown. 

Outlets  over  ceiling  light  shall  be  supported  on  channel  irons  pro- 
vided by  another  contractor  and  shall  be  located  to  give  a  uniform 
illumination  over  the  glass  below.  Thirteen  one  hundred  (100)  watt 
units  shall  be  provided,  each  consisting  of  a  one  hundred  (100)  watt 
Mazda  lamp  with  an  Ivanhoe  B  A  E-100  reflector  and  No.  822  holder, 
or  equal  and  approved  combination.. 

To  illuminate  main  ceiling,  Contractor  shall  provide  thirty-six  (36) 
one  hundred  (100)  watt  outlets  back  of  cornice  as  indicated.  Each 
outlet  shall  be  fitted  with  a  Catalog  No.  8198  E-65  X-Ray  reflector  unit, 
comolete  with  a  one  hundred  (100)  watt  Mazda  lamp,  or  equal  and 
approved  combination. 

Back  of  cornice  under  the  arched  ceiling,  fourteen  (14)  sixty  (60) 
watt  outlets  shall  be  provided  as  shown.  Each  outlet  shall  be  equipped 
with  a  Catalog  No.  8197  E-65  X-Ray  reflector,  complete  with  a  sixty 
(60)  watt  Mazda  lamp,  or  equal  and  approved  combination. 

Contractor  shall  submit,  for  the  approval  of  the  State  Department 
of  Engineering,  drawings  showing  in  detail  the  method  of  installation 
for  all  outlets  in  the  Court  Room. 

A  circuit  of  two  No.  12  wires  shall  be  run  from  the  fifth  floor 
panel  board  to  a  point  above  ceiling  of  the  Court  Room  vestibule.  This 
circuit  shall  be  terminated  in  an  outlet  box  located  as  directed. 

Lamps  will  be  furnished  to  the  Contractor  by  the  State  De^art- 
ment  of  Engineering  and  he  shall  install  same  and  adjust  lighting 
units  to  obtain  the  best  possible  distribution  of  light. 

All  outlets  in  Court  Room  shall  be  controlled  by  a  50-ampere 
remote  control  switch,  Diamond  H  Type  F-l,  or  equal,  fcr  operation 
on  either  direct  or  alternating  current.  Switch  shall  be  installed  on  the 
feeder  as  shown  and  shall  be  operated  by  a  momentary  contact  switch 
located  on  the  fourth  floor  as  indicated. 

(495)  Water    Pumps:    The    water   pumps    will    be    automatically 
started  and  stopped  by  float  switches  operated  by  water  levels  in  the 
tanks  in  the  attic.     This  Contractor  shall  install  the  control  wires  as 
shown    and    install    and    connect    up    the    float    switches    and    counter 
e.  m.   f.   self-starters,   which  will  be  furnished   by  the   Plumbing  Con- 
tractor.   Float  switches  shall  be  supported  on  the  building  construction 
or  tanks  in  an  approved  manner. 

(496)  Elevators:   Elevators   will  be   furnished  and   installed  com- 
plete by  another  contractor.     This  Contractor  shall  run  the  feeders  to 
the  elevator  control  panels  as  indicated,   terminating  in  suitable   con- 


122 

dulets  where  directed.       Connections  will  be  made  by   Elevator  Con- 
tractor. 

Outlets  shall  be  provided  in  elevator  shafts  as  indicated  for  the 
lighting  of  elevator  cages.  Outlets  shall  be  made  with  suitable  outlet 
boxes  an'd  covers  as  approved  by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering. 
Location  of  these  outlets  shall  be  as  required  by  the  Elevator  Con- 
tractor. 

(497)  Ventilating  Fans:  Ventilation  equipment  including  motors 
will    be    furnished    by    another    contractor.     Fans    in    attic    and    toilet 
rooms  shall  be  controlled  by  a  single  pole,   push-button  switch,   with 
indicating  lamp,   Bryant  Catalog  No.  427,  or  equal,  located  as  shown. 
A  thirty-ampere,  double-pole,  externally  operated,  fusible  knife  switch 
shall  be  provided  at  the  fan  to  disconnect  the  motor  from  the  circuit. 
The  exhaust  fans  in  fifth  floor  ceiling  shall  be  controlled  together  by 
a   single-pole   push-button    switch,    with    indicating   lamp,    as    specified 
above,  located  on  the  fourth  floor  as  shown.     For  the  ventilating  fan 
on  the  fourth  floor,  the  Heating  Contractor  will  furnish  an  externally 
operated   line    switch   and   an   enclosed    motor-starting   rheostat.     This 
Contractor   shall   install   and   connect   up   this    equipment    complete   as 
directed.     The  fan  in  the  Boiler  Room  shall  be  controlled  by  a  switch 
on  the  main  switchboard  as  indicated. 

(498)  Boiler  Room  Auxiliaries:  This  Contractor  shall  furnish  and 
install  circuits  as  required  to  control  all  Boiler  Room  motors  as  follows : 

1  oil  pump 

1  air  compressor 

1  vacuum  pump 

Conduit  shall  be  placed  during  construction  of  the  floor  and  shall 
be  brought  to  the  location  as  given  by  the  Heating  Contractor.  Con- 
nections to  motor  terminals  shall  be  made  with  flexible  conduit  as 
specified  above. 

(499)  Vacuum  Cleaner:  The  circuit  for  the  vacuum  cleaner  shall 
be  run  as  shown  and  terminated  with  a  condulet  as  directed. 

(500)  Telephone  System:  This  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install 
a  complete  system  of  conduit,  sheet  metal  cabinets  and  telephone  outlet 
boxes  for  a  private  branch  exchange  system,  as  called  for  on  the  plans 
and  hereinafter  specified.     All  work   shall   be  in   accordance   with   ap- 
proved methods  and  shall  be  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Division 
Plant  Engineer  of  the  Pacific  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company,  both 
during  construction  and  when  completed.    This  Contractor  shall  obtain 
from  the  Telephone  Company  and  deliver  to  the  State  Department  of 
Engineering  a  written  acceptance  of  the  entire  installation. 

All  conduit  shall  conform  to  the  above  specifications  for  light  and 
power  work  as  to  quality  and  method  of  installation.  Bends  in  conduit 
shall  be  of  minimum  number  and  shall  be  of  sufficient  radius  to  facili- 
tate the  installation  of  the  wires  or  cables.  Care  shall  be  taken  to  keep 
the  inside  of  conduits  free  from  grease  or  oil.  A  No.  14  iron  fish  wire 
shall  be  left  in  all  conduit  runs  to  facilitate  the  installation  of  wires 
and  cables. 

Where  telephone  outlets  are  shown  on  the  plans  a  four  (4)  inch 
square  outlet  box  with  an  approved  bushed  cover  shall  be  installed. 


123 

In  each  location  indicated,  sheet  iron  telephone  cabinets  of  the 
same  weight  and  quality  as  provided  for  lighting  and  power  cabinets 
shall  be  installed.  Cabinets  shall  be  without  doors  and  those  for  instal- 
lation in  walls  shall  be  arranged  for  the  attachment  of  door  and  trim, 
which  will  be  furnished  and  installed  by  another  contractor.  Doors 
will  be  full  size  of  cabinet.  Cabinets  shall  be  rigidly  fastened  in 
place  in  an  approved  manner. 

Service  conduit  under  basement  floor  shall  be  connected  with  the 
conduit  of  the  Telephone  Company  at  the  sidewalk  line.  Conduits  shall 
be  run  from  cabinets  to  the  switchboard  locations  on  the  fourth  and 
fifth  floors  as  indicated. 

Between  wire  moulds  in  adjacent  rooms  and  between  wire  moulds 
in  each  room  and  the  corridor  this  Contractor  shall  install  three- 
quarter  (24)  inch  conduit  nipples  thoroughly  reamed  at  each  end.  Con- 
duit cross-overs  shall  be  installed  as  shown,  terminating  at  each  end 
in  the  wire  mould.  Each  cabinet  shall  be  connected  with  conduit  to  the 
wire  mould,  through  a  special  sheet  iron  box  placed  back  of  mould,  as 
shown. 

All  wires,  cables  and  other  telephone  equipment  will  be  furnished 
and  installed  by  the  Telephone  Company. 

(501)  Telegraph  and  Fire  Alarm  System:  For  telegraph  and  fire 
alarm  system,  this  Contractor  shall  install  a  conduit  riser  in  each  wing 
and  at  the  elevators  as  shown.  At  each  floor,  where  directed,  a  four 
(4)  inch  galvanized  square  box  with  a  blank  cover  shall  be  installed. 
Boxes  shall  be  connected  to  the  wire  mould  as  indicated. 


Lighting  Fixtures 


Note — Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(502)  Scope  of  Work:  The  Contractor  for  this  work  shall  furnish 
all  labor,  apparatus  and  material  required  to  complete  the  installation 
in  every  detail  of  the  electric  lighting  fixtures,  all  as  herein  specified 
and  as  required  by  the  electric  wiring  plans  and  diagrams  accompany- 
ing these  specifications  and  the  architectural  drawings.     This  Contrac- 
tor shall  install  all  lamps,  which  will  be  furnished  by  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Engineering. 

It  is  further  understood  and  agreed  that  all  schedules  are  approxi- 
mate only  with  reference  to  the  number  and  design  of  fixtures,  and  this 
Contractor  shall  check  same  with  plans,  as  he  will  be  held  responsible 
for  the  complete  equipment  of  all  outlets  in  accordance  with  the  plans 
and  specifications. 

The  plans  and  specifications  are  intended  to  mutually  explain  each 
other,  and  anything  shown  on  the  drawings  and  not  mentioned  or 
referred  to  in  the  specifications,  or  which  is  referred  to  in  the  specifica- 
tions and  not  shown  on  the  drawings,  shall  be  considered  as  shown  and 
specified  and  shall  be  performed  accordingly  without  extra  charge. 
In  case  these  plans  and  specifications  are  deficient,  or  not  clearly  under- 
stood, the  bidder  shall  apply  to  the  State  Department  of  Engineering 
for  the  required  information  before  such  bids  are  submitted.  These 
plans  and  specifications  shall  be  fulfilled  in  the  true  spirit  and  intent 
and  any  appliance  or  material  essential  to  the  proper  construction  and 
installation  of  the  fixtures  shall  be  supplied,  even  though  not  specially 
called  for. 

All  lamps  will  be  furnished  to  this  Contractor  at  the  building  by 
the  State  Department  of  Engineering,  but  he  shall  install  them  as 
directed. 

(503)  Drawings:   Architectural   drawings   shall   be   consulted,   to- 
gether with  the  electrical  drawings,  to  eliminate  possible  errors. 

(504)  Unit    Prices:    Each    bidder    shall    submit    with    his    bid    a 
schedule   giving   the   prices   of   fixtures   and   labor   as    soecified   below. 
Prices  shall  cover  cost  of  fixtures  installed  and  connected  up  complete, 
as  an  addition  or  deduction  from  the  work  as  described  in  these  specifi- 
cations and  shown  on  the  accompanying  drawings.     Bids  which  do  not 
include  this  schedule  will  not  be  considered: 

a.  Price  for  each  fixture  design  as  herein  specified. 

b.  Price  per  hour  for  journeyman  fixture  hanger. 

c.  Price  per  hour  for  labor  of  fixture  hanger's  helper. 

(505)  Rules  and  Regulations:  All  work  and  materials  shall  be  in 
full   accordance   with   the  latest  rules   of   the   National    Board   of   Fire 
Underwriters  and  the  Department  of  Electricity  of  the  City  and  County 
of  San  Francisco. 

124 


125 

This  Contractor  shall  obtain  all  necessary  permits  and  certificates 
of  inspection  and  shall  pay  all  fees  and  charges  connected  therewith. 
Upon  completion  of  the  work  he  shall  deliver  to  the  State  Department 
of  Engineering  a  satisfactory  "Certificate  of  Inspection"  from  the  De- 
partment of  Electricity  of  the  City  of  San  Francisco  and  from  the 
Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  of  the  Pacific. 

(506)  Inspection:  All  work  and  material  covered  by  these  specifi- 
cations shall  be  subject  to  inspection  at  any  time,  by  representatives 
of  the  State  Department  of  Engineering. 

This  Contractor  shall  have  all  materials  and  fixtures  inspected  dur- 
ing construction  by  a  representative  of  the  Department  of  Engineering, 
and  if  built  other  than  locally,  he  shall  pay  all  expenses  of  such 
inspection. 

Should  any  material  or  workmanship  not  conform  with  the  speci- 
fications and  drawings,  this  Contractor  shall,  upon  order  of  the  State 
Department  of  Engineering,  immediately  remove  the  rejected  work  from 
the  premises. 

(507)  Tests:   The   State   Department   of    Engineering  will    make 
tests  of  such  parts  of  the  work,  as  they  consider  necessary,  to  ascertain 
if  in  accordance  with  the  specifications.     The  Contractor  shall  extend 
to  the  Department  all  facilities  to  this  end  and  shall  furnish  any  skilled 
or  unskilled  help  required. 

When  the  entire  installation  has  been  in  regular  operation  for 
one  (1)  month  in  a  manner  satisfactory  to  the  Department  of  Engineer- 
ing, a  complete  test  will  be  made. 

(508)  Guarantee:  The  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  all  work 
done  and  material  used  under  the  plans  and  specifications  and   shall 
reoair  or  replace,  as  may  be  necessary,  any  defective  work  or  material, 
which  may  show  itself  within  one  year  of  the  date  of  final  completion, 
if,  in  the  opinion  of  the  State  Department  of  Engineering,  said  defect 
is  due  to  imperfections  of  workmanship  or  material.     This  guarantee 
must  be  submitted  in  writing  and  approved  by  the  State  Department 
of  Engineering  before  the  date  of  final  payment. 

On  failure  to  comply  with  the  above  guarantee  within  a  reasonable 
length  of  time  after  notification  is  given,  the  State  Department  of  Engi- 
neering shall  proceed  to  have  the  repairs  made  at  the  Contractor's 
expense. 

(509)  List  of  Materials  and  Substitutions :  Within  sixty  (60)  days 
after  the  award   of  the  contract,  this   Contractor  must   submit  to  the 
State  Department  of  Engineering,  a  complete  list,   in  triplicate,  of  all 
materials  to  be  used  under  this  contract,  giving,  in  the  case  of  each 
item  of  material  to  be  used,  the  name  of  the   manufacturer  and   the 
trade  name  or  catalog  number.    Samples  in  duplicate,  tagged  with  com- 
plete description  of  the  same,  must  be  submitted  at  this  time  of  all 
materials   to   be   substituted.     The   State   Department   of    Engineering 
shall  be  the  sole  judge  as  to  the  quality  of  any  substitution  offered. 
No  work  affected  by  any  article  shall  proceed  until  same  shall  have 
been  approved  in  writing  by  the  State  Department  of  Engineering.     In 
no  case  will  any   substitute   for   materials   specified   be   considered   or 
allowed  after  this  date. 


126 

(510)  Samples:  This  Contractor  shall  submit  to  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Engineering  at  Sacramento,  samples  as  follows: 

a.  Samples  of  fixture  wire  twelve   (12)   inches  long  of  each  color 
to  be  used. 

b.  Sample  of  reinforced,   silk-covered   lamp  cord,   Type   P,   twelve 
(12)  inches  long. 

'  c.  Sample    of    reinforced    portable    cord,    Type    P  W,    twelve    (12) 
inches  long. 

d.  Fixture  parts  as  samples  of  each  finish  to  be  used. 

(511)  Working  Drawings:  Before  work  is  commenced,  this  Con- 
tractor shall  submit  to  the  State  Department  of  Engineering  for  ap- 
proval, a  detailed  drawing  of  each  fixture  prepared  in  accordance  with 
the  plans  and  specifications.     Drawings  shall  show  in  detail  the  con- 
struction and  wiring  of  the  fixture  and  the  method  of  attachment  to 
support. 

(512)  Wiring:  Fixtures  shall  be  wired  in  a  neat,  approved  man- 
ner with  approved  fixture  wire,  concealed  wherever  possible.     Where 
wires  must  be  exposed,  color  shall  match  finish  of  fixture  and  wire  shall 
be  placed  in  an  inconspicuous  location. 

(513)  Sockets:  All  medium  screw  sockets  shall  be  General  Elec- 
tric Company's  "Multi-catch"  or  equal,  keyless,  key  or  pull-chain,  as 
required.     Mogul  screw  sockets   shall  be  General   Electric   Company's 
G.  E.  139  or  equal.     Where  sockets  are  exposed  in  fixtures,  finish  shall 
be  same  as  that  of  fixture. 

(514)  Finish :  Finish  of  fixtures  shall  be  as  shown  on  the  drawings 
and  specified.     Metal  parts  of  fixtures  shall  be  finished  by  the  following 
process : 

1.  Metal  shall  be  acid  cleaned. 

2.  Electro-plated  in  copper  solution  for  fifteen  (15)  minutes. 

3.  Electro-plated  in  brass  solution  for  fifteen  (15)  minutes. 

4.  Lacquered  by  dip  process  and  baked. 

(515)  Fixture  Designs:   The   design   of  the   fixtures    shall   be   as 
shown  and  specified.    This  Contractor  shall  submit  for  the  approval  of 
the  State  Department  of  Engineering  complete  drawings  of  each  design, 
showing  in  detail  the  ornamentation,  finish  and  construction. 

Designs  not  shown  by  drawings  shall  be  made  up  as  follows : 
Design  "L": 

Outlets  designated  thus  shall  be  equipped  with  Pass  &  Seymour 
rosette  No.  112,  attached  with  a  P.  &  S.  conduit  box  strap ;  round  rein- 
forced Type  P  lamp  cord;  a  Benjamin  No.  4208  pull-chain  socket  with 
shade  holder  and  an  Alba  No.  3419  shade;  or  equal  combination. 
Socket  shall  hang  five  feet,  six  inches  from  the  floor.  Finish  of  rosette 
and  socket  shall  be  brushed  brass  with  silk-covered  lamp  cord  to  match. 
Design  "P": 

These   outlets   shall   be   fitted   with   Benjamin    No.    6C   outlet   box 
receptacle,  with   No.   3624  outlet  box   cover  and   No.    1400   outlet   box 
lamp  guard,  or  equal  combination. 
Design  "S" : 


127 

Outlets  marked  thus  shall  be  finished  with  General  Electric  Com- 
pany's G.  E.  155  conduit  box  receptacles,  or  equal. 
Design  "T": 

Outlets  of  this  class  shall  have  Benjamin  No.  6047  reflector  socket 
fixture  complete  with  hickey  for  attachment  to  fixture  stud. 
Design  "X" : 

Outlets  designated  thus  shall  be  fitted  with  P.  &  S.  No.  112  rosette, 
P.  &  S.  conduit  box  strap,  reinforced  Type  P  lamp  cord,  G.  E.  Multi- 
catch  Keyless  socket  and  Hubbell  No.  5564  parabola  reflector,  or  equal 
combination.  Socket  shall  hang  five  feet,  six  inches  from  the  floor  of 
boiler  pit. 
Design  "Y": 

These  outlets  shall  be  equipped  with  P.  &  S.  No.  112  rosette, 
P.  &  S.  conduit  box  strap,  reinforced  Type  PW  portable  cord  and  Luxon 
guard  No.  1447,  W.  E.  Cat.  1918,  page  431,  or  equal  combination.  Guard 
to  hang  3  inches  from  floor. 

(516)  Installation  of  Fixtures:  This  Contractor  shall  install  the 
fixtures  in  the  locations  shown  on  the  plans  and  called  for  in  the 
schedule.  Special  hangers  will  be  provided  for  ceiling  outlets  in  En- 
trance Vestibule.  All  other  ceiling  outlets  and  wall  outlets  in  Main 
Lobby  will  be  fitted  with  three-eighths  (££)  inch  malleable  iron  fixture 
studs. 

Fixtures  shall  be  arranged  for  attachment  to  the  hangers  provided 
and  shall  be  installed  in  a  neat  and  workmanlike  manner  and  to  the 
entire  satisfaction  of  the  State  Department  of  Engineering. 


Klevators 

Note — Important  conditions  are  contained  in  paragraphs  1  to  26,  which  are 
a  part  of  this  specification  and  which  set  forth  definite  limits  and  allowances  in 
connection  with  same.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  paragraphs  3  and  13  in 
regard  to  bidding  on  materials,  and  paragraph  23  in  regard  to  preservation  and 
cleaning. 

(517)  Scope  of  Work:  The  work  to  be  done  by  this  Contractor 
includes  furnishing  and  erecting  two  electric  passenger  elevators,   in- 
cluding all   elevator   machines,   motor,   controllers,   safety   devices,   car 
platforms,  guides,  guide-posts,  signal  system  and  all  other  apparatus, 
material  and  -work  required  to  make  said  elevators  complete  and  opera- 
tive when  electric  service  is  supplied.    The  elevator  shafts,  pits,  pit  pans 
where  required,  bulkhead,  supports  for  the  sheave  and  machine  beams, 
hatchway  enclosures,  including  the  necessary  doors  and  gates  for  same, 
wood  cars,  including  their  light  fixtures,  junction  boxes  at  the  center 
of  the  hatch  and  the  electric  wiring  to  the  terminals  of  the  elevator 
controllers  are  provided  for  under  other  contracts. 

(518)  Additional  Elevator:    Each  bidder  shall  submit  price  with 
his  proposal  for  one  additional  elevator  to  run  from  first  to  sixth  floor. 
Same  shall  be  complete  as  elevators  specified  herein. 

(519)  Time    Allowance:    The    Contractor    shall    begin    work    as 
directed  in  the  general  conditions  preceding  these   specifications,   and 
assemble  on  the  grounds  the  materials  and  apparatus   required.     The 
State  Department  of  Engineering  will  give  the   Contractor   five   days' 
written  notice  when   Contractor  shall  begin  work  on   the  installation, 
and  the  Contractor  shall  complete  the  work  to  the  satisfaction  of  the 
State  Deoartment  of  Engineering  in  such  time  as  not  to  delay  the  other 
trades  or  the  occupancy  of  the  building. 

(520)  Contractor's  Drawings  and  Specifications:  The  Contractor 
in   submitting  his  bid   shall   accompany   same   with    detailed    proposal, 
which  is  to  form  a  part  of  the  contract,  and  after  the  contract  has  been 
closed  he   shall   prepare  all   drawings   necessary   to   show   the   general 
layout,   clearances,  positions  of  overhead   sheave  and  machine   beams, 
location  of  guides,  sheaves,  foundations,  etc. 

(521)  Elevators  and  Speed:  One  passenger  elevator  to  run  from 
first  to  sixth  floor  and  one  passenger  elevator  to  run  from  basement  to 
sixth  floor. 

All  passenger  elevators  to  have  a  speed  of  450  feet  per  minute,  with 
maximum  load  of  2,600  pounds. 

(522)  Engines:    Passenger    elevators    to    have    gearless    traction 
engine  of  2  to  1  roping  set  at  top  of  shaft  with  the  engine,  motor  elec- 
trical release  brake,  etc.,  all  on  same  iron  bed  plate.     Motors  to  be  for 
220  volts  D.  C. 

(523)  Lifting  Cables:  All  passenger  elevators  to  have  six  lifting 
or  driving  cables  of  mild  steel  with  hemp  rooe  center,   consisting  of 
six  strands  of  19  wires  each,  made  especially  for  traction  elevators. 

128 


129 

(524)  Sheaves:  All  sheaves  to  be  of  best  grade  cast  iron  of  as 
large  diameter  as  can  be  used,  grooved  for  cables  and  provided  with 
extra  heavy  steel  shafts.    All  sheaves  located  on  the  cross  heads  of  the 
cars  and  counterweights  shall  be  provided  with  ball  bearings. 

(525)  Guide  Posts:  Guides  for  car  to  be  5  inches  by  3J/2   inches 
by  y%  inch  planed  steel  tee  sections  and  weight  approximately  16  pounds 
per  foot.     Counterweight  guides  to  be  8^2    inches  by   2%6   inches  by 

inch,  and  weight  8  pounds  per  foot. 

All  guides  to  be  put  together  and  fastened  to  place  with  heavy 
pattern  clamps  secured  to  steel  frame.  Ends  of  guides  to  be  double 
:ongue  and  grooved. 

(526)  Counter  Balance:  Counter  balance  to  be  by  means  of  cast 
iron  weights  in  a  heavy  channel  frame. 

(527)  Cars  and  Platforms:  Car  platforms  and  steel  frame  to  be 
furnished  by  this  Contractor  and  to  be  of  suitable  strength  to  take  care 
of  loads  and   so   arranged   to   receive   the   impact   of   buffers   without 

njury. 

Car  enclosures  will  be  furnished  by  the  Carpenter  Contractor,  and 
after  same  are  set,  this  Contractor  is  to  lay  floors  of  4-inch  by  4-inch 
comoosition  tile  ("Linotile"  or  equal)  over  platforms.  Tile  to  be  set 
with  "Nonpareil"  waterproof  cement  and  have  all  joints  tightly  sealed 
with  the  same  cement.  All  joints  shall  be  true  and  straight  and  floors 
finished  perfectly  level.  Color  of  tile  to  be  selected  by  the  State  De- 
partment of  Engineering. 

(528)  Safety  Devices:  All  cars  to  be  equipped  with  safety  brakes, 
governors,    automatic    limit    switches,    safety    fuses,    automatic    speed 
regulators,  gratings,  counterweight  screens,  door  contacts,  etc. 

(529)  Buffers:  All  buffers  at  bottom  of  shafts  to  be  oil  cushion 
suffers.    They  must  be  so  arranged  as  to  bring  the  car  to  rest  without 
shock  or  jar  from  full  speed  with  maximum  load. 

(530)  Signal  System:  Each  car  to  be  equipped  with  a  complete 
flashlight  annunciator  system,  with  push  buttons  for  up  and  down  on 
each  floor,  except  first  floor.     First  floor  to  have  dial  over  each  elevator 
stating  location  of  each  car.     Design  to  be  as  shown  on  detail  of  elevator 
screens. 

(531)  Painting:  All  exposed  work  and  unfinished  parts  other  than 
machined   surfaces   furnished  under  this   contract   shall   be   given   two 
coats  lead  and  oil. 

(532)  Bids:  All  contractors  to  submit  bids  to  State  Deoartment 
of  Engineering  stating  the  make  and  kind  of  elevator,  together  with 
list  of  five  buildings  in  which  this  type  of  elevator  has  been  used ;  he  is 
also  to  submit  detailed  specifications. 

(533)  Tests  and  Acceptance:  Before  elevators  are  finally  accepted 
they  must  be  so  installed  and  equipped  with  safety  devices,  etc.,  that 
they  will  pass  the  tests  and  inspection  of  the  State  Industrial  Accident 
Commission. 


RETURN 


MAIN  CIRCULATION 


ALL  BOOKS  ARE  SUBJECT  TO  RECALL 
RENEW  BOOKS  BY  CALLING  642-3405 


DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 

TllH^USbUNUf 

JUN  i  5  m 

ftt^ULATIONDEF 

• 

FORM  NO.  DD6 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
BERKELEY,  CA  94720 


U.  C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


CD^777t,^E^ 


